2016 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences

Transcription

1 2016 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate NOTICE All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from January 1, The University reserves the right to amend any regulation or provision at any time without prior notice. Although every attempt has been made to ensure that the information is accurate, the University does not accept any liability concerning inaccuracies of any of the contents in the Calendar. The Higher Education Qualifications Framework (HEQF), as gazetted on 5 October 2007 is currently being phased in at the University. The alignment of all existing programmes with the HEQF is a project that is envisaged to take until 2015 at the earliest to complete. Due to this certain information in this calendar may not be in line with the HEQF.

2 CONTENTS GENERAL INFORMATION... 3 DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS CONFERRED IN THE FACULTY... 5 FACULTY BOARD AND FACULTY OFFICE STAFF... 6 LECTURING AND TECHNICAL STAFF... 7 RULES FOR PROGRAMMES Advanced Diploma in Public Administration (ADPA) Advanced Diploma in Management (ADM) 1612 / Advanced Diploma in Management in Finance Advanced Diploma in Management in Financial Planning Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting Postgraduate Diploma in Management Postgraduate Diploma in Finance Postgraduate Diploma in Financial Planning Postgraduate Diploma in Business Administration Postgraduate Diploma in Land & Agrarian Studies Postgraduate Diploma in ICT (1618) BCom (Honours) BCom (Honours) Information Systems BA (Honours) BAdmin (Honours) BEcon (Honours) BCom (Honours) (Management) BCom (Honours) (Finance) 1721/ M. Development Studies MCom (Structured) MCom (Thesis) MAdmin (Structured) MAdmin (Thesis) MCom (Management) MCom (Information Management) MPhil in Land & Agrarian Stusies MPA MA (Full Thesis) MA (Structured) MEcon (Structured) MEcon (Thesis) PhD

3 RULES FOR ACCESS PROGRAMMES Management Development Programme (MDP) Senior Management Development Programme (SMDP) Programme in Economic Policy (PEP I) Programme in Economic Policy (PEP II) MODULE DESCRIPTORS Accounting Economics Information Systems Industrial Psychology Institute for Social Development School of Business & Finance Political Studies School of Government Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies

4 GENERAL INFORMATION CORRESPONDENCE WITH THE UNIVERSITY All postal correspondence should be addressed to the relevant person or department at: The University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Should you not know the person or department, please direct all correspondence to: The Registrar University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Faculty related enquiries can be directly forwarded to: Faculty Manager Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences The University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Tel: +27 (0) Fax: +27 (0) EMS Faculty Helpdesk: Tel: (0) CONTACT NUMBERS UWC Switchboard +27 (0) UWC Call Centre +27 (0) /1/2/3 General Fax +27 (0) THE UNIVERSITY S WEBSITE: GENERAL BURSARIES AND LOANS Full particulars of bursaries and loans are set out in a separate brochure that is obtainable from: Financial Aid Office University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Tel: +27 (0)

5 CALENDAR The calendar is obtainable in the following separate parts: Part 1 Part 2 Part 3 Part 4 Part 5 Part 6 Part 7 Part 8 Part 9 General Information Faculty of Science Faculty of Arts (a) Undergraduate (b) Postgraduate Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences (a) Undergraduate (b) Postgraduate Faculty of Education Faculty of Dentistry Faculty of Law Faculty of Community and Health Sciences Schedule of Fees A separate publication, containing the Faculty s teaching and examination time-tables, is obtainable from the relevant Department or School. Students may also access this information via the student portal. PLEASE NOTE: All prospective EMS students will be required to write The National Benchmarking test (please contact the relevant Departmental/School as their requirements may vary), which is an admissions test for placement purposes. Please visit the website for more details: 4

6 DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS CONFERRED IN THE FACULTY DEGREES Bachelor of Administration Bachelor of Commerce Bachelor of Commerce in Accounting Bachelor of Commerce in Financial Accounting Bachelor of Commerce in Information Systems Bachelor of Commerce in Law Bachelor of Economics in Development Economics Bachelor of Administration (Honours) Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) Bachelor of Arts Honours Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) in Finance Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) in Management Bachelor of Economics (Honours) Master of Development Studies Master of Administration Master of Economics Master of Commerce Master of Arts Master of Public Administration Master of Philosophy (Land and Agrarian Studies) Doctor of Philosophy BAdmin BCom BCom (Acc) BCom (FinAcc) BCom(IFS) BCom (Law) BEcon (DE) BAdmin (Hons) BCom (Hons) BA (Hons) BComHons(Finance) BComHons(Management) BEcon (Hons) DVS MAdmin MEcon MCom MA MPA MPhil (LAS) PhD DIPLOMAS & CERTIFICATES Advanced Diploma in Management Advanced Diploma in Management (Finance) Advanced Diploma in Management (Financial Planning) Advanced Diploma in Public Administration Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting Postgraduate Diploma in Management Postgraduate Diploma in Finance Postgraduate Diploma in Land & Agrarian Studies Postgraduuate Diploma in Business Administration Certificate in Economic Development AdvDip (Management) AdvDip (Management) (Finance) AdvDip (Management) (Financial Planning) ADPA PGDip (Accounting) PGDip(Management) PGDip (Finance) PGDip (LAS) PGDBA CED ACCESS PROGRAMMES Management Development Programme Senior Management Development Programme Programme in Economic Principles Programme in Economic Principles and Policy MDP SMDP PEP I PEPP II 5

7 FACULTY BOARD FACULTY BOARD AND FACULTY OFFICE STAFF The Rector (ex officio), Vice Rectors (ex officio) Profs: DJ Visser, F Abrahams, CJ Bakkes, C Cairney, A du Toit, LER De Vries, M Esau, W Geach, S Gool, R Hall, M Hara, F Herbst, P Hirschsohn, A Hsieh, K Hodnet, I Ille, M Isaacs, J Jansen, L Loxton, L Piper, J May, R Peters, J Pretorius, G Ruiters, C Tapscott, L Thompson, JJ Williams. Extraordinary Prof: D Blackmur, S Devereux, A Erwin, R Pellesier, DI Garach, CJ de Villiers. B Cousins, A Bsshoff, CC Theron, C Lance, D Rupp. Extraordinary Prof (Associate): O Mollagee, OM Samuel Extraordinary Senior Lecturers: Dr B von Lieres, M Aliber, M D November, Drs: Alexander D, C Africa,, F Anciano, A Bayat, J Becker, J Breytenbach, W Brown, P Brijlal, G Davids, D Desai, M Dinbabo, M Du Plessis, A Karriem, B Mahembe, E Makaudze, N Mashiyi, V McGhie, J Njenga, L Pretorius, C Steyn, S Penderis, D Yu, G van Gensen, Messrs: G Adams, RG Arendse, M Botha, S Bucholtz, G Caseley, R George, G Hearn, P Hamel, K Heslop, M Hoskins, E Isaacs, S Klein, N Matanga, N Kock, ER Mentoor, I Mohamed, E Muriro, R Oliver, Q Paulsen, E Pullen, W Rinquest, P Saungweme, J Siebrits, AJ Saayman, GF Steyn, G Thaver, E van der Ross,. Mmes: A Bayat, C Christians, C Conradie, E Hamel, D Hamman-Fisher, R Jano, L Kimani, J Lawrence, L Lorente-Quesada, K Mobarak, P Moodley, M Moses, Z Mitchell, A Mujawamilya, H Naidoo, L Ndesi, A Noordien, M Otto, J Pretorius, F Petersen, L Svenson, J Terblanche, L Uys, C van den Berg, S van Staden, B Williams. Representatives of: Faculty of Law: Faculty of Science: Faculty of Education: Faculty of Community and Health Sciences: Advocate F Kotze Mr A Latief Ms K de Mink Mr L Leach FACULTY OFFICE STAFF Dean: Deputy Dean - Research: Deputy Dean Academic: Faculty Manager: Senior Faculty Officer: DJ Visser, BCom, HDE (Stellenbosch), BCom (Hons) (South Africa), MCom (Western Cape), PhD (Stellenbosch) (FIAC) Heng-Hsing Hsieh, PhD (Cape Town), MCom (UKZN), BCom (Hons) (UND) Cum Laude, BCom (UND) Summa Cum Laude, MIFM, Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) P Hirschsohn, BBusSc (Cape Town), BCom (Hons) (South Africa), MSc (Oxon), PhD (MIT) W Rinquest, BCom, HDE, BEd (Western Cape) S van Staden, BScocSci (UCT), BPA (Hons) (Stellenbosch) Cum Laude, PGDip (M&E) (Stellenbosch) 6

8 Faculty Officers: Administrative Officer: Administrative Assistants: Dean s Secretary: Dean s Administrative Assistant: Faculty Manager s Administrative Assistant: Head: Pilot Thuthuka Programme: Pilot Thuthuka Student Coordinator: Pilot Thuthuka Financial Administrator: M Delport, BCom (Western Cape) M Engel, BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape) B. Geyer, BA (Hons) (UWC) N Nkohla, BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape) A Samodien (BSc) (Hons) Western Cape E Ndayishimiye BCom (Western Cape), BCom (Hons) IFS (Western Cape) H Thomas S Van der Schyff J Voight L Naude Dip: Adult Education (Cape Town) J van den Berg, BAcc (Stellenbosch), Hons (BComp) (South Africa), CA (SA) C Trueman, HR Diploma (Rosebank Colleage) G Rudolph, National Diploma (Management) Peninsula Tech) LECTURING AND TECHNICAL STAFF ACCOUNTING (Departmental chairpersons are denoted with an asterisk (*) Professors: Extraordinary Professors: Associate Professor: Extraordinary Associate Professor: Senior Lecturers: P Lecturers: L Loxton B.Sc (Stellenbosch), B Acc (Hons) (Stellenbosch), MBA (Stellenbosch), CA (SA) CJ Bakkes, MCompt (South Africa), CA (SA) WD Geach, BA (LLB) (Cape Town), MCom, FCIS, CA (SA), Admitted Advocate of the High Court of SA, Fellow of the University of Kwazulu Natal DI Garach, MCom(Taxation) (UDW), CA(SA) CJ de Villiers, MBA (US), PhD Commerce (UP), CA(SA) C Cairney, MCom, (Cape Town), MSc (UWE), CA (SA) J Jansen, (BCom (Hons) Acc (Kwazulu Natal), CA (SA), MCom (Accounting Sciences) (UP) O Mollagee, BCom (Hons Acc) (Western Cape), BCom (Hons) Taxation (Cape Town), CA (SA) AJ Saayman, BCompt (Hons) (South Africa), CA (SA)J Siebrits, BCom (Law), LLB (Stellenbosch), BCompt (Hons) (South Africa), CA (SA) P Hamel, BCom (Hons) (ACC) (RAU), CA (SA) J Pretorius, MCom (NMMU), CA (SA) L Uys, MCom (Auditing) (Stellenbosch), CA (SA) E Hamel, MCom (Taxation) (RAU), Diploma Tertiary Education (UNISA) J Terblanche BCom HDE (USO), MComm (Computer Auditing) (US), CA(SA) RG Arendse, BCom (Finance) (UWC), BCom (Hons) (Investments) (UWC), PGDE (Higher Education) (UCT) 7

9 Administrative Officer: Academic Support Coordinator: Marks Administrators: A Noordien, BCom (Hons) (Acc) (Western Cape) CA (SA)M Otto, BCom (Hons) (Acc) (Western Cape) CA (SA) E Pullen, MCom (Financial Management) (Cape Town) CA (SA), G Adams, BCom (Hons) (ACC) (Western Cape), CA (SA) S Klein, PGDA(UCT), CA (SA) GF Steyn BCom (ACC) (Hons) (Stellenbosch), CA (SA) I Mohamed, BCom (Hons) (ACC), (UKZN), CA (SA) Z Mitchell, BCom (Hons) (ACC) (UWC), CA (SA) B Williams, BCom(Hons) (ACC) (UWC), CA (SA) D Alexander, PG Dip(Tax Law)(ACC), (Management) (UCT), CA (SA) L Shinga, BCom (Hons), CA(SA) T Thomas C Jacobs, BA (Psychology & Sociology) (UWC) E Felaar, NCM Diploma (Cape Peninsula UT) S Couert, BCom (Western Cape) ADM (Postgraduate) (UWC) Z Salie J Calvert-Wood ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT Extra-Ordinary Senior Lecturer: Teaching & Learning Specialist: Senior Lecturer : Lecturer: Assistant Lecturers: Administrative Officer: Marks Administrator: MD November BA (Hons) (Keele), MA (History) (London), MA (Teaching English as a Second Language) (UCLA), PhD (UCLA) *N Mashiyi BA (Hons), BEd (Unitra), MEd (ESL) (Rhodes), N.D Small Business Management (TSA), PhD (Education Policy Studies) (University of Pretoria) VF McGhie, BA (Western Cape), BA (Hons) (Linguistics) (Western Cape), MA (Linguistics) (Western Cape), Higher Diploma in Education (P/G) (Western Cape), Diploma in Public Relations Practice (Academy of Learning), PhD (Stellenbosch) L Ndesi, BTh (Western Cape), BA (Hons) (Western Cape), MTh (Western Cape) M Cooper, BCom Accounting (Western Cape) M Februarie, BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape) K Ramongane, BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape) D Schippers, BAdmin, BA (Hons) (Development Studies) (Western Cape) K Ramongane, BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape) L Snyers, BCom (Western Cape) R Williams, BAdmin (Western Cape) R May R Kriel 8

10 EXTENDED PROGRAMME Lecturers: G Thaver, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape) Dr D Desai, BSc (Cape Town), BSc (Hons) (Western Cape), B. Mus. (Mus.Lib.), M.Mus. (Mus. Ed.) (Cape Town), BEd (SA), PhD (Natal), H.D.L.S. (SA), H.E.D. (SA), L.T.C.L. L Llorente Quesada, B.Com (Honours) (UCLV); MCom (Western Cape), MA (Film and Media) (Cape Town) Summa Cum Laude R George, (BTh), BA (Hons) (Western Cape) E Muriro, BCom Accounting (Western Cape), BCompt (Hons) (South Africa), Advanced Certificate in Auditing (APT) N Matanga, BCom (Hons), Mphil (Western Cape) K Mobarak - (Hons) (UWC), MCom (UWC Q Paulsen - Management and Finance (Hons) (UWC) E v d Ross, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape) P Moodley (B.PAED-PRIM ED) (UDW), (B.Ed Curriculum Studies English) (UDW), (Diploma in Ed Management), (RAU), (Masters in Education) (UWC). H Naidoo, BA, HDE, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape) A Khan, BCom (ACC) (Western Cape), BCom (Hons) Accounting Science (South Africa) SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE Director/Associate Professor: Mauerberger Chair in Finance: Professors: Associate Professor: Senior Lecturers: R Peters, BCom, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape), MBL (South Africa), PhD (Johannesburg) S Gool, BSc (Cape Town), BEcon Hons (Western Cape), MA Fin (UCalif), HED (South Africa), Chartered Financial Analyst P Hirschsohn, PhD (MIT), MSc (Oxon), BCom (Hons) (South Africa), BBusSc (Cape Town), F Herbst, Dcom (Pretoria), MCom (Pretoria), National Higher Diploma: Post School Education (Technikon SA), BCom (Hons) (UNISA), BCom (Pretoria) L De Vries, BCom (Hons), STD (Western Cape), MBA (Stellenbosch) Heng-Hsing Hsieh, PhD (Cape Town), MCom (UKZN), BCom (Hons) (UND) Cum Laude, BCom (UND) Summa Cum Laude, MIFM, Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) K Hodnett, PhD (UCT), MCom (UKZN), BCom (Hons) (UND), Cum Laude, BCom (UND) P Brijlal, BSc, HDE (Natal), MBA (Durban Westville), PhD (Western Cape) W Brown BSc (UCT), MBA (Finance), (Manchester), PhD (Stellenbosch) EBH Isaacs, MCom (Western Cape) ER Mentoor, MCom (Western Cape) 9

11 Lecturers: Secretary: Tutor Coordinator: Administrators: Administrative Assistant: C Steyn, PhD (Pretoria), MPhil cum laude (USB), BA cum laude (USB), Certificate in Coaching Practice (Stellenbosch). A Bayat, BA (Medina), BCom (Hons), MCom (Western Cape), PhD (Stellenbosch) M. Botha BCom, BCom (Hons) (Western Cape), (MCom) (UCT) G Caseley, BCom (Natal), BCom (Hons) (South Africa) Cum Laude, MBA (Witwatersrand) Cum Laude P Saungweme, Dip Ed (UZim), B.Com (Hons) Mgmt & Finance (Midlands State), MBA (NUST (ZIM) L Svenson, BCom (Hons), MCom (Western Cape) G van Gensen, BA (UWC), MBA (Univ of Wales), BDA DTech (Cenral Uni of Technology) N Zumani Josias Hove BCom (University of Zimbabwe) D Arendse BTech (CPUT) M Orrie, ADM (Western Cape) F Petersen M Paulsen A Rooks (intern) S James ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT UNIT (EDU) Coordinator: Vacant AFRICAN CENTRE FOR CITIZENSHIP & DEMOCRACY (ACCEDE) Director/Professor: Administrator: L Thompson, BA (CAPE TOWN), BA (Hons), MA (Rhodes), PhD (Western Cape) Vacant ECONOMICS Professors: Associate Professors: Senior Lecturers: Lecturers: MK Ocran, BSc (Ghana), MPhil (Ghana), PhD (Stellenbosch) S Mohamed E Makaudze, BSc (UZ), MSc (Agric Econ) (Texas A & M), MA (OSU), PhD (OSU) KCD Yu, BBA (South Africa), BEcon (Hons), MEcon (Stellenbosch), PhD (Stellenbosch) M Moses, BCom, BCom (Econ) (Hons), MCom (Econ) (UWC) A Bayat, BA (Cape Town), BEcon (Econ) (Hons) (UWC), MA (Econ) (William's College) C Christian, BSc (Physio) (Cape Town) (Distinction in Movement Science), BEcon (Hons) (Western Cape) (Cum laude), MEcon (Western Cape) (Cum laude) D Van Lill MA (Econ) (Distinction), 10

12 Administrative Officers: Administrative Assistant: Secretary: Simon Fraser, Vancouver, (CANADA)BCom Hons (Econ) (Cum Laude), (Stellenbosch) BA (Social Dynamics) (Cum Laude), (Stellenbosch) C Dilgee (Postgraduate) C Arnold (Undergraduate) Z Duncan, BCom (UWC) N Mhlongo, BA (Cape Town), (PDOM) (Cape Town) INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY Professor: Associate Professor: Senior Lecturers: Lecturers: Marks Administrator: Secretary: F Abrahams, BEcon, BCom (Hons) (Cum Laude), MEcon (Western Cape), DCom (South Africa), Registered Industrial Psychologist with the Health Profession Council of South Africa (HPCSA) C O K Allen-Ile, LLB (Law), BSc (Hons), General & Applied Psychology, MSc (Organisational Psychology), PhD (Human Resource Management). Registered as Master Human Resource Practitioner with the South African Board for People Practices (SABPP) and admitted as Advocate of the High Court of South Africa. M du Plessis, BA (Stellenbosch), BA (Hons) (Stellenbosch) MA (Human Resource Management (Stellenbosch), PhD (Industrial Psychology) (UWC), Registered Industrial Psychologist (HPCSA)) Heslop, BA (Hons) (Psychology UND), BAdmin (Hons) (Ind Relations); BAdmin (Hons) (Ind Psychology); MAdmin (Ind Psych), (Cum Laude) (UDW), Registered Industrial Psychologist (HPCSA), Registered Chartered Human Resource Practitioner (SABPP) *B Mahembe, BSc (Hons) (UZ), BComm (Hons) (Industrial Psychology (UFH), MComm (Industrial Psychology) by dissertation (UFH), MComm (Psych) (US), PhD (Industrial Psychology) (US). R Jano, BCom (Hons), MCom (Western Cape), Registered Industrial Psychologist (HPCSA), D Hamman-Fisher, NDipl (HR and Bus Econ) (Cape Peninsula UT), BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape), MA (Western Cape) R Oliver, BCom (Hons), MCom (Western Cape) F Jasson BA (Stellenbosch) D Ferrus, BA, BA (Hons) (Western Cape) INFORMATION SYSTEMS Professor: Senior Lecturers: Lecturers: Vacant *JK Njenga, BSc (Computer Science) (Nairobi); MCom (IM) (Western Cape), PhD (Western Cape) J Breytenbach, BCom Mathematics (US), MCom IT (UFS), PhD IS (UP) G Hearn BInst-Agrar Hons (Pretoria), BSc for (Silviculture) US (MSAIF) 11

13 Dept Administrator: Post-grad Administrator: Undergrad Administrator: C van den berg, B.Com Marketing (UP), Masters in Business Administration (US), MPhil (US) F Petersen B.Com IS (UCT), B.Com IS (Hon)(UCT), M.Com IS (UWC) L Kimani, MCom (Western Cape), BCom (Hons) IS (Western Cape), BCom (Western Cape) S Viljoen, MTech (CUT) A Budree, MSc (Financial Economics) (University of London), BSc (Hons) (South Africa), BSc (IS) (UND), PhD IS (UWC) L Wildscut W Mwaba, BA (North West) A Mujawamilya, BCom (Western Cape), BCom (Hons) (Western Cape), MPhil (Population Studies) (Western Cape) LAW FACULTY Mercantile Law and Labour Law Head of Department: Professors: Senior Lecturers: Lecturers: Employment Law: Company Law: Social Security Law: Public Law: Prof. MS Wandrag, B Luris, LLM (Free State), LLM (Canbtab), Adv of High Court of SA D Du Toit, BA, LLB (Cape Town), LLD (Leiden), Prof Emeritus (Western Cape), Attorny of the High Court of SA ED Malherbe, BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), LLD (Western Cape) MS Wandrag, B Luris, LLB, LLM (Free State), LLM (Cantab), Adv of High Court of SA GF Kotze, BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), Adv of High Court of SA E Huysamen, LLB, LLM (Cum Laude) (Stellenbosch), Attorny of the High Court of SA P Koornhof BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), Attorny of the High Court of SA F Moosa, B Proc, LLB (Western Cape), LLM (Cape Town), Attorny of the High Court of SA P S Bolton, BProc, LLB, LLM (Western Cape), Advocate of the High Court of SA G F Kotze, BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), Advocate of the High Court of SA A von Zelewski, First & Second State Examinations in Law (Germany), Attorney of the High Court of SA B Conradie K Chinnian-Kester, BA, LLB, LLM (Western Cape) POLITICAL STUDIES Professor: Extra-ordinary Senior Lecturer: Senior Lecturer Lecturer: *L Piper PhD (Cambridge) J Pretorius, PhD (Cambridge) B von Lieres, BA (Hons), MA (Witwatersrand), DPhil (University of Essex) C Africa (PhD) (Cape Town) JM Hoskins, BA; BProc, LLB, LLM (Western Cape) 12

14 Administrator: F Anciano PHd (University of London) N Matshanda, PHd (University of Edinburgh) Nadia Jansen M Moses (MAdmin) (UWC) MATHEMATICS AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS Dept Chairperson: Admin Assistant: Professors: Associate Professors: Extra-Ordinary Profs: Senior Lecturers: Lecturers: Senior Officer: Officers: Administrative Assistant: Prof RL Fray, MSc (Western Cape), MSc, (Stellenbosch), PhD (Stellenbosch) GL Hendricks, DipExSecr (Bellv Acad/Boston House) RL Fray, MSc (Western Cape), MSc (Stellenbosch), PhD (Stellenbosch) PJ Witbooi, MSc (Western Cape), PhD (Cape Town) F Benyah, PhD (Western Australia, Perth) J Key, MPHIL, PhD (London) N Marcus, BSc (Hons) (South Africa), PhD (Cape Town) E Mwambene, Drrernat (Vienna) K Patidar, PhD (IIT Kanpur, India) M Mdekazi, MSc (Wisconsin), MSc (Cape Town) MR Omar, HDE, PhD (Cape Town) W Fish, HDE, MSc (Math Ed) (South Africa), MSc (Cape Town), PhD (Western Cape) M Mohlala, PhD (Howard University) MG Salasa, BSc (Hons) (Western Cape) B May, BSc, HDE, Bed (Western Cape) A Taylor, BSc, HDE (Western Cape) F Karriem, MSc (Western Cape) J Wyngaardt, BSc(Hons)(Western Cape) GL Hendricks, (Dip EX Secr) (Bellv Acad/Boston House) STATISTICS Dept Chairperson: Admin Assistant: Professors: Associate Professor: Extraordinary Prof: Senior Lecturers: Lecturers: Prof RJ Blignaut, BSc (RAU), MSc (Cape Town), PhD (Pretoria) L Selbourne, BTh (Urbanium University-Rome) C Koen, PhD (Cape Town), PhD (Rand Afrikaans University) D Kotze, DCom (Stellenbosch), MSc (South Africa), MBL (South Africa) RJ Blignaut, BSc (RAU), MSc (Cape Town), PhD (Pretoria) R Shell, PhD (Yale) H Doctor, PhD, MA (Demography) (Pennsylvania University) G Tati, PhD (Univ of Bristol), DEA (Univ of Paris, Pantheon-Sorbonne), MSc (IFORD), Maitrise (Univ of Congo), Licence (Univ of Congo) A Latief, MSc (Western Cape) N Stiegler, DEA, Institut d'etudes demographiques universté de Bordeaux Maitrise and Licence, Universté montesquieu Bordeaux IV 13

15 Chief Officers: Senior Officer: N Makapela, MSc (Western Cape) L Corker, BSc (Hons), MCom (Western Cape), MSc (Cape Town) R Lombard, MSc (Western Cape) SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT Director Associate Professor: Senior Lecturer: Admin Officer: Librarian: Training Division Manager: Administrator: Finance Manager: Administrator: P/G Programme Coordinator: Senior P/G Administrator: P/G Administrator: Senior Lecturer U/G Programme Coordinator: U/G Programme Administrator: Fair Share Division Manager Administrators: C. Tapscott, PhD (London), MSoc Sc (Birmingham), BSocSc (Hons), PA(UCT) G Ruiters, MA (Wits University), PhD (JohnsHopkins, USA) MV Esau, BAdmin (Hons), MAdmin, PhD (Western Cape) JJ Williams BA, BA (Hons), HED (Cum Laude),MA(UWC),MUP (Master of Planning), PhD (U Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA) I Ille, BEd (Hons) (University of Ibadan) (Nigeria), MPA, (University of the North), PhD (Public Affairs) (University of Pretoria) G Davids, PhD (Western Cape) F Hendricks, Secretarial Diploma (Todds Commercial College) N Seymour, BA, BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape) E Hamza, MAdmin (Public Administration) (US), BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape) V Haywood, PGDG (Western Cape) A D Roman, MAdmin (Public Finance) (Western Cape), BCom (Hons) (Western Cape) BA (Western Cape), HDE (Western Cape) B Du Plessis, ADM (Western Cape), BCom (Hons) (Management) (Western Cape) A van der Zandt L Pretorius, PGD in Econ, Adv Dipl in Educ, HDE, BA (Cape Town), MA (Cape Town), PhD (Western Cape) L Festers B Maart GJ Davids, BA (Western Cape), BA (Hons) Dev (Stellenbosch), Phd (Western Cape), PMD (Harvard), CIFE (IIAP-France) L Eyssen T Khaile, MA in Public Management (Witwatersrand), (Witwatersrand) MPhil Public Law (Western Cape) F Miso, BA, BA (Hons) MPA (Western Cape) L Petersen, HCED (Certificate) B Mtsotso, ADPA (Diploma) INSTITUTE FOR POVERTY, LAND AND AGRARIAN STUDIES (PLAAS) DST/NRF Research Chair/Sen Prof: Director /Prof: Associate Professors: B Cousins, BA (South Africa), DPhil (Zim) A du Toit, MA (Stellenbosch), PhD (Essex) M Hara, MSc (Humberside), PhD (Western Cape) 14

16 R Hall, BSocSc (Hons) (Cape Town), MPhil (Oxford) DPhil (Sussex) M Isaacs, MPhil, PhD (Western Cape) Senior Researcher: B Tapela, MA (Pretoria), MPhil, PhD (Western CapeD Neves, BA (Hons), MA (Rhodes) Researchers: C Hakizimana, BTh (Hons), MDevStud (KwaZulu- Natal) E Sulle, BA (Tanzania), M.Pub Policy (Maryland) A Dubb, MPhil (Western Cape) Administrative Manager: U Arends, BA (Hons), MA (Western Cape), Dip Adult Ed (Cape Town) Financial Manager: T Reddy, Dipl Fin Acc (Instit of Admin & Comm) Senior Finance Officer: F Oeja, Dip Fin Acc (Varsity College) D Delpaul, Nat Dipl (Internal Auditing), (Cape Peninsula UT) Information & Communications Officer: R Pointer, BJourn (Rhodes), MA (UCT) Librarian: G Kerchhoff, BA (Natal), HDipl Lib& Info Sc (Cape Town) Senior Administrator: T Warries, Sec.Dipl (Maurice), Pub Rel Cert (Damelin) Senior Administrator: C Henry, BCom (Western Cape), BCom (Hons) (UWC) Admin Officer: J van Dieman, BA (Wetsern Cape), Secr Dipl (Collingwood) B Malama, BA (Hons) (Western Cape) INSTITUTE FOR SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT (ISD) Director: Acting Director: Extraordinary Professor: Senior Lecturers: Lecturer: DAAD Fellow: Administrative Officer: J May, B.Soc.Sci (UN), B.Soc.Sci (Hons) (UN), M.Soc.Sci (UN), PhD (UKZN) S P Penderis, PhD (UWC), MA (Cum Laude) (US), BA (Hons) (Cum Laude), BA (US) S Devereux, BA (UCT), MPhil, DPhil (Oxon) (Luca d Angliano Award for Development Research; Africa Studies Association Dissertation Prize) M F Dinbaso, BSc, MA (UWC), MA (RUB), PhD (UWC) C M P Jona, BA(Hons), MPhil (UG), PhD (UWC) A S Okunlola, BA (US), MA (UWC) A Karriem, BA, BA (Hons) (UWC), M.R.P, PhD (Cornell) Adv N Kock, B-Iuris, LLB (UWC) C M Conradie, BA, BA (Hons) (Cum Laude) (Pretoria), MA (Cum Laude)(Western Cape), MPhil (Cum Laude) (US) L Tavener-Smith, BSc, BComm (Hons), (UKZN), MA (GSU) S Buchholz, Soc (Ruhr University) (Bochum), MA Social Sciences (Ruhr University) (Bochum) P M Kippie 15

17 AFRICAN CENTRE FOR CITIZENSHIP AND DEMOCRACY The African Centre for Citizenship & Democracy (ACCEDE) was established in 1990 to: Research and disseminate findings on southern African issues, particularly those of a social, economic, and political nature; Educate South Africans in regional and international relations through appropriate academic and Adult Education courses; Raise public awareness of southern African questions through conferences, symposia, and workshops. The ACCEDE s establishment was motivated by a concern that regional and international issues have traditionally been held outside the domain of South Africa s majority and that the history of domination, conflict, and aggression, which has characterised relations between South Africa and its neighbours in the past, requires: The conduct of research in South Africa relevant to the construction of a peace-oriented, non-militaristic, non-hegemonic cooperative order in southern Africa after apartheid. An analysis of current and future problems from the point of view of promoting a new type of regional role for a democratic South Africa. SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT The mission of the School of Government at the University of the Western Cape is to contribute to the development of policies, institutions, and practices of democratic governance by means of: the production of appropriately educated and trained elected officials and administrators; the production of knowledge through research which will inform policy making in the spheres of governance and administration; the promotion of the values of democratic accountability, social equity, ethical conduct, transparency, responsiveness and representativeness as key dimensions of the process of political and administrative transformation in South Africa. to broaden the School s target groups to include a greater number of students, particularly black students and women, who possess practical experience not only in the public service but in other related sectors (NGOs, Unions, CBOs etc.); to give the School s programmes a more relevant practical orientation in addition to theoretical and descriptive understanding and knowledge; to introduce new forms of teaching and learning methodologies, that are innovative, interactive and experiential in focus, and designed to stimulate critical thinking and problem solving; and to use more varied and imaginative assessment procedures, designed to test practical skills and competencies as well as theoretical and descriptive knowledge. 16

18 INSTITUTE FOR POVERTY, LAND AND AGRARIAN STUDIES (PLAAS) Vision and Mission PLAAS does research, policy engagement, teaching and training about the dynamics of chronic poverty and structural inequality in Southern Africa, with a particular emphasis on the key role of restructuring and contesting land holding and agro-food systems in the subcontinent and beyond. Our mission emphasises the central importance of the agro-food system in creating and perpetuating poverty and also in eradicating it. For much of our existence, our work has concentrated heavily on issues of production in these systems. But our focus is broadening to consider the upstream and downstream aspects of agro-food commodity chains and systems. Key aspects of social policy affecting the dynamics of poverty and inequality in southern and South Africa are also being taken up in our work. Within this broad field of investigation, our work focuses on the dynamics of marginalised livelihoods particularly livelihoods which are vulnerable, structurally excluded or incorporated into broader economic systems on adverse terms. In this respect, we have considerable expertise in analysing land- and agriculturebased livelihoods of farm workers; small and subsistence farmers; those pertaining to coastal and inland artisanal fisheries and fishing communities; and the informally self-employed in rural as well as urban areas. FAIR SHARE Fair Share is a unit of the School of Government, at the University of the Western Cape. Within the School of Government s broad vision of fostering democratic and effective governance, Fair Share is the unit that works primarily within communities to assist civil society organisations to participate in municipal governance. The focus of our work is to strengthen the capacity of communities to participate effectively in municipal planning and budgeting processes. A meaningful participation of communities in municipal planning and budgeting processes has been a key focus of Fair Share s programmes since its inception. Through its two main programmes, i.e. Certificate in Economic Development and the Local Government Partnership Programme, Fair Share has developed various capacity building interventions for communities, community organisations, ward committees, municipal councillors, municipal officials and a broad range of non-governmental organisations. Programmes Local Economic Development (LED) The Local Economic Development Programme is line with the mission of the School of Government and in particular that of Fair Share which is aimed at strengthening the capacity of community leaders to play a meaningful role in local governance. It is presented as a qualification as well as separate stand alone course. The programme is at National Qualification Framework Level 5. 17

19 Higher Certificate in Economic development (HCED) The HCED is an accredited programme offered at National Qualifications Framework Level 5. It was designed to meet the demand for street economists who are able to assist their organizations and communities to participate in economic development processes of their communities. The HCED strives to, in a focused and in-depth programme delivered over a period of one year. It utilizes contracted experienced facilitators from and outside Fair Share. The HCED is offered through both an on-site learning as well as a distance education model utilizing adult education principles and methods. A central aspect of the delivery is that participants are required to apply their learning in their community and organisational contexts. Participants are recruited from the Limpopo, KwaZulu-Natal, Eastern Cape, Western and North West provinces. Most of our participants are from community-based organizations, nongovernmental organizations and from municipalities. To date, since students have participated in the CED. Research and Publications To ensure that our work is constantly responding to the changing needs in the various contexts where we work, on-going research is critical. The research agenda is thus shaped by the needs emerging from the various programmes and projects. Accordingly, publications are regularly produced to inform and educate ourselves and community organizations on matters of local government and broad range of social and economic development issues. Our main publication is Partnership in Action. This publication is used for among other things to share with our partners and communities the valuable insights and lessons we made from working with communities. It is produced quarterly and highlights our collective reflection of our work. Advanced Diploma in Public Administration The ADPA is a South African Qualification Authority (SAQA) accredited qualification at National Qualifications Framework (NQF) level 6. The ADPA is aimed at those already working in government, municipalities and development organisations in South Africa and other developing countries. It is targeted in particular at those who aspire to advance to senior positions within govwernment, municipalities and development sectors. THE ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT UNIT (EDU) The Entrepreneurship Development Unit is located in the School of Business and Finance (SBF) at the University of the Western Cape. The mission of the Entrepreneurship Development Unit is to promote enterprise development focusing on the Small and Medium (SME) sector, including building the capacity of existing businesses to take advantage of linkage opportunities within the local economy. Furthermore, through the provision of specific training and counselling support/consulting services, its goal is to equip entrepreneurs (both students and SME owners) to be able to manage more effectively 18

20 and efficiently. The Unit seeks to work in partnership with organizations strategically placed to promote economic growth and development within the South African context. The specific aims are: to coordinate research, training and consulting which focuses on the SME sector to coordinate and grow a practical project for final year undergraduate students of the SBF which gives them the opportunity to earn credits by completing a project for a large firm or providing a business consultancy service to a small or micro enterprise to partner the SBF in developing and teaching a specialized entrepreneurship programme to aspirant entrepreneurs and SME owners to develop, professionalize and grow their operations, graduates to work with NGOs, government, financial institutions in providing management, financial, consultancy and other support to the SME sector to provide consultancy services and develop sustainable relationships with the SME business community to develop and present short courses to address particular requirements and to develop, coordinate and teach a range of certificated courses and Entrepreneur Development Programmes, either as stand-alone programmes or in conjunction with other units in the Faculty. 19

21 RULES FOR PROGRAMMES ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION D.98 ADMISSION Unless the Senate determines otherwise the following will apply: D.98.1 A Bachelor s degree or National Diploma in public administration or a related field OR D98.2 A matric certificate (NSC) and a minimum of 10 years of appropriate practical work experience in the areas of governance and public administration and management D.99 SELECTION As a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.100 DURATION Unless the Senate determines otherwise: D The curriculum shall extend over 1 year full-time or 2-years part-time D The ADPA will be presented on a day-time block release basis or part-time study in the evenings. D.101 CURRICULUM D The programme consists of modules with a total credit value of at least 120 credits as follows: Module Name Alpha Code Cred Introduction to Governance and Administration in Pub Sect PUA Public Policy PUA Managing Information and Communication PUA Leadership and Managing People PUA Managing Operations in Public Sector PUA Economics and Public Finance PUA TOTAL 120 D.102 ASSESSMENT Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the following will apply: D A variety of integrated assessment methods will be used (both formative and summative) D These will be designed to test practical skills and competencies as well as theoretical and descriptive knowledge 20

22 D The assessment method includes tests and examinations, as well as a range of academic and practical assignments (essays, practical research reports, policy papers, case studies, individual and group projects and presentations) D A minimum of 50% required to attain the qualification. Students would be afforded the opportunity to supplement examinations and assignment and to repeat a maximum of 2 modules D.103 PROMOTION RULES D Full Full time students are required to complete the diploma in one year with an additional year of registration if required. D Part- D Part-time students should obtain 60 credits in the 1 st year of study. D Students should complete the diploma in the 2 nd year with an additional year of registration if required. 21

23 ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN MANAGEMENT (ADM) (1612 F/T) / (1613-PT) D.104 ADMISSION Unless the Senate determines otherwise: D Persons meeting any one of the following requirements qualify for admission as a candidate for the Advanced Diploma in Management (ADM) offered by the School of Business and Finance [SBF]: D A Bachelor s degree or a three-year national diploma or equivalent in any field other than Management or Finance; D A Senior Certificate (Grade 12) with a Matriculation endorsement PLUS at least ten years appropriate practical experience; D Anyone who has passed the SBF s Senior Management Development Programme (SMDP) with a 50% average, having passed all Senior MDP modules. D Anyone who has passed the SBF s MDP, having passed all four moduls with a minimum of 60% at the first attempt in the minimum time period (2 semesters parttime) D Under University regulation A applicants who do not have a national diploma or degree are required to demonstrate that they have attained a level of competence sufficient to ensure that they can successfully embark on the programme. D Foreign national applicants, who have not completed three-years of tertiary education in English, will only be considered for admission to the ADM if they provide proof of one of the following standards with their application: D Paper score of 550 or Computer score of 213 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) D Band 6 International English Language Testing System (IELTS) D Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Advanced English (CAE) D Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) D Passed the Cambridge Business English Certificate 3. D An application for admission will only be considered from applicants who have D Completed the SBF and the UWC Application Form; D Furnished proof of previous work experience; D Provided the required referee reports from employers and lecturers; D Submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all tertiary educational institutions attended; 22

24 D Written the SBF s Admissions Evaluation at the stipulated time and place; D Attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so. D.105 SELECTION As a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. Places in the programme will be allocated by the SBF on a competitive basis. Priority will be given to students based on prior academic record, work experience, referee reports from employers/academics and performance in the School s admission evaluation. D.106 DURATION Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the curriculum shall extend over 1 year full-time (if offered) or 2 years part-time and shall consist of modules with a total credit value of at least 120 NQF credits. D.107 CURRICULUM D Students are required to complete 8 modules. There are five core modules plus a choice of one Finance module. In addition students may choose any two electives. Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules (5 modules = 75 credits) Business Information Systems ADM Principles of Management and Business ADM Marketing ADM Operations Management ADM Contempory Business Communication ADM Business Finance ADM Electives: Choose at least 2 Recommended Electives: Admission to Honours Economics for Managers ADM Principles of Management Accounting ADM Other Electives: Choose a maximum of 2 Employee Management MAN Entrepreneurship ADM Project Management MAN Quantitative Analysis ADM Strategic Management ADM TOTAL 120 D Where a student has passed equivalent courses within a completed qualification at undergraduate level, or graduate level, replacement modules to the equivalent credit value offered by the SBF shall be completed from the electives listed above, subject to the approval of the Head of Division: Management. D A student who: (a) (b) has completed module(s) equivalent to the listed modules at HEQF level 6 or higher within the past 5 years; has provided supporting evidence of the completed module outcomes and content, and 23

25 (c) (d) (e) has applied in writing for recognition of the equivalence prior to the first registration and whose application has been approved by the SBF Director shall register for alternate HEQF level 7 moudles selected from the list of replace modules that are aligned with the programme outcomes as approved by the SBF Director D Where a student has passed equivalent courses within an incomplete qualification at undergraduate level, or graudate level, up to 5 years prior to application, application for recognition of such credits may be considered by the School on an individual basis. D.108 ASSESSMENT Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the following will apply: D to be admitted to the examination for a module, a student must obtain a coursework mark of at least 40% for the applicable module. D The final mark for each module is composed of either (i) 50% coursework and 50% examination; or (ii) 60% coursework and 40% examination. D to pass a module a candidate for the ADM must obtain a final mark of at least 50% and a sub-minimum of 40% in the examination for the module; provided that Senate, on recommendation of the head of Management division, accepts a sub-minimum of 48% as a final mark in two modules with a total credit value of 30 credits. D A student who has only one module outstanding for the completion of the ADM shall be awarded a Special Examination if s/he earned an exam mark of 40% and a final mark of at least 48% for the outstanding module. D Note: This rule shall not apply to electives as the student may complete any elective in one semester to complete the qualification. D Unless otherwise stated the General rules for First Degree Studies (A.5.2) shall apply D.109 PROMOTION RULES D Full-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 90 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. D Part-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her 24

26 studies. A student who accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme. D.110 REQUIREMENTS FOR RE-REGISTRATION D A full-time student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration unless he/she has passed 90 credits (or 6 modules) in the first year of enrolment and can complete the ADM in the second year of enrolment. D A part-time student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration unless: D he/she has passed 45 credits (or 3 modules) for every year (2 semesters) of enrolment; D he/she can complete the ADM in the third year of enrolment. 25

27 ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN MANAGEMENT IN FINANCE D.110 ADMISSION Unless the Senate determines otherwise: D Persons meeting any one of the following requirements qualify for admission as a candidate for the Advanced Diploma in Management (Finance) offered by the School of Business and Finance [SBF]: D A Bachelor s degree or a three-year national diploma or equivalent in any field other than Finance; D A Senior Certificate (Grade 12) with a Matriculation endorsement PLUS at least ten years appropriate practical experience; D Anyone who has passed the SBF s Senior Management Development Programme (SMDP) with a 50% average, having passed all Senior MDP modules. D Anyone who has passed the SBF s MDP, having passed all four moduls with a minimum of 60% at the first attempt in the minimum time period (2 semesters parttime) D Under University regulation A applicants who do not have a national diploma or degree are required to demonstrate that they have attained a level of competence sufficient to ensure that they can successfully embark on the programme. D Foreign national applicants, who have not completed three-years of tertiary education in English, will only be considered for admission to the ADM if they provide proof of one of the following standards with their application: D Paper score of 550 or Computer score of 213 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) D Band 6 International English Language Testing System (IELTS) D Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Advanced English (CAE) D Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) D Passed the Cambridge Business English Certificate 3. D An application for admission will only be considered from applicants who have D Completed the SBF and the UWC Application Form; D Furnished proof of previous work experience; D Provided the required referee reports from employers and lecturers; D Submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all tertiary educational institutions attended; D Written the SBF s Admissions Evaluation at the stipulated time and place; 26

28 D Attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so. D.111 SELECTION As a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. Places in the programme may be limited and will be allocated by the SBF on a competitive basis. Priority will be given to students based on prior academic record, work experience, referee reports from employers/academics and performance in the School s admission evaluation. D.112 DURATION Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the curriculum shall extend over 1 year full-time (if offered) or 2 years part-time and shall consist of modules with a total credit value of at least 120 NQF credits. D.113 CURRICULUM D Students are required to complete 8 core modules Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Business Information Systems ADM Economics for Managers ADM Finance Research & Communication FRC Financial Accounting ADM Financial Management ADM Principles of Management Accounting ADM Principles of Management and Business ADM Quantitative Analysis ADM Students who have completed equivalents to the core modules at HEQC level 6 or higher may complete up to 3 of the following with the written permission of the Head of Division: Finance Financial and Analytical Techniques ADM Strategic Management ADM Investment Management ADM Investment Analysis ADM TOTAL 120 D Where a student has passed equivalent courses within a completed qualification at undergraduate level, or graduate level, replacement modules to the equivalent credit value offered by the SBF shall be completed from the electives listed above, subject to the approval of the Head of Division: Management. D Where a student has passed equivalent courses within an incomplete qualification at undergraduate level, or graudate level, up to 5 years prior to application, application for such credits may be considered by the School on an individual basis. 27

29 D.114 ASSESSMENT Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the following will apply: D to be admitted to the examination for a module, a student must obtain a coursework mark of at least 40% for the applicable module. D The final mark for each module is composed of either (i) 50% coursework and 50% examination; or (ii) 60% coursework and 40% examination. D to pass a module a candidate for the ADM must obtain a final mark of at least 50% and a sub-minimum of 40% in the examination for the module; provided that Senate, on recommendation of the head of department, accepts a sub-minimum of 45% as a final mark in two modules with a total credit value of 30 credits. D A student who has only one module outstanding for the completion of the ADM shall be awarded a Special Examination if s/he earned an exam mark of 40% and a final mark of at least 48% for the outstanding module. D Note: This rule shall not apply to electives as the student may complete any elective in one semester to complete the qualification. D Unless otherwise stated the General rules for First Degree Studies (A.5.2) shall apply D.115 PROMOTION RULES D Full-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 90 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. D Part-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 60 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme. D.116 REQUIREMENTS FOR RE-REGISTRATION D A full-time student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration unless he/she has passed 90 credits (or 6 modules) in the first year of enrolment and can complete the ADM in the second year of enrolment. D A part-time student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration unless: D he/she has passed 45 credits (or 3 modules) for every year (2 semesters) of enrolment; D he/she can complete the ADM in the third year of enrolment. 28

30 ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN MANAGEMENT IN FINANCIAL PLANNING D.117 ADMISSION Unless the Senate determines otherwise: D Persons meeting any one of the following requirements qualify for admission as a candidate for the Advanced Diploma in Management (Finance) offered by the School of Business and Finance [SBF]: D A Bachelor s degree or a three-year national diploma or equivalent in any field other than Finance; D A Senior Certificate (Grade 12) with a Matriculation endorsement PLUS at least ten years appropriate practical experience; D Anyone who has passed the SBF s Senior Management Development Programme (SMDP) with a 50% average, having passed all Senior MDP modules. D Anyone who has passed the SBF s MDP, having passed all four moduls with a minimum of 60% at the first attempt in the minimum time period (2 semesters parttime) D Under University regulation A applicants who do not have a national diploma or degree are required to demonstrate that they have attained a level of competence sufficient to ensure that they can successfully embark on the programme. D Foreign national applicants, who have not completed three-years of tertiary education in English, will only be considered for admission to the ADM if they provide proof of one of the following standards with their application: D Paper score of 550 or Computer score of 213 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) D Band 6 International English Language Testing System (IELTS) D Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Advanced English (CAE) D Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) D Passed the Cambridge Business English Certificate 3. D An application for admission will only be considered from applicants who have D Completed the SBF and the UWC Application Form; D Furnished proof of previous work experience; D provided the required referee reports from employers and lecturers; D Submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all tertiary educational institutions attended; 29

31 D Written the SBF s Admissions Evaluation at the stipulated time and place; D Attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so. D.118 SELECTION As a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. Places in the programme may be limited and will be allocated by the SBF on a competitive basis. Priority will be given to students based on prior academic record, work experience, referee reports from employers/academics and performance in the School s admission evaluation. D.119 DURATION Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the curriculum shall extend over 1 year full-time (if offered) or 2 years part-time and shall consist of modules with a total credit value of at least 120 NQF credits. D.120 CURRICULUM D Students are required to complete 8 modules. There are six core modules plus two electives. Students either choose Quantitive Analysis and Financial Management OR Principles of Management and Business Finance. Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Principles of Management Accounting ADM Economics for Managers ADM Principles of Short-term Insurance IST Principles of Long-term Insurance and Retirement LTI Tax and Estate Duty ADM Financial Planning ADM Electives: Choose 1 of: Quantitative Analysis ADM Principles of Management and Business ADM Electives: Choose 1 of: Financial Management ADM Business Finance ADM Recommended electives for admission to PG Quantitative Analysis ADM Financial Management ADM Students who have completed equivalents to the above modules at HEQC level 6 or higher shall complete up to 4 of the following with the written permission of the Head of Division: Finance Finance Research and Communiction FRC Financial Accounting ADM Business Information Systems ADM Investment Analysis ADM Investment Management ADM TOTAL 120 D Where a student has passed equivalent courses within a completed qualification at undergraduate level, or graduate level, replacement modules to the equivalent credit value offered by the SBF shall be completed from the electives listed above, subject to the approval of the Head of Division: Finance. 30

32 D Where a student has passed equivalent courses within an incomplete qualification at undergraduate level, or graudate level, up to 5 years prior to application, application for such credits may be considered by the School on an individual basis. D Where a student has passed equivalent courses within an incomplete qualification at undergraduate level, up to 5 years prior to application, application for such credits may be considered by the School on an individual basis. D.121 ASSESSMENT Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the following will apply: D to be admitted to the examination for a module, a student must obtain a coursework mark of at least 40% for the applicable module. D The final mark for each module is composed of either (i) 50% coursework and 50% examination; or (ii) 60% coursework and 40% examination. D to pass a module a candidate for the ADM must obtain a final mark of at least 50% and a sub-minimum of 40% in the examination for the module; provided that Senate, on recommendation of the head of department, accepts a sub-minimum of 45% as a final mark in two modules with a total credit value of 30 credits. D A student who has only one module outstanding for the completion of the ADM shall be awarded a Special Examination if s/he earned an exam mark of 40% and a final mark of at least 48% for the outstanding module. D Note: This rule shall not apply to electives as the student may complete any elective in one semester to complete the qualification. D Unless otherwise stated the General rules for First Degree Studies (A.5.2) shall apply D.122 PROMOTION RULES D Full-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 90 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. D Part-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 60 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme. 31

33 D.123 REQUIREMENTS FOR RE-REGISTRATION D A full-time student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration unless he/she has passed 90 credits (or 6 modules) in the first year of enrolment and can complete the ADM in the second year of enrolment. D A part-time student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration unless: D he/she has passed 45 credits (or 3 modules) for every year (2 semesters) of enrolment; D he/she can complete the ADM in the third year of enrolment. 32

34 POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MANAGEMENT (PGDM) 1623 (Not Offered) D.124 ADMISSION Unless the Senate determines otherwise: D Persons meeting any one of the following requirements qualify for admission as a candidate for the Postgraduate Diploma in Management or Finance offered by the School of Business and Finance [SBF]: D A Bachelor s degree, majoring in Management or Finance or a cognate subject, or equivalent qualification. D The ADM specializing in Management, Finance or Financial Planning or equivalent qualification (HEQF Level 7). D An application for admission will only be considered from applicants who have: D completed the School s application form; D submitted proof of previous work experience; D provided the required referee reports from employers and lecturers; D submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all tertiary educational institutions attended; D written the School s Admissions Evaluation at the stipulated time and place; D attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so. D Foreign language applicants, who have not completed three-years of tertiary education in English, will only be considered for admission if they provide proof of one of the following standards with their application: D Paper score of 550 or Computer score of 213 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) D Band 6 International English Language Testing System (IELTS) D Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Advanced English (CAE) D Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) D Passed the Cambridge Business English Certificate 3. D.125 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applcants will be subject to a selection procedure. 33

35 D.126 DURATION Unless the Senate determines otherwise the curriculum shall extend over one (1) year full-time and two (2) years part-time. D.127 CURRICULUM D Students choose eight modules from the modules listed below. D Students must complete all compulsory modules listed below unless they have completed equivalent modules at HEQF level 6 or higher. D Compulsory modules listed below should be completed in the first year of enrolment. D If more than four compulsory modules must be completed from those listed below a maximum of 60 credits (4 modules) will be counted towards the qualification. D The remaining credits shall be selected from the electives listed below. Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Economics for Managers MAN Employee Management MAN Research and Communication for Business RCB Marketing MAN Operations Management MAN Principles of Management Accounting MAN Principles of Management and Business MAN Strategic Management MAN Electives Advanced Employee Management MAN Management Research MRP Advanced Management Accounting MAN Advanced Marketing MAN Contemporary Management Topics MAN Entrepreneurship & Enterprise Development MAN Financial Management MAN Global Marketing MAN Management Information Systems MAN Management Research Report MRR Marketing Research MAN Project Management MAN Quantitative Analysis MAN Statistics for Investments MAN Strategy and Global Competition MAN Supply Chain Management MAN World Class Operations MAN One of the following modules is required for Admission to Masters Analytical and Critical Thinking MAN Management Research MRP Consumer Research CRO TOTAL

36 D.128 ASSESSMENT Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the following will apply: D to be admitted to the examination for a module, a student must obtain a coursework mark of at least 50% for the applicable module, or must comply with Rule A.5.3.5(c). D The final mark for each module is composed of either (i) 50% coursework and 50% examination; or (ii) 60% coursework and 40% examination. D to pass a module a candidate must obtain a final mark of at least 50% and a subminimum of 50% in the examination or final assessment task, provided that Senate, on recommendation of the Director of the School, may accept a sub-minimum of 40% in the examination or final assessment for no more than two modules with a total credit value of 30 credits, if the final mark is no less than 50%. D.129 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: D A full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A Student who passed at least 90 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. D A part-time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who has accumulated at least 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme. D.130 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION Except with the special permission of Senate, registration may not be renewed beyond the periods specified in the Promotion rules above, or if the student was not promoted in the previous year of registration. 35

37 POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN FINANCE 1624 D.131 ADMISSION Unless the Senate determines otherwise: D Persons meeting any one of the following requirements qualify for admission as a candidate for the Postgraduate Diploma in Finance offered by the School of Business and Finance [SBF]: D A Bachelor s degree with at least 30 credits in Finance or a cognate subject at the final year level; D The ADM (Finance) or equivalent qualification (HEQF level 7) specialising in Finance; D The ADM or ADM (Financial Planning) with Finance Management, Management Accounting and Economics (HEQF level 7) OR the equivalent qualification D A student holding the ADM or ADM (Financial Planning) may only be admitted to the Postgraduate Diploma in Finance if s/he has passed Financial Management with at least 50% CAM and 50% EM or equivalent level 7 qualification D An application for admission will only be considered from applicants who have: D completed the School s application form; D submitted proof of previous work experience; D provided the required referee reports from employers and lecturers; D submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all tertiary educational institutions attended; D written the School s Admissions Evaluation at the stipulated time and place; D attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so. D Foreign language applicants, who have not completed three-years of tertiary education in English, will only be considered for admission if they provide proof of one of the following standards with their application: D Paper score of 550 or Computer score of 213 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) D Band 6 International English Language Testing System (IELTS) D Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Advanced English (CAE) D Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) D Passed the Cambridge Business English Certificate 3. 36

38 D.132 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.133 DURATION Unless the Senate determines otherwise the curriculum shall extend over one (1) year full-time and two (2) years part-time. D.134 CURRICULUM D Core modules (60 credits) and 4 elective modules (60 credits) from the modules listed below D Students must complete all core modules listed below unless they: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) have completed equivalent modules within the past 5 years as determined by the Head of Finance Division has provided supporting evidence of the completed module outcomes and content, and has applied in writing for recognition of equivalence prior to the first registration, and whose application has been approved by SBF Director shall register for alternate HEQF level 9 modules in the listed elective modules in the listed elective modules offered by the SBF that are aligned with the programme outcomes. Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Foundation Modules (Maximum of 60 credits) Advanced Management MAN Advanced Financial Management MAN Finance Research FRP Financial Statement Analysis FSA Electives (60 credits minimum) Statistics for Investments MAN Project Management MAN Insurance Long Term IST Short Term Insurance and Risk IST Retirement Planning RPP Finance Seminar MAN Contemporary Management Topics (Corporate Governance) MAN Advanced Financial Analysis MAN TOTAL

39 D.135 ASSESSMENT Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the following will apply: D to be admitted to the examination for a module, a student must obtain a coursework mark of at least 50% for the applicable module, or must comply with Rule A.5.3.5(c). D The final mark for each module is composed of either (i) 50% coursework and 50% examination; or (ii) 60% coursework and 40% examination. D to pass a module a candidate must obtain a final mark of at least 50% and a subminimum of 50% in the examination or final assessment task, provided that Senate, on recommendation of the Director of the School, may accept a sub-minimum of 40% in the examination or final assessment for no more than two modules with a total credit value of 30 credits, if the final mark is no less than 50%. D.136 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: D A full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A Student who passed at least 90 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. D A part-time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who has accumulated at least 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme. D.137 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION Except with the special permission of Senate, registration may not be renewed beyond the periods specified in the Promotion rules above, or if the student was not promoted in the previous year of registration. 38

40 POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN FINANCIAL PLANNING 1625 D.138 ADMISSION Unless the Senate determines otherwise: D Persons meeting any one of the following requirements qualify for admission as a candidate for the Postgraduate Diploma in Financial Planning offered by the School of Business and Finance [SBF]: D A Bachelor s degree majoring in Financial Planning or equivalent; D The ADM specialising in Financial Planning or equivalent. RPL: Access to the programme can also be provided in terms of the University s RPL Policy and its admission criteria as stipulated by the Senate. In the RPL process the students have to undergo a Portfolio Development Course to support the student s admission. The PDC will focus on written submission explaining the reasons for the candidate s interest in Financial Planning an adjunct to their existing professional competencies and indicating the nature of a possible resesrch project. D Foreign language applicants, who have not completed three-years of tertiary education in English, will only be considered for admission if they provide proof of one of the following standards with their application: D Paper score of 550 or Computer score of 213 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) D Band 6 International English Language Testing System (IELTS) D Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Advanced English (CAE) D Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) D Passed the Cambridge Business English Certificate 3. D.139 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.140 DURATION Unless the Senate determines otherwise the curriculum shall extend over one (1) year full-time and two (2) years part-time. 39

41 D.141 CURRICULUM YEAR 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Reserch and Communication for Finance RCF Tax and Estate Planning TEP Retirement Planning RPP Insurance Long Term IST Investment Management MAN Short-term Insurance and Risk Management IST Contemparary Management Topics MAN (Corporate Governance) TOTAL 120 D.142 ASSESSMENT Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the following will apply: D to be admitted to the examination for a module, a student must obtain a coursework mark of at least 50% for the applicable module, or must comply with Rule A.5.3.5(c). D The final mark for each module is composed of either (i) 50% coursework and 50% examination; or (ii) 60% coursework and 40% examination. D to pass a module a candidate must obtain a final mark of at least 50% and a subminimum of 50% in the examination or final assessment task, provided that Senate, on recommendation of the Director of the School, may accept a sub-minimum of 40% in the examination or final assessment for no more than two modules with a total credit value of 30 credits, if the final mark is no less than 50%. D.143 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: D A part-time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who has accumulated at least 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme. D.143 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION Except with the special permission of Senate, registration may not be renewed beyond the periods specified in the Promotion rules above, or if the student was not promoted in the previous year of registration. 40

42 POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN POVERTY, LAND AND AGRARIAN STUDIES (LAS) D.144 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS For admission to the Postgraduate Diploma in Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies, applicants should have obtained an undergraduate degree with an average of 60% in the final assessment of the exit-modules in Sociology, History, Economics, Political Science, Agriculture, Public Admin, Geographical and/or Environmental Studies, with at least three years relevant experience in poverty, land and agrarian reform and sustainable natural resource management. For those applicants without first degrees, recognition of prior learning (RPL) procedures will apply to candidates with extensive work experience (at least ten years) in land and agrarian reform, rural development, natural resources and gender issues, and with good writing abilities. The most likely candidates for RPL applications are experienced practitioners who may not have had the opportunity to engage in higher education, or who may only have a diploma or certificate qualification. D.145 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.146 DURATION The duration of the Postgraduate Diploma is one year full-time subject to Rule A.4.1. D.147 CURRICULUM Students will be required to complete the four taught modules. Teaching and learning will take place of two teaching blocks consisting of three weeks each. All modules and attendance are compulsory. Students who successfully complete the coursework will graduate with a PG Diploma. Module Name Alpha Code Cred Structural Poverty and Marginalised Livelihoods in Southern African Agro- Food Systems LAS The Political Economy of Land and Agrarian Reform in Southern 30 LAS712 Africa Economics of Farming and Food Systems LAS Social and Ecological Dimensions of Ecosystem Management LAS TOTAL 120 D.148 ASSESSMENT RULES is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. 41

43 D.149 PROGRESS RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. D.150 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.151 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME There are no special requirements for this programme. 42

44 POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN INFORMATION COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY (ICT) D.152 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS For admission to the Postgraduate Diploma in Information Communication Technology (ICT), applicants should have obtained an undergraduate degree with an average of 60% in the final assessment of the exit-modules in any field. D.153 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.154 DURATION The duration of the Postgraduate Diploma is one year full-time subject to Rule A.4.1. D.155 CURRICULUM Students will be required to complete the seven taught modules. Teaching and learning will take place in the form of teaching blocks spread across the year. All modules and attendance are compulsory. Students who successfully complete the coursework and the practical internship will graduate with a PG Diploma. The PG Diploma could provide entrance into the Masters Degree upon consultation with Head of Department of Information Systems Postgrad Diploma in ICT (Information Technology Infrastructure and Application Managment) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Information Technology Project IFM Principles of IT in Business IFM IT Infrastructure Management IFM Application Management IFM IT Service Management IFM IT Governance & Risk Management IFM Business Specific Systems & Applications IFM TOTAL 120 Postgrad Diploma in ICT (Software Development) Software Development Project ISE Foundations of Object Orientated Programming ISE Principles of Database Design ISE User Interface Design ISE Business Analysis and Design ISE Business Application Development ISE Mobile Application Development ISE TOTAL 120 D.156 ASSESSMENT RULES is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. 43

45 D.157 PROGRESS RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. D.158 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.159 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME There are no special requirements for this programme. 44

46 BCOM (HONOURS) D.160 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: BCom (Honours) D A BCom (or equivalent Commerce degree) with 60% or higher in the final Bachelor s year in the discipline of choice. D Admission into Industrial Psychology D Students require a Bachelors degree with Industrial Psychology/Human Resource Management as a major subject (or equivalent qualification) for admission to the Honours programme in Industrial Psychology. D A student must have obtained a pass mark of at least 60% (average) in Industrial Psychology/Human -Resource Management in the final year of study, with a subminimum of 55% per module. The Department of Industrial Psychology reserves the right to limit the annual intake of students for the Honours programme based on a consideration of both the internal capacity of the Department and/or academic performance of students. D Students who have not completed the required undergraduate and/or equivalent modules in Industrial Psychology will not be allowed to register or the Honours Programme. D Students from other Universities, Faculties and /or Departments would have to meet the requirements as stipulated by the Department. Such requirements could include the completion of a bridging programme (i.e.relevant modules to be prescribed by the Department) and the student obtaining a pass mark of at least 60% per module. Each case will be assessed in terms of the individual merit and at the discretion of the Department. D Students choosing Industrial Psychology and who had completed an undergraduate degree (BCom, BAdmin or BA) but not in Industrial Psychology may apply to complete the outstanding subjects as occasional commerce student. However, the completion of prescribed occasional commerce modules in Industrial Psychology does not guarantee the student an automatic entry into the Honours programme. The student who completed the prescribed occasional commerce modules will still be subjected to a formal selection process. The Department of Industrial Psychology reserves the right to limit the intake of occasional commerce students based on a consideration of both the internal capacity of the Department and/or academic performance of the student. D All students meeting the minimum admission requirements will be subject to a formal selection process. 45

47 D A CANDIDATE MUST COMPLETE SIX MODULES: The core modules in the Honours programme will all carry a weight of 20 credits, except the Research Methodology module which will carry a weight of 30 credits and will include a practical research project. All elective modules will carry a weight of 15 credits. The total weight for the programme is 120 credits. Thus, students have to pass 6 modules (i.e. 4 Core modules, PLUS any 2 of the elective modules) to meet the requirements for a Honours degree. Students choosing to do an Economics stream in BAdmin (Hons) should have obtained at least 60% in each of the core areas of Economics: (Macroeconomics, Microeconomics and Econometrics) in the final year of undergraduate studies. D.161 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. All students meeting the minimum admission requirements will be subject to a formal selection process. D.162 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one (1) year full time and two (2) years part-time. D.163 CURRICULUM The programme is comprised of the following specialization areas, namely Development Studies (students choosing Development Studes should liaise directly with the Institute for Development Studies in the EMS Faculty), Economics, Industrial Psychology, and Statistics (students choosing Statistics should liaise directly with the Statistics Department in the Science Faculty) of which students have to select only one (1). D Economics Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Research Project ECO Applied Econometrics ECO Micro-Economics ECO Macro-Economics ECO Mathematical Economics ECO Electives (Choose 2) Environmental and Resource Economics ECO International Financial Economics ECO Labour Economics ECO Public Economics ECO International Economics ECO Development Economics ECO Financial Economics* ECO TOTAL 120 *A minimum of four electives are offered each year D Industrial Psychology Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Organizational Psychology BPS

48 Research Methodology BPS Psychometrics BPS Advanced Human Resource Management BPS Electives (Choose 2) Practical Training BPS Labour Relations BPS TOTAL 120 D.164 ASSESSMENT is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.165 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: D Full-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. (eg, a 120 credit programme), subject to rule D D Part-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme. (eg, a 120 credit programme), subject to rule D D Core Modules A full-time student who has failed either Microeconomics (ECO731) or Macroeconomics (ECO732) within four consecutive semesters, will not be allowed to continue with the Economics Honours programme. A part-time student who has failed either Microeconomics (ECO731) or Macroeconomics (ECO732) within six consecutive semesters, will not be allowed to continue with the Economics Honours programme. D.166 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.167 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D Please note that the Department of Industrial Psychology reserves the right not to offer a particular elective module in any particular year. Such consideration will be based on student enrolment numbers and/or the internal staff and resource capacity of the Department. 47

49 D In order to graduate with an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology, a student will need to have passed the four (4) core mdoules, PLUS any two (2) of the electives. The student will need to provide a clear indication to the Department as to which modules (ie core and elective modules) will constitute his/her Honours programme. Any additional elective modules cannot be substituted during selection or the Masters degree in Industrial Psychology. D Should a student consider registration as a Psychometrist, it is RECOMMENDED that he/she considers Practical Training as one of the elective modules. D In the event of a student registering for more than the 2 elective modules required in the Honours programme, the student will need to provide a clear indication to the Department as to which modules (i.e Elective modules) will constitute his/her Honours programme. Any additional elective module(s) cannot be substituted during selection for the Masters degree in Industrial Psychology. 48

50 BCOM (HONOURS) INFORMATION SYSTEMS D.168 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: BCom (Honours) Information Systems Bachelors degree or equivalent with 60% in the discipline of choice. D.169 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.170 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one (1) year full time and two (2) years part-time. D.171 CURRICULUM D Part- Module Name Alpha Code Cred Building and Buying Systems IFS Information and Knowledge Management IFS Research Methods IFS Practical Research Project IFS Information Technology IFS The Network World IFS TOTAL 120 D Full Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Delivering IS Benefits IFS IS Practice IFS Advanced Systems Delivery IFS IS Research IFS End User Practical IFS Choose 1 of: Internship IFS Research Project IFS Capita Selecta IFS TOTAL 120 D.172 ASSESSMENT RULES is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.173 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: 49

51 D Full-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. (eg, a 120 credit programme) D Part-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 60 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme. (eg, a 120 credit programme) D.174 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.175 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME There are no special requirements for this programme 50

52 BADMIN (HONOURS) D.176 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme D B.Admin with 60% or higher in the final Bachelor s year in the discipline of choice. D Admission into Industrial Psychology D Students require a Bachelors degree with Industrial Psychology/Human Resource Management as a major subject (or equivalent qualification) for admission to the Honours programme in Industrial Psychology. D A student must have obtained a pass mark of at least 60% (average) in Industrial Psychology/Human -Resource Management in the final year of study, with a subminimum of 55% per module. The Department of Industrial Psychology reserves the right to limit the annual intake of students for the Honours programme based on a consideration of both the internal capacity of the Department and/or academic performance of students. D Students who have not completed the required undergraduate and/or equivalent modules in Industrial Psychology will not be allowed to register or the Honours Programme. D Students from other Universities, Faculties and /or Departments would have to meet the requirements as stipulated by the Department. Such requirements could include the completion of a bridging programme (i.e.relevant modules to be prescribed by the Department) and the student obtaining a pass mark of at least 60% per module. Each case will be assessed in terms of the individual merit and at the discretion of the Department. D Students choosing Industrial Psychology and who had completed an undergraduate degree (BCom, BAdmin, BA) but not in Industrial Psychology may apply to complete the outstanding subjects as an ocassional commerce student. However, the completion of prescribed ocassional commerce modules in Industrial Psychology does not guarantee the student an automatic entry into the Honours programme. The student who completed the prescribed ocassional commerce modules will still be subjected to a formal selection process. The Department of Industrial Psychology reserves the right to limit the intake of ocassional students based on a consideration of both the internal capacity of the Department and/or academic performance of the student. D All students meeting the minimum admission requirements will be subject to a formal selection process. D A CANDIDATE MUST COMPLETE SIX MODULES: The core modules in the Honours programme will all carry a weight of 20 credits, except the Research Methodology module which will carry a weight of 30 credits and will include a practical research project. All elective modules will carry a weight of 15 credits. The total wegiht for the programme is 120 credits. Thus, 51

53 students have to pass 6 modules (i.e. 4 Core modules, PLUS any 2 of the elective modules) to meet the requirements for a Honours degree. D Students choosing to do an Economics stream should have obtained at least 60% in each of the core areas of Economics: (Macroeconomics, Microeconomics and Econometrics) in the final year of undergraduate studies. D.177 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.178 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one (1) year full time and two (2) years part-time. D.179 CURRICULUM The programme is comprised of the following specialization areas, namely Public Administration, Political Studies, Economics, Industrial Psychology and Development Studies. Students have to selectonly one (1). D Public Administration Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Governance, Administration and Ethics in the Public PUB An Introduction to Public Policy Analysis and PUB Theoretical Approaches to Public Organization PUB Human Resources Management and Development PUB Economics and Public Sector Financial Management PUB Research Methods/Essay PUB Electives (Choose 1) Issues in Local Government PUB State and Civil Society PUB Public Sector Transformation and Reform PUB TOTAL 120 D Political Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Research Methodology DVS Research Project POL Electives (Choose 2) Comparative Area Politics POL International Polical Economy POL Political Violence POL Political Philosophy POL South African Politics POL Political Transitions POL Contemporary Democratic Theory 723 POL International Relations Theory POL Security Studies POL TOTAL

54 D Industrial Psychology Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Organizational Psychology BPS Research Methodology BPS Psychometrics BPS Advanced Human Resource Management BPS Electives (Choose 2) Practical Training BPS Labour Relations BPS D Economics TOTAL 120 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Research Project ECO Econometrics ECO Micro-Economics ECO Macro-Economics ECO Mathematical Economics ECO Electives (Choose 2) Environmental and Resource Economics ECO International Financial Economics ECO Labour Economics ECO Public Economics ECO International Economics ECO Development Economics ECO Financial Economics * ECO TOTAL 120 *A minimum of four electives are offered each year D Development Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Theories of Social Transformation DVS Economics for Development Studies DVS Research Methodology DVS Research Paper DVS Electives (Choose 2) Community Dev Theory and Practice DVS Social Policy for Developing Countries DVS Development Management and Planning DVS Urban and Regional Development DVS Social-economic Problems and Policy DVS TOTAL 120 D.180 ASSESSMENT RULES is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. 53

55 D.181 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: D Full-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year (eg. A 120 credit programme), subject to rule D D Part-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme (eg 120 credit programme), subject to rule D D Core Modules A full-time student who has failed either Microeconomics (ECO731) or Macroeconomics (ECO732) within four consecutive semesters, will not be allowed to continue with the Economics Honours programme. A part-time student who has failed either Microeconomics (ECO731) or Macroeconomics (ECO732) within six consecutive semesters, will not be allowed to continue with the Economics Honours programme. D.182 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.183 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D Please note that the Department of Industrial Psychology reserves the right not to offer a particular elective module in any particular year. Such consideration will be based on student enrolment numbers and/or the internal staff and resource capacity of the Department. D In order to graduate with an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology, a student will need to have passed the four (4) coure mdoules, PLUS any two (2) of the electives. The student will need to provide a clear indication to the Department as to which modules (ie core and elective modules) will constitute his/her Honours programme. Any additional elective modules cannot be substituted during selection or the Masters degree in Industrial Psychology. D Should a student consider registration as a Psychometrist, it is RECOMMENDED that he/she considers Practical Training as one of the elective modules. D In the event of a student registering for more than the 2 elective modules required in the Honours programme, the student will need to provide a clear indication to the Department as to which modules (i.e elective modules) will constitute his/her Honours programme. Any additional elective module(s) cannot be substituted during selection for the Masters degree in Industrial Psychology. 54

56 BECON (HONOURS) D.184 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: BEcon (Honours) D A Bachelor s degree (or equivalent) with 60% or higher in the final year Bachelor s year in the discipline of choice. D Admission into Industrial Psychology D Students choosing to major in Industrial Psychology require a Bachelors degree with Industrial Psychology/Human Resource Management as a major subject (or equivalent qualification) is required for admission to the Honours in Industrial Psychology. D A student must have obtained a pass mark of at least 60% (average) in Industrial Psychology/Human -Resource Management in the final year of study, with a subminimum of 55% per module. The Department o Industrial Pscyology reserves the right to limit the annual intake of students for the Honours programme based on a consideration o both the internal capacity of the Department and/or academic perormance o students. D Students who have not completed the required undergraduate and/or equivalent modules in Industrial Psychology will not be allowed to register or the Honours Programme. D Students from other Universities, Faculties and /or Departments would have to meet the requirements as stipulated by the Department. Such requirements could include the completion of a bridging programme (i.e.relevant modules to be prescribed by the Department) and the student obtaining a pass mark of at least 60% per module. Each case will be assessed in terms of the individual merit and at the discretion of the Department. D Students choosing Industrial Psychology and who had completed an undergraduate degree (BCom, BEcon, BAdmin or BA) but not in Industrial Psychology may apply to complete the outstanding subjects as occasional commerce student. However, the completion of prescribed occasional commerce modules in Industrial Psychology does not guarantee the student an automatic entry into the Honours programme. The student who completed the prescribed occasional commerce modules will still be subjected to a formal selection process. The Department of Industrial Psychology reserves the right to limit the intake of occasional commerce students based on a consideration of both the internal capacity of the Department and/or academic performance of the student. D All students meeting the minimum admission requirements will be subject to a formal selection process. 55

57 D A CANDIDATE MUST COMPLETE SIX MODULES: The core modules in the Honours programme will all carry a weight of 20 credits, except the Research Methodology module which will carry a weight of 30 credits and will include a practical research project. All elective modules will carry a weight of 15 credits. The total wegiht for the programme is 120 credits. Thus, students have to pass 6 modules (i.e. 4 Core modules, PLUS any 2 of the elective modules) to meet the requirements for a Honours degree. D.185 Students choosing to do the Honours Programme in Economics should have obtained at least 60% in each of the core areas of Economics: (Microeconomics, Macroeconomics, Econometrics) in te final year of undergraduate studies D.186 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.187 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one (1) year full time and two (2) years part-time. D.189 CURRICULUM The programme is comprised of the following specialization areas, namely Public Administration, Political Studies, Economics, Industrial Psychology and Development Studies and students must select only one (1) D Public Administration Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Governance, Administration and Ethics in the Public PUB An Introduction to Public Policy Analysis and PUB Theoretical Approaches to Public Organization PUB Human Resources Management and Development PUB Economics and Public Sector Financial Management PUB Research Methods/Essay PUB Electives (Choose 1) Issues in Local Government PUB State and Civil Society PUB Public Sector Transformation and Reform PUB TOTAL 120 D Political Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Research Methodology DVS Research Project POL Electives (Choose 3) Comparative Area Politics POL International Political Economy POL Political Violence POL Political Philosophy POL

58 The Politics of Mass Communication POL South African Politics POL Political Transitions POL Contemporary Democratic Theory POL Regional Community Foregin Policy POL Institutions and Policy-making in a regional Comm-case 30 POL725 study International Relations Theory POL Security Studies POL TOTAL 150 D Industrial Psychology Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Organizational Psychology BPS Research Methodology BPS Psychometrics BPS Advanced Human Resource Management BPS Electives (Choose 2) Practical Training BPS Labour Relations BPS TOTAL 120 D Economics Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Research Project ECO Econometrics ECO Micro-Economics ECO Macro-Economics ECO Mathematical Economics ECO Electives (Choose 3) Environmental and Resource Economics ECO International Financial Economics ECO Labour Economics ECO Public Economics ECO International Economics ECO Development Economics ECO Financial Economics* ECO TOTAL 120 *A minimum of four electives are offered each year D Development Studies Theories of Social Transformation DVS Economics for Development Studies DVS Research Methodology DVS Research Paper DVS Electives (Choose 2) Community Dev Theory and Practice DVS Social Policy for Developing Countries DVS Development Management and Planning DVS Urban and Regional Development DVS Socio-economic Problems and Policy DVS TOTAL

59 D.190 ASSESSMENT RULES is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.191 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: D Full-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year, subject to rule D D Part-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme, subject to rule D D Core Modules A full-time student who has failed either Microeconomics (ECO731) or Macroeconomics (ECO732) within four consecutive semesters, will not be allowed to continue with the Economics Honours programme. A part-time student who has failed either Microeconomics (ECO731) or Macroeconomics (ECO732) within six consecutive semesters, will not be allowed to continue with the Economics Honours programme. D.192 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.193 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D Please note that the Department of Industrial Psychology reserves the right not to offer a particular elective module in any particular year. Such consideration will be based on student enrolment numbers and/or the internal staff and resource capacity of the Department. D In order to graduate with an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology, a student will need to have passed the four (4) coure mdoules, PLUS any three (3) o the electives. The student will need to provide a clear indication to the Department as to which modules (ie core and elective modules) will constitute his/her Honours programme. Any additional elective modules cannot be substituted during selection or the Masters degree in Industrial Psychology. D Should a student consider registration as a Psychometrist, it is RECOMMENDED that he/she considers Practical Training as one of the elective modules. 58

60 D In the event of a student registering for more than the 2 elective modules required in the Honours programme, the student will need to provide a clear indication to the Department as to which modules (i.e Elective modules) will constitute his/her Honours programme. Any additional elective module(s) cannot be substituted during selection for the Masters degree in Industrial Psychology. 59

61 POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ACCOUNTING 1507 NB: This diploma, combined with the BCom (Accounting) degree is accredited by the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) to prepare candidates for Part 1 of their qualifying examination. D.194 ADMISSION Unless the Senate determines otherwise persons meeting the following requirements qualify for admission as a candidate for the Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting D A BCom (Accounting) degree or equivalent (as approved by the Department of Accounting) and D Passed all the 3 rd year modules of the BCom (Accounting) degree (or equivalent) in one year with a subminimum of 55% for each module and an overall percentage of 57.5%. D.195 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.196 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one (1) year full-time. D.197 CURRICULUM Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Advanced Financial Accounting ACC Advanced Auditing ACC Advanced Management Accounting and FinancialManagement ACC Advanced Taxation ACC TOTAL 140 D.198 ASSESSMENT D is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.199 PROMOTION RULES A student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year (eg a 140 credit programme) Requirements to complete the programme: 1. in order to gain admission to write the exam for a module, a student must obtain a minimum CAM of 40% for that subject. 60

62 2. A student is awarded the PGDA if he/she obtains a final mark of at least 50% and a subminimum of at least 45% for the exam for each module 3. The final mark for each module is either: % CAM plus 60% Exam OR 3.2 The Exam mark 4. A student shall gain access to a supplementary examination if they have passed three of the four compulsory modules. D.200 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.201 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME There are no special requirements for this programme 61

63 POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (PGDBA) (1626) D.202 ADMISSION Unless the Senate determines otherwise persons meeting any one of the following requirements qualify for admission as a candidate for the Postgraduate Diploma in Business Administration offered by the School of Business and Finance (SBF) D A Bachelor s degree or equivalend in Management or Finance or a cognate subject or equivalent qaulification D The Advanced Diploma in Management, Finance or Financial Planning or an equivalent HEQF level 7 qualification PLUS at least three years appropriate work experience OR; D Anyone who has passed bothe the SBF s Management Development Programme (MDP) and Senior Management Development Programme (SMDP) with a 60% in each module, having passed all eight modules in the minimum time period at the first attempt OR; D A Senior Certicate (Grade 12) with a Matriculation endorsement PLUS at lease ten years appropriate work experience PLUS a demonstrated level of competence sufficient to ensure that they can successfully embard on the programme in compliane with University rule A.2.14 D An application for admission will only be considered from applicants who have: D D D D D D completed the School s application form; submitted proof of previous work experience; provided the required referee reports from employers and lecturers; submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all tertiary educational institutions attended; written the School s Admissions Evaluation at the stipulated time and place; attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so. D Foreign language applicants, who have not completed three-years of tertiary education in English, will only be considered for admission if they provide proof of one of the following standards with their application: D Paper score of 550 or Computer score of 213 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) D Band 6 International English Language Testing System (IELTS) D Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Advanced English (CAE) D Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) D Passed the Cambridge Business English Certificate 3. 62

64 D.203 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.204 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one (1) year full-time or 2 years part-time. D.205 CURRICULUM D The programme consists ofeight compulsory modules from the modules as listed below. D A student who D has completed module(s) equivalent to the listed modules at HEQF level 7 or higher within the past 5 years, D has provided supporting evidence of the completed module outcomes and content, and D has applied in writing for recognition of equivalence prior to the first registration, and D whose application has been approved by the SBF Director D shall register for alternate HEQF level 8 modules in cognate subjects selected from the list of Recommended Cognate Subjects that are aligned with the programme outcomes as approved by the SBF Director. D Compulsory modules listed below should be completed in the first year of enrolment. D If more than four compulsory modules must be completed from those listed below a maximum of 60 credits (4 modules) will be counted towards the qualification. Module Name Alpha Code Cred Principles of Management and Leadership 763 MAN Marketing Organization and Management 754 MAN Operatons and Information Management 761 MAN Economics for Managers MAN749 MAN Accounting and Finance for Managers 762 MAN Research & Communication for Business 711 RCB Employee Management 755 MAN Strategic Management 769 MAN TOTAL

65 Recommended Cognate Subjects Module name Recommended Cognate Subjects Credits Module Code Principles of Management and Leadership Advanced General Management Contemporary Management Topics 15 MAN701 MAN709 Marketing Organization and Management Advanced Marketing Global Marketing 15 MAN702 MAN719 Operations and Information Systems Supply Chain Management Management Information Systems 15 MAN730 MAN712 Accounting and Finance for Financial Accounting 15 ACC781 Management Research & Communication Management Research 15 MRP711 for Business Economics for Managers Contemporary Management Topics 15 MAN709 Employee Management Advanced General Management 15 MAN701 Strategic Management D.206 ASSESSMENT Contemporary Management Topics Project Management Supply Chain Management D Unless Senate determines otherwise, the following will apply: MAN MAN720 MAN730 D to be admitted to the examination for a module, a student must obtain a coursework mark of at least 50% for the applicable module, or must comply with Rule A (c) D The final mark for each module is composed of either (i) 50% coursework and 50% examination; or (ii) 60% coursework and 40% examination. D to pass a module a candidate must obtain a final mark of at least 50% and a subminimum of 50% in the examination or final assessment task, provided that Senate, on recommendation of the Director of the School, may accept a sub-minimum of 40% in the examination or final assessment for no more than two modules with a total credit value of 30 credits, if the final mark is no less than 50%. D.207 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: D A full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A Student who passed at least 90 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. D A part-time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who has accumulated at least 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme. D.208 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.209 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME There are no special requirements for this programme 64

66 BCOM (HONOURS) MANAGEMENT D.210 ADMISSION Unless the Senate determines otherwise persons meeting the following requirements qualify for admission D A bachelor s degree majoring in Management, Finance, SME Management (60 credits) or the equivalent with an average of at least 60% at the third year level; or D The ADM or ADM(Finance) with an average of at least 60% and a pass in Economics or Management Accounting at level 7; or D The ADM, ADM (Finance) including one of Economics or Management Accounting at level 7 or a B.Com majoring in Management, Finance or the equivalent PLUS a minimum of three years appropriate full-time work experience after completion. Admission under this clause is subject to the approval of Senate. Rule A applies to these candidates, D A student who has completed a BCom degree but majored in another subject but has completed: D At least two third year modules in Management or Finance; and D Has completed these modules with a 60% average. D Such student will be requied to register for 10 modules (150 credits), including Strategic Management and Research and Communication for Business, or equivalent, to complete the requirements of the degree. D A student who has not completed more than two of the Core Modules (or equivalent at level 6 or higher) as part of their prior qualification will be required to complete the outstanding modules in addition to the requirements for the degree. D If equivalent modules have not been completed at level 6 or higher a student who has completed the ADM (Finance) must pass two of the following modules at the first attempt with a 60% average for the modules and 50% CAM and 50% EM for each module before applying for admission: a. Marketing (MAN754) b. Research and Communication for Business (ADM626) or Finance (RCF711) c. Operations Management (MAN757) D If equivalent modules have not been completed at level 6 or higher a student who has completed the ADM (Finance) must pass three of the following modules at the first attempt with a 60% average for the modules and 50% CAM and 50% EM for each module before applying for admission: a. Information Systems and Technology (MAN747) b. Marketing (MAN754) c. Principles of Management (MAN751) d. Research and Communication for Business (ADM626) or Finance (RCF711) e. Operations Management (MAN757) Note: Applicants who pass the mdoules but do not attain 60% average may be admitted to the PGDM 65

67 D An application for admission will not be considered unless applicants have: D completed the School s Application Form; D submitted proof of previous work experience; D provided the required referee reports from employers and lecturers; D submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all tertiary educational institutions attended; D written the School s Admissions Evaluation at the stipulated time and place; D attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so. D Foreign language applicants, who have not completed three-years of tertiary education in English, will only be considered for admission if they provide proof of one of the following standards with their application: D Paper score of 550 or Computer score of 213 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) D Band 6 International English Language Testing System (IELTS) D Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Advanced English (CAE) D Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) D Passed the Cambridge Business English Certificate 3. D.211 SELECTION Places in the programme may be limited and will be allocated by the School of Business and Finance on a competitive basis. Priority will be given to students based on their average marks at their first attempt for four final year modules in Management PLUS the research methods module. D.212 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one (1) year full time and two (2) years part-time. D.213 CURRICULUM D Students complete eight modules, including a minimum of 30 credits of research and a minimum of 60 credits and a maximum of 90 credits of Management electives (group 3) Notes: Students who have not completed equivalent modules to those listed in Group 1 under Option 2 should complete the 1 or 2 modules required by the School during their first year of enrolment. 66

68 D All students must complete a Research Methods module (15 credits) (Group 1) and a Research Report (15 credits) OR a Field Study (30 credits) (Group 2). D If students have not completed a Strategic Management or an equivalent module at HEQF level 7, as determined by Head: Management Division, then students must complete the Strategic Management (Group 3) elective. D Students may register for a maximum of 30 credits from honours level-modules selected from the Finance division or the student s other undergraduate major (e.g Industrial Psychology, Economics) with the written permission of the Head: Management Division and the Head of the relevant Department or Division. D The following options are listed as registration guidelines. Please consult the School of Business and Finance for assistance. Note: Not all modules are offered every year. Module Name Alpha Code Cred OPTION 1 Group 1 (Select 1 module) Management Research Proposal MRP Consumer Research CRO Group 2 (Select 1 module) Management Research Report MRR Field Study MAN Group 3 Management Electives Advanced Employee Management (currently not offered) MAN Advanced General Management(currently not offered) MAN Advanced Marketing MAN Contemporary Management Topics MAN Employee Management MAN Entepreneurship& Enterprise Development MAN Global Marketing MAN Management Information Systems MAN Marketing Research (currently not offered) MAN Project Management MAN Strategic Management MAN Strategy and Global Competition (currently not offered) MAN Supply Chain Management MAN World Class Operations (currently not offered) MAN TOTAL 120 OPTION 2 Compulsory Modules Group 1 (Select maximum of 2 modules) Economics for Managers MAN Information Systems and Technology MAN Marketing MAN Operations Management MAN Research and Communication for Business RCB Strategic Management MAN Group 2 (Select 1 module) Management Research MRP Consumer Research CRO Group 3 (Select 1 module) Management Research Report MRR Field Study MAN Group 4 - (Select at least 4 modules) Advanced Employee Management MAN

69 Advanced Management Accounting MAN Advanced Marketing MAN Contemporary Management Topics MAN Employee Management MAN Enterprise & Enterprise Development MAN Global Marketing MAN Management Information Systems MAN Marketing Research MAN Project Management MAN Statistics for Investments MAN Strategy and Global Competition MAN Supply Chain Management MAN World Class Operations MAN TOTAL D.214 ASSESSMENT RULES is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.215 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: D Full-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 90 credits may proceed with his/her studies for one additional year to complete the programme the following year. D Part-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed for one additional year to complete the programme. D.216 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.217 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D Please Note: Not all modules will be offered every year: 68

70 BCOM (HONOURS) FINANCE FT / 1722-PT D.218 ADMISSION D A bachelor s degree majoring in Finance or the equivalent with an average of at least 60% at the third year level; or D The ADM (Financ) or equivalent with an average of at least 60%; or D The ADM (Finance) or a bachelor s degree with a pass in Finance or the equivalent at third year level PLUS a minimum of three years appropriate full-time work experience after the completion of the ADM or bachelor s degree. Admission under this clause is subject to the satisfactory results in the SBF s Admission Evaluation and the approval of Senate. Rule A applies to these candidates. D A student who has completed the BCom degree with a major in a subject other than Finance (e.g. Economics) and has completed at least two third Finance modules (i.e. MAN305, MAN307, MAN308, MAN312) or equivalent with a 60% average. D A student who has not completed more than two of the Foundational Core Modules (or equivalent at level 6 or higher) as part of their prior qualification will be required to complete the outstanding modules in addition to the requirements for the degree. D A student who has completed the ADM (Financial Planning) with Quantivative Analysis and Financial Management as subjects, with an average of at least 60% must pass two of the following modules at the first attempt with a 60% average for the 4 modules and 50% CAM and 50% EM for each module before applying for admission: a. Information Systems and Technology (MAN747) b. Research and Communication for Business (ADM626) or Finance (RCF711) c. Principles of Management (MAN751) d. Financial Accounting (ACC781) Note: Applicants who passed the modules but did not attain a 60% average may be admitted to the PGDM D An application for admission will not be considered unless applicants have: D completed the School s Application Form; D submitted proof of previous work experience; D provided the required referee reports from employers and lecturers; D submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all tertiary educational institutions attended; D written the School s Admissions Evaluation at the stipulated time and place; D attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so. D Foreign language applicants, who have not completed three-years of tertiary education in English, will only be considered for admission if they provide proof of one of the following standards with their application: 69

71 D Paper score of 550 or Computer score of 213 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) D Band 6 International English Language Testing System (IELTS) D Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Advanced English (CAE) D Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) D Passed the Cambridge Business English Certificate 3. D.219 SELECTION Places in the programme may be limited and will be allocated by the School of Business and Finance on a competitive basis. Priority will be given to students based on their average marks at their first attempt for four final year modules in Management PLUS the research methods module. D.220 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one (1) year full time and two (2) years part-time. D.221 CURRICULUM D Students complete eight modules, including a minimum of 30 credits of research, 45 credits of core Finance modules and a minimum of 15 credits of Finance electives. D Students must complete all compulsory modules listed below (see OPTION 2 group 1) unless they have completed equivalent modules at HEQF level 6 or higher. Compulsory modules should be completed in the first year of enrolment. D If more than two compulsory modules must be completed from those listed below (see OPTION 2 group 1) they must be completed prior to admission in addition to the degree requirements. D All students must complete the five Core modules as listed below. D Students may register for a maximum of 30 credits from other electives or honours level modules selected from an undergraduate major (e.g. Economics or Statistics) with permission of the Head: Finance Division and the Head of the relevant Department. D The programme is comprised of two (2) OPTIONS. Students will be admitted to either OPTION or OPTION 2. D The following options are listed as registration guidelines. Please consult the School of Business and Finance for assistance. D Please Note: Some electives are not offered every year and all modules may not be offered on a part-time basis: 70

72 Module Name Alpha Code Cred OPTION 1 Group 1 - Core Modules (Select all) Finance Research FRP Finance Research Report FRR Advanced Financial Management MAN Financial Analysis MAN Statistics for Investments MAN Group 2 (Select 1 or 2 modules) Advanced Management Accounting MAN Financial Accounting ACC Group 3 (Select 1 or 2 modules) Finance Seminar (Currency Risk) MAN Financial Statement Analysis FSA Insurance Long Term IST Insurance Short Term IST Retirement Planning RPP Financial Accounting ACC Investment Analysis MAN Contemporary Management Topics MAN Management Information Systems MAN Project Management MAN Quantitative Management Topics MAN Strategic Management MAN TOTAL 120 OPTION 2: Where a student is admitted to the programme without passing equivalent modules at NQF level 6 or higher the student must choose at least 2 modules from group 1 Group 1 (Select a maximum of 2 modules) Economics for Managers MAN Informations Systems and Technology MAN Investment Management MAN Principles of Management Accounting MAN Principles of Management and Business MAN Research and Communication for Business RCB Group 2 (Select all modules) Finance Research FRP Finance Research Report FRR Advanced Financial Management MAN Financial Analysis MAN Statistics for Investments MAN Group 3 (Select 1 or 2 modules) Advanced Management Accounting MAN Financial Accounting ACC Group 4 (Select 1 or 2 modules) Finance Seminar (Currency Risk) MAN Financial Statement Analysis FSA Insurance Long Term IST Insurance Short Term IST Retirement Planning RPP Financial Accounting ACC Investment Analysis MAN Contemporary Management Topics MAN Management Information Systems MAN Project Management MAN Quantitative Management Topics MAN Strategic Management MAN TOTAL

73 D.222 ASSESSMENT RULES is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.223 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: D Full-time A full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 90 credits may proceed with his/her studies for one additional year to complete the programme the following year. D Part-time A part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed for one additional year to complete the programme. D.224 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. 72

74 BACHELOR OF ARTS HONOURS FULL TIME 1705 D.225 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Bachelor of Arts Honours Bachelors degree with an average of at least 65% in the final mark in a relevant Social Science, Health Science, Public Administration or Business discipline. D.226 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.227 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one (1) year full time and two (2) years part-time. D.228 CURRICULUM D Development Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Theories of Social Transformation DVS Economics for Development Studies DVS Research Methodology DVS Research Paper DVS Electives (Choose 2) Community Dev Theory and Practice DVS Social Policy for Developing Countries DVS Development Management and Planning DVS Urban and Regional Development DVS Social-economic Problems and Policy DVS TOTAL 120 D Public Administration Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Governance, Administration and Ethics in the Public PUB An Introduction to Public Policy Analysis and PUB Theoretical Approaches to Public Organization PUB Human Resources Management and Development PUB Economics and Public Sector Financial Management PUB Research Methods/Essay PUB Electives (Choose 1) Issues in Local Government PUB State and Civil Society PUB Public Sector Transformation and Reform PUB TOTAL

75 D Political Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Research Methodology DVS Research Project POL Electives (Choose 2) Comparative Area Politics POL Political Philosophy POL South African Politics POL Contemporary Democratic Theory 723 POL Security Studies POL TOTAL 120 D Industrial Psychology Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Organizational Psychology BPS Research Methodology BPS Psychometrics BPS Advanced Human Resource Management BPS Electives (Choose 2) Practical Training BPS Labour Relations BPS D Economics TOTAL 120 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Research Project ECO Econometrics ECO Micro-Economics ECO Macro-Economics ECO Electives (Choose 3) Applied and Policy Economics ECO Environmental and Resource Economics ECO International Financial Economics ECO Labour Economics ECO Public Economics ECO International Economics ECO Development Economics ECO Financial Economics ECO Mathematical Economics ECO Capita Selecta ECO TOTAL 120 D.229 ASSESSMENT RULES is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. 74

76 D.230 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: D.231 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.232 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME There are no special requirements for this programme 75

77 MASTER OF COMMERCE (Structured) D.233 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Commerce MCom D The general rules for admission and registration as stated in Rule A.2 pertaining to Masters degrees will apply. D Admission Requirements for the MCom (Industrial Psychology) D A student must have obtained a pass mark of at least 65% in a recognised Industrial Psychology Honours programme in order to be eligible for selection into the Masters Programme. D Students from other Universities, Faculties and/or Departments who have completed an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology/Organisational Psychology/Human Resource Management and wanting to pursue a Masters Degree (Industrial Psychology) would have to meet the requirements as stipulated by the Department. D Students from other Universities, Faculties and/or Departments who have NOT completed an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology/Organisational Psychology/Human Resource Management will not be allowed entry into the Masters programme. D The SAQA credits for all modules in the Masters programme are 20 respectively. The mini-thesis carries a weight of 60 credits. Thus the overall weight for the programme is 160 credits Students have to pass five (5) modules in total i.e. 3 core modules, plus complete a mini-thesis AND 2 elective modules in order to meet the requirements for a Masters Degree. Students who wish to register as Industrial Psychologists have to complete the three (3) core modules, two (2) electives and a mini-thesis. D.234 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.235 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 3 years full time and part-time. D.236 CURRICULUM The programme is comprised of the following specialization areas, namely Economics, Industrial Psychology, Development Studies, and Statistics. Students have to select one (1). 76

78 D Economics Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Economics Mini-thesis (1 st enrolment) ECO Economics Mini-thesis (2 nd enrolment) ECO804 Applied Research Workshop ECO Applied Econometrics II ECO Advanced Microeconomics ECO Advanced Macroeconomics ECO Sub-total 120 Electives (Choose any 4) Mathematical Economics ECO International Trade Economics ECO Development Economics ECO Public Sector Economics ECO Environmental Economics ECO Advanced International Financial Economics ECO Labour Economics ECO Financial Economics ECO TOTAL 180 *A minimum of four electives are offered each year D Industrial Psychology Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core modules Organizational Development: Diversity and Change Management BPS Research Methodology BPS Counselling BPS Mini-Thesis (1 st enrolment) Mini-Thesis (2 nd enrolment) IPS803 IPS Sub-total 120 Electives (Choose 2) Depending on demand and teaching staff avaialability Training Management BPS BPS TOTAL 160 D Development Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Theories of Social Transformation DVS Economics for Development Studies DVS Research Methodology DVS Masters Mini-thesis (1 st Enrolment) DVS803 Masters Mini-thesis (2 nd Enrolment) DVS Electives (select 2 modules) Urban and Regional Development DVS Development Management and Planning DVS Community Development in Theory and Practice DVS Social Policy for Developing Countries (DVS825) DVS Poverty and Inequality DVS Or one elective from the MPhil Land and Agrarian Studies or MPA TOTAL

79 D Statistics (Please consult the Science Faculty) D.237 ASSESSMENT is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.238 PROGRESS Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. D.239 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. 78

80 MASTER OF COMMERCE (Thesis) D.240 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Commerce MCom D The general rules for admission and registration as stated in Rule A.2 pertaining to Masters degrees will apply. D.241 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.242 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 3 years full time and part-time. D.243 CURRICULUM The programme is comprised of speacialisation areas, namely Industrial Psychology, Development Studies, Information Systems, Management, Accounting and Statistics. Students have to select one (1) specialization area. D Economics (Currently not offered) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Economics Mag Thesis 801 (1 st Enrolment) ECO Economics Mag Thesis 802 (2 nd Enrolment) ECO D Industrial Psychology (currently not offered) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Industrial Psychology Mag Thesis 801(1 st Enrolment) IPS801 Industrial Psychology Mag Thesis 802 (2 nd enrolment) IPS TOTAL 180 D Development Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Development Studies Mag Thesis 801 (1 st Enrolment) DVS801 Development Studies Mag Thesis 802 (2 nd Enrolment) DVS TOTAL 180 D Information Systems Module Name Alpha Code Cred TOTAL Information Systems Mag Thesis 801 (1 ST Enrolment) IFS801 Information Systems Mag Thesis 802 (2 nd Enrolment) IFS

81 D Accounting Module Name Alpha Code Cred Accounting Mag Thesis 801 (1 ST Enrolment) ACC801 Accounting Mag Thesis 802 (2 nd Enrolment) ACC TOTAL 180 D Statistics (Please consult the Science Faculty) D.244 ASSESSMENT RULES is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.245 PROGRESS RULES Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. D.246 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. 80

82 MASTER OF ADMINISTRATION (Structured) D.247 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Administration MAdmin D Admission to a Master s degree is at the discretion of the department, subject to the general rules of the University. A student who has not taken a research methodology module would also be required to take that module. D Admission Requirements for the MAdmin (Industrial Psychology) D A student must have obtained a pass mark of at least 65% in a recognised Industrial Psychology Honours programme in order to be eligible for selection into the Masters Programme. D Students from other Universities, Faculties and/or Departments who have completed an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology/Organisational Psychology/Human Resource Management and wanting to pursue a Masters Degree (industrial Psychology) would have to meet the requirements as stipulated by the Department. D Students from other Universities, Faculties and/or Departments who have NOT completed an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology/Organisational Psychology/Human Resource Management will not be elegible or entry into the Masters programme. D The SAQA credits for all modules in the Masters programme are 20 respectively. The mini-thesis carries a weight of 60 credits. Thus the overall weight for the programme is 160 credits Students have to pass five (5) modules in total i.e. 3 core modules, plus complete a mini-thesis AND 2 elective modules in order to meet the requirements for a Masters Degree. Students who wish to register as Industrial Psychologists have to complete the three (3) core modules, two (2) electives and a mini-thesis. D A student who has not completed and passed a chosen elective at Honours level, will not be allowed to register for that elective in the Masters programme. D.248 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.249 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 3 years full time & part-time. D.250 CURRICULUM The programme is comprised of specialization areas, namely Public Administration, Political Studies, Economics, Industrial Psychology and Development Studies and students have to select one (1) area. 81

83 D Political Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Political Studies Mini Thesis 803 (1 st Enrolment) POL803 Political Studies Mini Thesis 804 (2 nd Enrolment) POL Advanced Research Methodology POL Electives (Choose 3 Modules) Comparative Area Politics POL Political Development in South Africa Politics POL Contemporary Democratic Theory and Practice POL Capita Selecta POL Security Studies POL TOTAL 180 D Economics Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Economics Mini-thesis (1 st enrolment) ECO Economics Mini-thesis (2 nd enrolment) ECO804 Applied Research Workshop ECO Econometrics ECO Advanced Microeconomics ECO Advanced Macroeconomics ECO Electives (Choose any 4) Mathematical Economics ECO International Trade Economics ECO Development Economics ECO Public Sector Economics ECO Environmental Economics ECO Advanced International Financial Economics ECO Labour Economics ECO Financial Economics ECO TOTAL 180 *A minimum of four electives are offered each year D Industrial Psychology Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Industrial Psychology Mag Mini Thesis 803 (1 st enrolment) IPS803 Industrial Psychology Mag Mini Thesis 804 (2 nd enrolment) IPS Organizational Development: Diversity and Change Man BPS Research Methodology BPS Counselling BPS Electives (Choose 2 modules) Depending on demand and availability of teaching staff Training Management BPS BPS TOTAL

84 D Development Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Theories of Social Transformation DVS Economics for Development Studies DVS Research Methodology DVS Masters Mini-thesis (1 st Enrolment) DVS803 Masters Mini-thesis (2 nd Enrolment) DVS Electives (select 2 modules) Urban and Regional Development DVS Development Management and Planning DVS Community Development in Theory and Practice DVS Social Policy for Developing Countries (DVS825) DVS Poverty and Inequality DVS TOTAL 180 D.251 ASSESSMENT is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.252 PROGRESS RULES Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. D.253 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.254 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D Subject to the written approval of the Head of Department, the electives may be selected from Masters modules offered elsewhere in the University - e.g. in School of Government, School of Business and Finance, Industrial Psychology, Women and Gender Studies, Public Health, Natural Sciences, Education, etc., provided the modules were not previously taken at Honours level. Students may have to meet additional prerequisites of those departments. By arrangement modules can be selected at other local institutions, provided you comply with their requirements (e.g. additional tuition fees). 83

85 MASTER OF ADMINISTRATION (Thesis) D.255 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Administration MAdmin D Admission to a Master s degree is at the discretion of the department, subject to the general rules of the University. A student who has not taken a research methodology module would also be required to take that module. D.256 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.257 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 3 years fulltime & part-time. D.258 CURRICULUM The programme is comprised of the following specialization areas, namely Public Administration, Political Studies, Economics, Industrial Psychology and Development Studies and students have to select one area. D Public Administration Module Name Alpha Code Cred Public Admin Mag Thesis 801 (1 st Enrolment) PUA801 Public Admin Mag Thesis 802 (2 ND Enrolment) PUA TOTAL 180 D Political Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Political Studies Mag Thesis 801 (1 st Enrolment) POL801 Political Studies Mag Thesis 802 (2 ND Enrolment) POL TOTAL 180 D Industrial Psychology (Please consult with the Department) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Industrial Psych Mag Thesis 801 (1 st Enrolment) IPS801 Industrial Psych Mag Thesis 802 (2 nd Enrolment) IPS TOTAL 180 D Development Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred TOTAL Development Studies Mag Thesis 801 (1 st Enrolment) DVS801 Development Studies Mag Thesis 802 (2 nd Enrolment) DVS

86 D.259 ASSESSMENT RULES is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.260 PROGRESS RULES Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. D.261 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.262 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME A thesis on an approved topic must be selected in conjunction with the department or relevant person concerned. 85

87 MASTER OF COMMERCE (Management) D.263 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet one of the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Commerce Mcom (Management) D a 60% pass in an Honours degree in Management, Business Administration, Finance/ Investments or equivalent qualification; D a four-year or Honours degree or equivalent in Management PLUS at least three years appropriate full-time work experience after graduation; D % for the ADM with Strategic Management and Quantitative Analysis as electives plus at least three years appropriate full-time work experience ; D a student who has not completed an Honours degree in Management, Finance or Business Economics, must first complete the ADM with Strategic Management and Quantitative Analysis as electives before embarking on the Masters programme. D Foreign language applicants, who have not completed three years of tertiary education in English, will only be considered for admission if they provide proof of one of the following standards with their application: (a) Paper score of 550 or Computer score of 213 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) (b) Band 6 on the International English Language Testing System (IELTS) (c) Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Advanced English (CAE) (d) Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) (e) Passed the Cambridge Business English Certificate 3. D.264 APPLICATION PROCEDURE D An application for admission will only be considered once the applicant has: D submitted a SBF Application Form as well as the University Application Form plus all required supporting documentation (academic transcripts and referee reports); D written the School s Admission Evaluation at the stipulated time and place or submitted results of the Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT) if not a student in the School in the previous three years; D provided proof of English language competence where appropriate; D attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so; D submitted a draft research proposal in the case of students who wish to do a Masters by thesis only. D.265 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. 86

88 D.266 DURATION The Masters in Management can be completed in three years part-time or at least one year full-time. Students are permitted three years to complete the degree. D.267 CURRICULUM There are three modes available in which the programme can be completed. Students should select only one mode: D Mode 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Group 1 Management Mini Thesis 803 (1 st Enrolment) MAN Management Mini Thesis 804 (2 nd Enrolment) MAN804 Group 2 (select all modules below or three other research methods modules approved Critical Analysis for Research in Management MAN Business Research Methods MAN Management Research Seminar MAN Electives (select three 15 credit modules (3x15=45) Please see rule D.201 regarding elective modules TOTAL 180 D Mode 2 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Group 1 Research Project MAN Group 2 (select all modules below or three other research methods modules approved Critical Analysis for Research in Management MAN Business Research Methods MAN Management Research Seminar MAN Electives (select five 15 credit modules (5x15=75) Please see rule D.201 regarding elective modules TOTAL 180 D Mode 3 (Only applicable to students registered prior to 2012) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Group 1 Research Report MAN Group 2 (select all modules below or three other research methods modules approved Critical Analysis for Research in Management MAN Business Research Methods MAN Management Research Seminar MAN Electives (select six 15 credit modules (6x15=90) Please see rule D.201regarding elective modules Ethics and Leadership MAN Managing Organisational Transformation MAN Advanced Management Seminar MAN Corporate Governance MAN Business and the Political Economy MAN Understanding People and Organizations MAN

89 Advanced Strategic Management MAN Organizational Diagnosis MAN Organisation Theory: Classical Foundation MAN Organization Theory: Contemporary Perspectives MAN Comparative Organization and Management MAN Social Entrepreneurship and Social Enterprise MAN Corporate Finance (MAN704/MAN706 MAN Advanced Finance Seminar MAN Fixed Income Security Analysis (MAN704/MAN780) MAN Advanced Investments (MAN780) MAN Corporate Taxation (MAN756) MAN International Finance Seminar (MAN704) MAN Advanced Labour Relations Seminar MAN Industrial Relations Topics MAN Strategic Human Resouce Issues (MAN755) MAN Advanced Marketing Seminar MAN Marketing Topic MAN Work Organization (MAN721) MAN Advanced Operations Seminar (MAN850) MAN Advanced Research Methods (MAN860) MAN SA Business and Globalisation (MAN749 or equivalent) MAN TOTAL 180 D.268 ASSESSMENT is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.269 PROGRESS RULES Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. D.270 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION D The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D A student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration unless he/she has passed the coursework in two years and the research report or mini-thesis in the third year. A student can only renew his/her registration if the draft research proposal complies with A (c) at the end of the 1 st year and the complete research proposal has been approved by the MRC before the end of the 2 nd year of enrolment. After three years a student must apply to proceed with his/her studies subject to rule. A D.271 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D A Research component is required for all Masters Degrees. Students can choose between the thesis, the mini-thesis, research project, or a research report. The number of electives that must be taken varies in inverse proportion to the scope of the research component (see above). Students are required to complete two Masters-level modules in research methods. In addition students may be required to complete the Honours-level prerequisite for MAN860 Business Research Methods - MAN746 Analytical and Critical Thinking. Students who plan to utilize quantitative research methodologies are advised to complete modules in statistics to prepare for the research component. 88

90 D Research Reports and Research Projects differ from mini-theses in that they are more limited in scope and rigour. Theses need to be based on a thorough review of the theoretical and empirical literature on the topic, a coherent conceptual framework and an appropriate methodology. Research Reports and Projects can be based on a limited review of management frameworks and appropriate use of management techniques or descriptive research. D The Mini-Thesis (90 credits) must be of approximately words (80 to 100 pages double-spaced) D The Research Project (60 NQF credits) must be of approximately words (50 to 60 pages double-spaced) D Electives should be selected as follows: D At least 60% of elective credits must be selected from Management modules at Masters level. D Subject to the written approval of the Head: Management division, the electives maybe selected from graduate courses offered by the School of Business and Finance or Masters modules offered elsewhere in the University - e.g. in School of Government, Industrial Psychology, Women and Gender Studies, Public Health, Natural Sciences, Education, etc. Students may have to meet additional prerequisites of those departments. By arrangement modules can be selected at other local institutions, provided you comply with their requirements (e.g. additional tuition fees). D The remaining course-work credits may be selected from Honours or Masters modules in the School of Business and Finance or Masters-level modules from any other department or school in the University, D The Management Research Committee (MRC) is responsible for monitoring progress of Masters and Doctoral Students in the School of Business and Finance and reports to the Faculty s Higher Degrees Committee. (EFHD) D It is the student s responsibility to find a supervisor and discuss a possible topic with her/him prior to registration. D Before an application for admission for a full thesis Masters or PhD can be formally considered, a supervisor must be identified and the prospective student works with him/her to prepare a draft proposal. The draft proposal must be submitted to the MRC who will make a recommendation on admission to the Faculty s Higher Degrees Committee. D No research proposal, abstract or title of a student s registered in the SBF may be submitted to the EMS Faculty Higher Degrees Committee without prior approval from the MRC. D Before the end of the first year of registration students enrolled for a coursework Masters must submit a research title, abstract and draft proposal, signed by the supervisor, for approval by the MRC. 89

91 D Before registration all Masters students must submit a form signed by the supervisor confirming the proposed research topic to the MRC for confirmation of supervisor allocation. D Before the end of the first year of registration, all students enrolled for a Masters by thesis or PhD must submit a research title, abstract and final proposal, signed by the supervisor, for approval by the MRC. D The final research proposal of a coursework Masters student must be approved by the MRC before the end of the second year of registration. Students will not be readmitted for a 3 rd year of registration unless their full proposals have been approved. D At each quarterly MRC meeting the supervisor and student submit a brief progress report and the anticipated date of submission. D Requests to change supervisor or withdraw from supervision should be submitted to the MRC in writing. D Please note the following: D Compliance with the above steps is the responsibility of the student. D MRC meetings will take place quarterly in about the 5th week of each term at dates to be determined at the start of each academic year. D If the required documentation is not submitted to the MRC in time for the meeting, the student has to wait for the next meeting for allocation of a supervisor or approval of their research proposals. D Once allocated to a student the supervisor is primarily responsible for advising the student and may withhold approval to submit the final research project or thesis if it is not of an adequate quality. 90

92 MASTER OF COMMERCE (Information Management) D.272 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Commerce MCom (Information Management) D The general rules for admission and registration as stated in Rule A.2 pertaining to Masters degrees will apply. D Admission Requirements for the MCom (Information Management) D A professional in the health industry with a university degree at Honours or equivalent level. At least three years experience in the health sector. D.273 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.274 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 3 years full time and part-time. D.275 CURRICULUM D Economics Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Health Systems IFH Health Data Management IFH Healthcare Information Systems IFH Information Systems Planning and Implementation IFH Management and Leadership in Health Organizations IFH IT Resource Management IFH Intercultural Managemnt and Communication IFH Public Health Research SPH Mini Thesis IFS803/ TOTAL 195 D.276 ASSESSMENT is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.277 PROGRESS Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. D.278 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. 91

93 MASTER IN PHILOSOPHY IN POVERTY, LAND AND AGRARIAN STUDIES (Full-Thesis) D.279 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet one of the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: MPhil (LAS) D For admission to the MPhil (Research) in Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies, candidates must have at least an Honours Degree (or equivalent) in an appropriate subject (Sociology, History, Economics, Political Science, Agriculture, Public Admin, Geography, and /orenvironmental Studies) with an average of 65%. Students must demonstrate a good understanding of their chosen research topic and have research experience in one or more of the following themes poverty, land and agrarian reform, rural development, and natural resources. D.280 DURATION The duration of the programme is 2 years subject to Rule A.4.2 D.281 CURRICULUM Suitably qualified candidates may apply to take the MPhil (Research), involving a full length Master s thesis on an appropriate topic in poverty, land and agrarian reform and natural resources. Module Name Alpha Code Cred Thesis (1 st Enrolment) LAS801 Thesis (2 nd Enrolment) LAS TOTAL 180 D.282 ASSESSMENT is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.283 PROGRESS Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. D.284 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.285 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME A thesis on an approved topic must be selected in conjunction with the department or relevant person concerned. 92

94 MASTER IN PHILOSOPHY IN POVERTY, LAND AND AGRARIAN STUDIES (Structured) D.286 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet one of the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: MPhil (LAS) D For admission to the MPhil (Structured) in Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies, candidates must have obtained an average of 65% in the PG Diploma, and a proposal accepted by the PLAAS Research Committee. or D An Honours degree with an average of at least 65% in the final assessment of the exit-modules in Sociology, History, Economics, Political Science, Agriculture, Public Admin, Geography and/or Environmental Studies, with at least three years of relevant working experience in poverty, land reform or sustainable natural resource management. D.287 DURATION The duration of the programme is 2 years subject to Rule A.4.2 D.288 CURRICULUM The MPhil (Structured) will require completion of a two core modules and one elective module and a mini-thesis on an appropriate topic in poverty, land and agrarian reform, natural resources to be agreed upon by the PLAAS Research Committee. Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Introduction to Qualitative Research Design and Methods Critical Approaches to Poverty and Marginal Livelihoods Mini-Thesis (1 st Enrolment) LAS805 LAS811 LAS Mini-Thesis (2 nd Enrolment) Electives Theories of Land and Agrarian Reform Critical Approaches to Farming Systems Social and Ecological Theories in Ecosystem Management D.289 ASSESSMENT LAS804 LAS LAS LAS TOTAL 180 is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.290 PROMOTION RULES Full time study: A student should pass a minimum of 80 credits to proceed to year 2. D.291 PROGRESS Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. 93

95 D.292 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.293 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME A thesis on an approved topic must be selected in conjunction with the department or relevant person concerned. 94

96 MASTERS IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION (Structured) D.294 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet one of the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: MPA D In the light of the past educational disadvantages experienced by many people who might benefit from the new programme, the School of Government (the School) would like to keep the admission requirements as open and flexible as possible, consistent with the maintenance of academic standards and within the parameters laid down by the Department of National Education for career-related degrees. D Admission into the MPA degree in the School of Government will be based on the following requirements: D Honours degree, B.Tech or equivalent in public administration or a related field; D Advanced Bachelor s degree (e.g.ll.b or B.Ed) or equivalent, plus demonstration of competence to proceed at the Masters level in the fields of governance and public administration. D year Bachelor s degree or equivalent, plus demonstration of competence to proceed at the Masters level in the fields of governance and public administration. D A Bachelor s degree, plus postgraduate diploma in public administration or a related field. D Three year Bachelor s degree in public administration or a related field, plus appropriate practical work experience, and demonstration of competence to proceed at the Masters level. D D A Post-Graduate Diploma in public administration or a related field, plus appropriate practical work experience, as well as demonstration of competence to proceed at the Masters level, where the post-graduate diploma holder has no previous degree. A minimum of 60% average required for admission D Where practical experience is part of the admission requirements, the School will normally require evidence of a minimum of three years appropriate experience. In assessing the relevance of such experience for the purpose of admission, however, the School will attach greater weight to the competencies gained from such experience than to the length of experience per se. D Subject to approval by Senate, upon the recommendation of the School and Faculty, students may also be admitted into the MPA, providing they are able to demonstrate that they have in any other manner attained a level of competence sufficient to enable them to embark successfully upon the programme, in line with the University regulation A2.1.4 and the University s competency guidelines. D In the case of students, applying under the requirements in (D ) two of the three references must be of an academic nature. In the case of those who must show evidence of practical experience, the third reference must be from a previous employer. In the case of those, applying under regulation A2.1.4 the references 95

97 must be such that they are able to demonstrate the applicant s competence for post-graduate study. D In the case of applicants who have attained an Upper Second or equivalent in a previous Honours degree or equivalent in public administration or a related field, selection will be on the basis of the application form, transcripts, references and statement. Applicants may also be required to attend an interview. All other applicants will be required to attend an interview, as well as to furnish a portfolio of evidence demonstrating their competence to proceed at the Masters level in governance and public administration. D Applicants who fall within regulation A2.1.4 will be required to attend an interview and to furnish proof of the required number of years work experience. In addition, they will be required to submit and defend an essay or practical assignment on a topic set by the school. Where appropriate, they will also be required to submit a portfolio of previous work done. D.295 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 2 years full time and 3 years part-time D.296 CURRICULUM Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Mini-Thesis (1 st Enrolment) MPA801 Mini-Thesis (2 nd Enrolment) MPA Theoretical and Comparative Approached to Governance MPA Advanced Public Policy Analysis and Management MPA Global, Regional and Domestic Context of Governance MPA Research Methods and Skills MPA Research Seminar MPA Choose 3 electives Programme and Project Management in the Public Sector MPA Public Sector Planning, Monitoring and Evaluation MPA Managing Change in the Public Sector MPA Public Finance and Budgeting MPA Administrative Law MPA Development Policy, Planning and Management MPA Urban Development MPA Rural Development MPA Gender and Development Management MPA Intergovernmental Relations MPA Local Government Planning and Management MPA Citizenship, Democracy and Development MPA Bureaucracy and Democracy MPA TOTAL 240 D.297 ASSESSMENT RULES is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. 96

98 D.298 PROGRESS Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her oopinion adequate progress had been made during the current year. D.299 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.300 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D To be awarded the MPA degree students must achieve a total of 240 credits, 120 in structured modules and 120 in the mini-thesis. D Students will be required to take: D Compulsory structured modules of 15 credits each (including 2 research modules); D A mini-thesis of 120 credits (25,000-35,000 words); D structured elective modules of 15 credits each, selected from the elective programme offerings in the MPA. Subject to approval by the Director of the School of Government, one elective can be taken from another relevant field of study that is equal to 15 credits. D Capita Selecta options, with a weighting of 15 credits points, may be offered to students in addition to those courses routinely offered in the MPA programme. The presentation of such courses will be dependent on the availability of visiting academic fellows and on expert professionals. 97

99 MASTER OF ECONOMICS (Structured) 1878 D.301 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Economics - MEcon D The admission will be governed by the Rule A.2.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D Admission Requirements for the MCom (Industrial Psychology) D A student must have obtained a pass mark of at least 65% in a recognised Industrial Psychology Honours programme in order to be eligible for selection into the Masters Programme. D Students from other Universities, Faculties and/or Departments who have completed an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology/Organisational Psychology/Human Resource Management and wanting to pursue a Masters Degree (industrial Psychology) would have to meet the requirements as stipulated by the Department. D Students from other Universities, Faculties and/or Departments who have NOT completed an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology/Organisational Psychology/Human Resource Management will not be elegible or entry into the Masters programme. D The SAQA credits for all modules in the Masters programme are 20 respectively. The mini-thesis carries a weight of 60 credits. Thus the overall weight for the programme is 160 credits Students have to pass five (5) modules in total i.e. 3 core modules, plus complete a mini-thesis AND 2 elective modules in order to meet the requirements for a Masters Degree. Students who wish to register as Industrial Psychologists have to complete the three (3) core modules, two (2) electives and a mini-thesis. A student who has not completed and passed a chosen elective at Honours level, will not be allowed to register for that elective in the Masters Programme. D A student who has not completed and passed a chosen elective at Honours level, will not be allowed to register for that elective in the Masters programme. D.302 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.303 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 3 years full time and part-time. D.304 CURRICULUM The programme is comprised of the following specialization areas, namely Economics, Industrial Psychology, Development Studies, Information Systems, Management and Statistics. Students have to select one (1) area. 98

100 D Economics Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Economics Mini-thesis (1 st enrolment) ECO Economics Mini-thesis (2 nd enrolment) ECO804 Applied Research Workshop ECO Econometrics ECO Advanced Microeconomics ECO Advanced Macroeconomics ECO Electives (Choose any 4) Mathematical Economics ECO Development Economics ECO International Trade Economics ECO Public Sector Economics ECO Environmental Economics ECO Advanced International Financial Economics ECO Labour Economics ECO Financial Economics ECO TOTAL 180 *A minimum of four electives are offered each year D Industrial Psychology Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Organizational Development: Diversity and Change Management BPS Research Methodology BPS Counselling BPS Mini-Thesis (1 st enrolment) IPS803 Mini-Thesis (2 nd enrolment) IPS Labour Relations Electives (Choose 2) Depending on demand and teaching BPS Training Management BPS BPS TOTAL 180 D Development Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Theories of Social Transformation DVS Economics for Development Studies DVS Research Methodology DVS Masters Mini-thesis (1 st Enrolment) DVS803 Masters Mini-thesis (2 nd Enrolment) DVS Electives (select 2 modules) Urban and Regional Development DVS Development Management and Planning DVS Community Development in Theory and Practice DVS Social Policy for Developing Countries (DVS825) DVS Poverty and Inequality DVS TOTAL

101 D Statistics (Please consult the Science Faculty) D.305 ASSESSMENT RULES is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.306 PROGRESS RULES Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her oopinion adequate progress had been made during the current year. D.307 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.308 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME There are no special requirements for this programme. 100

102 MASTER OF ECONOMICS (Thesis) 1871 D.309 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Economics - MEcon The admission will be governed by the Rule A.2.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.310 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.311 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 3 years full time and part-time. D.312 CURRICULUM The programme is comprised of the following specialisation areas, namely Economics, Industrial Psychology, Development Studies, Information Systems, Management and Statistics. Students have to select one area. D Economics (Currently not offered by Thesis) D Industrial Psychology Module Name Alpha Code Cred Industrial Psychology Mag Thesis 801 (1 st Enrolment) IPS801 Industrial Psychology Mag Thesis 802 (2 nd Enrolment) IPS TOTAL 180 D Development Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Development Studies Mag Thesis 801 (1 st Enrolment) DVS801 Development Studies Mag Thesis 802 (2 nd Enrolment) DVS TOTAL 180 D Statistics (Please consult the Science Faculty) D.313 ASSESSMENT is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.314 PROGRESS RULES Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her oopinion adequate progress had been made during the current year. 101

103 D.315 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.316 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME There are no special requirements for this programme. D.317 CURRICULUM The programme is comprised of specialization areas, namely Public Administration, Political Studies, Economics, Industrial Psychology and Development Studies and students have to select one (1) area. D Political Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Political Studies Mini Thesis 803 (1 st Enrolment) POL803 Political Studies Mini Thesis 804 (2 nd Enrolment) POL Advanced Research Methodology POL Electives (Choose 3 Modules) Comparative Area Politics POL International Political Economy POL Political Violence POL Political Philosophy POL Political Development in South Africa POL Contemporary Democratic Theory and Practice POL Institutions and Policy making in a Regional Community POL Regional Community Foreign Policy POL Capita Selecta POL International Relations Theory POL Security Studies POL TOTAL

104 MASTER OF DEVELOPMENT STUDIES (Thesis) D.318 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Development Studies M. Dev. Studies D A Bachelor Honours Degree with an average of at least 65% in the final mark in a relevant Social Science,Humanities, Public Administration or Business discipline. D.319 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.320 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 2 years fulltime. D.321 CURRICULUM D Module Name Alpha Code Cred Mag Thesis 801 (1 st Enrolment) DVS801 Mag Thesis 802 (2 ND Enrolment) DVS TOTAL 180 D.322 ASSESSMENT RULES is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.323 PROMOTION RULES Full-time study: A student should have submitted and had a proposal acceptedby the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee before proceeding to year 2 D.324 PROGRESS RULES Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. D.325 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.326 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME A thesis on an approved topic must be selected in conjunction with the department or relevant person concerned. 103

105 MASTER OF ARTS (Structured) 1858 D.327 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Economics Master of Arts D327.1 The admission will be governed by the Rule A.2.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D Admission Requirements for the MCom (Industrial Psychology) D A student must have obtained a pass mark of at least 65% in a recognised Industrial Psychology Honours programme in order to be eligible for selection into the Masters Programme. D Students from other Universities, Faculties and/or Departments who have completed an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology/Organisational Psychology/Human Resource Management and wanting to pursue a Masters Degree (industrial Psychology) would have to meet the requirements as stipulated by the Department. D Students from other Universities, Faculties and/or Departments who have NOT completed an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology/Organisational Psychology/Human Resource Management will not be elegible or entry into the Masters programme. D The SAQA credits for all modules in the Masters programme are 20 respectively. The mini-thesis carries a weight of 60 credits. Thus the overall weight for the programme is 160 credits Students have to pass five (5) modules in total i.e. 3 core modules, plus complete a mini-thesis AND 2 elective modules in order to meet the requirements for a Masters Degree. Students who wish to register as Industrial Psychologists have to complete the three (3) core modules, two (2) electives and a mini-thesis. D A student who has not completed and passed a chosen elective at Honours level, will not be allowed to register for that elective in the Masters programme. D.328 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.329 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 3 years full time and part-time. D.330 CURRICULUM The programme is comprised of the following specialization areas, namely Economics, Industrial Psychology, Development Studies, Information Systems, Management and Statistics. Students have to select one (1) area. 104

106 D Economics Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Economics Mini-thesis (1 st Enrolment) ECO Economics Mini-thesis (2 nd enrolment) Applied Research Workshop ECO Applied Econometrics II ECO Advanced Microeconomics ECO Advanced Macroeconomics ECO Electives (Choose any 4) Capita Selecta ECO Applied Agricultural Economic Analysis ECO International Trade Economics ECO Regional and Local Government Finance ECO Public Sector Economics ECO Environmental Economics ECO Natural Resource Economics ECO Advanced International Financial Economics ECO Labour Economics EXO Financial Economics ECO841 TOTAL 180 D Industrial Psychology Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Organizational Development: Diversity and Change Management BPS Research Methodology BPS Counselling BPS Mini-Thesis (1 st enrolment) IPS803 Mini-Thesis (2 nd enrolment) IPS Training Management Electives (Choose 2) Depending on demand and teaching BPS BPS TOTAL 180 D Development Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Theories of Social Transformation DVS Economics for Development Studies DVS Research Methodology DVS Masters Mini-thesis (1 st Enrolment) DVS803 Masters Mini-thesis (2 nd Enrolment) DVS Electives (select 2 modules) Urban and Regional Development DVS Development Management and Planning DVS Community Development in Theory and Practice DVS Social Policy for Developing Countries (DVS825) DVS Poverty and Inequality DVS TOTAL

107 MASTER OF DEVELOPMENT STUDIES (Structured) D.331 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Development Studies (M.Dev.Studies) D A Bachelor Honours Degree with an average of at least 65% in the final mark in a relevant Social Science,Humanities, Public Administration or Business discipline. D.332 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.333 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 2 years fulltime. D.334 CURRICULUM D Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Theories of Social Transformation DVS Economics for Development Studies DVS Research Methodology DVS Masters Mini-thesis (1st Enrolment) DVS Masters Mini-thesis (2nd Enrolment) DVS804 Electives (select 2 modules) Urban and Regional Development DVS Development Management and Planning DVS Community Development in Theory and Practice DVS Social Policy for Developing Countries (DVS825) DVS Poverty and Inequality DVS TOTAL 180 D.335 ASSESSMENT RULES is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.336 PROMOTION RULES Full-time study: A student should pass a minimum of 90 credits to proceed to year 2. D.337 PROGRESS RULES Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. 106

108 D.338 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.339 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME A thesis on an approved topic must be selected in conjunction with the department or relevant person concerned. 107

109 DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (PhD) D.340 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: PhD According to rule in the General Calendar, candidates who are in possession of a Masters Degree or a qualification that the faculty concerned may consider to be an equivalent to a Masters degree, could be admitted to a doctoral programme. D.341 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.342 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 2 years full time and 5 years part-time. D.343 CURRICULUM D Development Studies 1st Enrolment Development Studies Doctoral Thesis 901 2nd Enrolment Development Studies Doctoral Thesis 902 DVS DVS902 TOTAL 360 D Economics 1st Enrolment Economics Doctoral Thesis 901 2nd Enrolment Economics Doctoral Thesis 902 ECO ECO902 TOTAL 360 D Industrial Psychology 1st Enrolment Industrial Psychology Doctoral Thesis 901 2nd Enrolment Industrial Psychology Doctoral Thesis 902 IPS IPS902 TOTAL 360 D Management 1st Enrolment Management Doctoral Thesis 901 2nd Enrolment Management Doctoral Thesis 902 MAN MAN902 TOTAL

110 D Political Studies 1st Enrolment Political Studies Doctoral Thesis 901 2nd Enrolment Political Studies Doctoral Thesis 902 POL POL902 TOTAL 360 D Public Administration 1st Enrolment Public Administration Doctoral Thesis 901 PUA901 2nd Enrolment 360 Public Administration Doctoral Thesis 902 PUA902 TOTAL 360 D Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies 1st Enrolment Doctoral Thesis 901 LAS901 2nd Enrolment 360 Doctoral Thesis 902 LAS902 TOTAL 360 D.344 ASSESSMENT RULES is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.345 PROGRESS RULES Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress had been made during the current year. D.346 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.347 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME There are no special requirements for this programme. 109

111 RULES FOR ACCESS PROGRAMMES PLEASE NOTE: THE FOLLOWING PROGRAMMES ARE ACCESS PROGRAMMES AND ARE NOT ACCREDITED MANAGEMENT DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME (MDP) 1601 / 1604 D.348 ADMISSION D Persons meeting the following requirement qualify for admission as a candidate for the Management Development Programme (MDP) Certificate: (a) (b) A Senior Certificate (Grade 12) with a Matriculation endorsement PLUS at least five years appropriate practical experience; or Completion of the University s Recognition of Prior Learning process. D An application for admission will not be considered unless applicants have: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) completed the School of Business and Finance (SBF) and UWC on-line Application; furnished proof of previous work experience; provided the required referee reports from employers(managers/supervisors) and lecturers; submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all secondary and tertiary educational institutions attended; written the School s Admissions Evaluation at the stipulated time and place; provided proof of English proficiency in terms of D below if secondary and tertiary education was not in English medium; attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so. D Foreign national applicants, who have not completed a three-year tertiary education in English, may only be admitted to the MDP if they achieve one of the following standards: (a) Paper Score of 500 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) (b) Band 5 (Modest) International English Language Testing System (IELTS) (c) Passed the Cambridge First Certificate in English (FCE) (d) Passed the Cambridge Certificate in Business English 2. Proof of language proficiency must accompany the application. Students who have not completed one of these tests prior to application will not be considered for admission. If students do not meet one of the minimum English proficiency requirements it is their responsibility to attend courses in English to develop the required English proficiency. Only when the student has achieved the admission requirements will he/she be considered for admission to the MDP. Applications must reach the School no later than the closing date stipulated by the SBF. D.349 DURATION D The Management Development Programme (MDP) (1601) comprises of four modules of 15 credits or 60 NQF credits. A part-time student completes the programme over 2 semesters. 110

112 D The Senior Management Development Programme (SMDP) (1604) comprises of four modules of 15 credits or 60 NQF credits. A part-time student completes the programme over 2 semesters. D.350 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.350 CURRICULUM D MDP (1601) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Management Skills Development MDP Introduction to Information Systems MDP Principles of Management and Business MDP Business Finance MDP TOTAL 60 D SMDP (1604) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Business Communication MDP Electives (Choose 3) SME Management MDP Business Law for SMEs MDP Quantitative Analysis MDP Economics for Managers MDP Principles of Management Accounting MDP Marketing Management MDP Financial Management MDP Operational Management MDP Employee Management MDP TOTAL 60 D.351 ASSESSMENT D Unless the School of Business and Finance determines otherwise, the following will apply: D To be admitted to the examination for a module, a student must obtain a coursework mark of at least 30% for the applicable module. D The final mark for each module is composed of either (i) (ii) 50% coursework and 50% examination; or 60% coursework and 40% examination. D To pass a module a candidate for the MDP or the SMDP must obtain a final mark of at least 50% and a sub-minimum of 40% in the examination for the module. 111

113 D To be awarded the MDP or the SMDP a student must achieve an average of 50% for the four modules with at least 40% in both the coursework and the examination for each module. D MDP students are required to pass all 4 compulsory modules with a minimum of 50% to progress to the SMDP D.352 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION Part-time students will not be allowed to renew his/her registration if the MDP or SMDP) requirements are not met within four semesters. D.353 ADMISSION TO ADM, ADM (FINANCE) OR ADM (FINANCIAL PLANNING) D A MDP student who passed all four MDP modules with a minimum of 60% each, at the first attempt in two semesters of part-time study, qualifies for admission to the ADM, ADM (Finance) or ADM (Financial Planning). Credits for two modules may be recognized towards the ADM requirements. All other MDP students must complete the SMDP before qualifying for admission to the ADM, ADM (Finance) or ADM (Financial Planning). On admission two modules (30 credits) may be transferred provided that: (i) (ii) (iii) The MDP is not awarded The module is part of the ADM curriculum The student has a final mark of at least 50% with at least 40% for both the continuous assessment and the examination marks. D A student who has completed the SMDP requirements qualifies for admission to the ADM, ADM (Finance) or ADM (Financial Planning) if s/he has passed all four SMDP modules. On admission up to four MDP/ SMDP modules (60 credits) may be transferred provided that: (i) (ii) (iii) The MDP/SMDP is not awarded The module is part of the ADM, ADM (Finance) or ADM (Financial Planning) curriculum The student has a final mark of at least 50% with at 40% for both the continuous assessment and the examination marks. D.354 RECOGNITION OF PRIOR LEARNING Where a student has passed equivalent modules of least 15 NQF credits at NQF level 5 or higher as part of an incomplete SAQA-accredited qualification, the student may apply in writing on the faculty s Recognition of Credits form with appropriate supporting evidence for internal or external recognition of credits. No more than 60 external credits may be recognized. It is the student s responsibility to provide documentation that the qualification is SAQA accredited and that the module/course is at least 10 NQF credits. Modules of less than 10 credits will not be accredited. Applications must be submitted before the annual deadline (normally end April). D.355 RETENTION OF CREDITS A full-time student retains credits for modules passed for two semesters and part-time student students for three semesters. 112

114 PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES (PEP I) PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES AND POLICY (PEPP II) D.356 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The PEPI and PEPPII study programmes is an alternative route into advanced education in Economics and gives full recognition to prior learning. People working in both the public and private sectors are encouraged to apply. PEP is a capacity development programme for non-economists. Admission to this programme is open to any student with one of: a) Grade 12 plus 5 years relevant work experience b) A Bachelor s degree or 3-year National Diploma D.357 SELECTION A procedure for selection of applications will take place. D.358 DURATION The curriculum requires two years of part-time study or one year of full-time study. D.359 CURRICULUM The curriculum consists of 8 modules of 15 credits each (Total 120 credits) divided into Semesters for full-time and part-time students as follows: D Programme in Economic Principles (PEPI) (Part-time) (NOT OFFERED IN 2016) Module Semester Alpha Code Cred Microeconomic Principles 1 st ECO Macroeconomic Principles 1 st ECO International Economics and Policy 2 nd ECO Public Economic Principles 2 nd ECO TOTAL 60 D Programme in Economic Principles and Policy (PEPPII) (Part-time) (NOT OFFERED IN 2016) Module Semester Alpha Code Cred Development Economics and Policy 1 st ECO Econometric Principles and Policy 1 st ECO Microeconomic Theories and Policy 2 nd ECO Macroeconomic Theories and Policy 2 nd ECO TOTAL 60 D Programme in Economic Principles ( PEP) (Full-time) (NOT OFFERED IN 2016) Module Semester Alpha Code Cred Microeconomic Principles 1 st ECO Macroeconomic Principles 1 st ECO Development Economics and Policy 1 st ECO Econometric Principles and Policy 1 st ECO TOTAL

115 D Programme in Economic Principles and Policy (PEPP) (Full-time) (NOT OFFERED IN 2016) Module Semester Alpha Code Cred International Economics and Policy 2 nd ECO Public Economic Principles 2 nd ECO Microeconomic Theories and Policy 2 nd ECO Macroeconomic Theories and Policy 2 nd ECO TOTAL 60 D.360 ASSESSMENT In all modules there will be course work and a written examination. Coursework and the written exam will count for 50% and 50% of the final mark respectively. The duration of the examinations will be at least two hours for each of the modules. In all cases the general university rules (A.5.3) will apply. D.361 PROGRESS D PEPI comprises of 4 modules (of 15 credits each) done in one semester full-time or two semesters part-time. The modules are ECO 600, ECO 601 and one of the following combinations: (ECO 604 and ECO 603) or (ECO 609 and ECO 605). A pass mark for all four modules will result in PEP being awarded. PEP, or an equivalent as approved by the HOD of the Department, is a pre-requisite for admission to PEPP. D PEPPII comprises of 4 modules (of 15 credits each) done in one semester full-time or two semesters part-time. The modules are ECO 606, ECO 607 and one of the following combinations: (ECO 605 and ECO 609) or (ECO 603 and ECO 604). A pass mark for all four modules will result in PEPP being awarded. A 60% average for PEPP is necessary to be considered for the Honours program 114

116 MODULE DESCRIPTORS Accounting Name of module ADVANCED TAXATION 706 Programme(s) in which module will be offered Faculty Core/Elective Honours in Accounting EMS Core ACCOUNTING Module description (Header) B.COM.ACCOUNTING (HONS.) TAXATION Alpha-numeric code ACC706 Credit Value 30 YEAR (Y) Module Type PROGRAMME Level 8 This module is in compliance with the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) requirements to sit for Part 1 of their qualifying examination. A student will be able to: Interpret and apply laws and procedures relating to the taxes and duties levied in terms of : 1. Income Tax Act no.58 of Estate Duty Act no.45 of Value Added Tax Act no.89 of 1991 Main Content The Module focuses on: 1. Income Tax Act no.58 of 1962 o The Income Tax Act and any other relevant Acts which may be in force from time to time; o Important decisions of the courts; o The Interpretation and Practice Notes issued by the Commissioner and by SARS. o The nature of income tax o Interpretation of fiscal legislation o Gross income o Specific inclusions o Income exempt from tax o The general deduction formula o Specific Deductions o The taxation of dividends o The taxation of persons other than companies o The taxation of companies and close corporations o Trading stock and deemed trading stock o Foreign exchange profits and losses o Interest incurred and accrued o Lump-sum benefits from pension, provident and retirement annuity funds o Residents and Non-residents o International double taxation o The avoidance and evasion of tax o Donations tax o Administration 115

117 o Employees tax and provisional tax o Fringe benefits and allowances o Capital gains tax o Tax planning 2. Estate Duty Act no.45 of 1955 o The Estate Duty Act 1955, and any other relevant Acts which may be in force from time to time; o Important decisions of the courts; and o Introduction to estate duty o What constitutes an estate o The valuation of property for estate duty purposes o Allowable deductions o Calculation and apportionment of estate duty payable o Estate planning Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations 3. The Value-Added Tax Act no.89 of 1991 o Important decisions of the courts; o The Practice Notes issued by the Commissioner and SARS; and o Definitions o Financial services o Determination of open market value o Administration of the Act o Imposition of value-added tax o Deemed supplies o and value of supply o Zero rating o Exempt supplies o Imported goods and services o Accounting basis o Calculation of tax payable o Permissible input tax deductions o Adjustments o Tax invoices, credit and debit notes o Irrecoverable debts o Registration o Tax period o Returns and payments of tax o Other returns and assessments o Objections and appeals o Payment, recovery and refunds o Representative o Special provisions o Compliance o Prices and advertisements o Special arrangements (rulings) o Tax avoidance o Fixed property, Transfer duty and stamp duty exemption o Tax planning Admission to Honours in Accounting 116

118 Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 100 Assignments & tasks: 100 Tests & examinations: 16 Selfstudy 84 Total Learning 300 Methods of Student Continuous evaluation: (tests, assignments and tutorials) 50% Final Examination: 50% Name of Module ADVANCED FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 721 Programme(s) in which Faculty Core/Elective module will be offered Honours in Accounting EMS Core ACCOUNTING Module description B.COM.ACCOUNTING (HONS.) FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (Header) Generic module name ADVANCE FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 721 Alpha-numeric code ACC721 Credit Value 50 YEAR (Y) Module Type PROGRAMME Level 8 This module is in compliance with the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) requirements to sit for Part 1 of their qualifying examination. A student will be able to: o Identify the overall objectives of financial reporting, the specific information needs of equity investors, and the general information needs of other users. To establish the relationships between generally accepted accounting practice, legal requirements, financial reporting and prepare and present financial statements in terms of the Framework (AC 000) o Apply recognition, classification, measurement and disclosure criteria for the various elements of financial statements. o Apply generally accepted accounting practice o Prepare and report on financial statements, including group financial statements, in terms of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) including International Accounting Standards (IASs) and the Companies Act. Main Content The module focuses on o Framework o Revenue Recognition o Deferred Tax o Financial Instruments o Valuations o Group Accounts o Foreign Exchange o Earnings Per Share, Headline EPS o Provisions 117

119 o Employee Benefits o Cash Flows o Financial Analysis o Share Based Payments o Property, Plant and Equipment (Investment Property and Property Held for Sale) o Inventory o Leases o Reconstruction and Liquidations o Presentation of Financial Statements Pre-requisites Admission to Honours in Accounting Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of learning Hours time Contact with lecturer/tutor 200 (7 Lectures) Test and Examinations 16 Assignment and tasks 100 Self-study 184 Total learning time 500 Method of student assessment Final Examination - 50% final mark Continuous Evaluation (Tests, Assignments and tutorials) 50% Name of module ADVANCED AUDITING 741 Programme(s) in which module will be offered Faculty Core/Elective Honours in Accounting EMS Core ACCOUNTING Module description B.COM.ACCOUNTING (HONS.) AUDITING Generic module name ADVANCED AUDITING 741 Alpha-numeric code ACC741 Credit Value 30 YEAR (Y) Module Type PROGRAMME Level 8 This module is in compliance with the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) requirements to sit for Part 1 of their qualifying examination. A student will be able to: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE Principles of Corporate Governance o Demonstrate an understanding of the corporate governance debate. o Demonstrate an understanding of the need for, and development of corporate governance. o Demonstrate an understanding of corporate governance developments globally. 118

120 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o Legislated and Regulatory Corporate Governance Demonstrate an understanding of the regulatory environment governing corporate entities in South Africa. Make appropriate recommendations concerning compliance with specific aspects of Company Law and the Close Corporations Act. The Code of Corporate Practices and Conduct of the King II Report Demonstrate an understanding of the recommendations of the Code of Corporate Practices and Conduct of the King II Report on corporate governance. Make appropriate recommendations regarding practical aspects of corporate governance with specific reference to the Code of Corporate Practices and Conduct of the King II Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa (2001). Business ethics Explain the concepts and principles relating to business ethics. Exercise ethical judgement with regard to practical situations. Risk management and internal control Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of uncertainty, risk and opportunity. Demonstrate an in-depth understanding of the risk management process. Demonstrate an in-depth understanding of the role of internal audit and audit committees in the risk management process. In practical scenarios, identify business risks, consider the impact thereof, and recommend appropriate management responses. Demonstrate an in-depth understanding of the principles of sound systems of internal control, in both manual and computerised environments. Demonstrate an awareness of various control frameworks and implement effective monitoring controls. Criticise existing systems of internal control constructively, and recommend improvements. Design effective systems of internal control. AUDITING AND ASSURANCE SERVICES The legal and regulatory environment governing auditors and their responsibilities, functions and qualities o List and explain relevant information pertaining to the auditing profession; o Analyse and assess the duties, responsibilities and rights of an auditor as well as the nature of the legal liability of the auditor for audit, related service and other assurance engagements; o Explain the nature and rationale of self regulation and professional ethics applicable to the professional accountant and auditor; o Explain the applicable regulatory and standard setting requirements; and 119

121 o o o o o o Analyse practical situations and identify basic auditing concepts and principles to be applied. The audit process Explain concepts and principles relevant to the audit function; Differentiate between the major stages of the audit process and explain the rationale behind each; Assess audit risk at both a financial statement level and at the assertions level for individual balances and classes of transactions and determine an appropriate response by the auditor to risks identified; and Apply the concepts and principles to a given practical situation, taking cognizance of generally accepted auditing standards and assessing appropriate audit action. USER, MANAGER OR EVALUATOR OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY o Demonstrate an understanding of business and accounting systems, specifically: o Managing IT systems o Evaluating IT systems, specifically: o Plan system evaluation o Evaluate system o Communicate results of evaluations and follow up Main Content The module focuses on Corporate governance o Principles of Corporate Governance o Legislated and Regulatory Corporate Governance o The Code of Corporate Practices and Conduct of the King II Report o Business ethics o Risk management and internal control o Auditing and assurance services o The legal and regulatory environment governing auditors and their responsibilities, functions and qualities o The audit process User, manager or evaluator of information technology Pre-requisites Admission to Honours in Accounting Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 100 Assignments & tasks: 100 Tests & examinations: 16 Selfstudy 84 Total Learning 300 Methods of Student Continuous evaluation: (tests, assignments and tutorials) 50% Final Examination: 50% 120

122 Name of module Research Project 712 Programme(s) in which module will be offered Faculty Core/Elective Honours in Accounting EMS Core ACCOUNTING Module description (Header) B.COM.ACCOUNTING (HONS.) Research Project Generic module name Research Project 712 Alpha-numeric code ACC712 Credit Value 20 YEAR (Y) Module Type PROGRAMME Level 8 A student will have the communication and research skills necessary to operate effectively in a professional environment. Main Content Students are required to do research and write an essay on a topic from one of the core subjects of the B.Com. Accounting (Hons) degree being Financial Accounting, Auditing, Management Accounting & Financial Management and Taxation. Pre-requisites Admission to B.Com. Accounting (Hons) Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer/tutor 20 Research and report writing 280 Total Learning 300 Lecturers will act as supervisors and evaluate the research project: Methods of Student Research 25% Content 60% Presentation 15% 100% Economics Name of Module Microeconomics 600 Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Economics Module Topic MICROECONOMICS Generic Module Name MICROECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO600 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester First Semester Programmes in which the PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES AND POLICY module will be offered Level 6 Upon completion of this course students will be able to: 121

123 o Understand the intermediate concepts of micro-economic principles and their application. o Analyse and interpret graphs. o Make use of mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis. Main Content o Revision, basic first year level; o Consumer behaviour o Production theory o Costing production o Profit maximization o Dropping assumption of perfect competition o Sales maximization Pre-requisite modules Previous Degree/Diploma or relevant working experience Co-requisite modules NONE Prohibited module NONE Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 30 Other: Please specify 12 Total Learning 100 Methods Final Exam = 40% Continuous Mark = 60% (Assignments; Module Tests; Tutorial Tests) Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Name of Module MACROECONOMICS Economics Module Topic MACROECONOMICS Generic Module Name MACROECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO601 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester First semester Programmes in which the PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES AND POLICY module will be offered Level 6 Upon completion of this course students will be able to: o Understand macro-economic theory o Use graphs and equations to explain macro-economic concepts o Apply macro-economic theory to South African economic issues. Main Content o National Income o Components of GDP o Goods and Financial Markets o IS-LM model and AD-AS model o Unemployment and Inflation 122

124 Pre-requisite modules Previous Degree/Diploma or relevant working experience Co-requisite modules NONE Prohibited module NONE Combination A.Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 21 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 30 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 29 Other: Please specify 20 Total Learning 100 Methods Final Exam = 40% Continuous Mark = 60% (Assignments; Tests) Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Name of Module Introduction to Econometrics Economics Module Topic Introduction to Econometrics Generic Module Name Introduction to Econometrics Alpha-numeric Code ECO603 Numeric Code ECO603 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester 1ST SEMESTER Programmes in which the PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES AND POLICY module will be offered Level 7 At the end of the module, students will be able to demonstrate: o An understanding on the basics of probability and statistics o An understanding of the use of econometrics to analyze the relationship amongst different variables o An ability to run the econometric models and interpret the results Main Content o Nature and scope of Econometrics o Basics of probability and statistics o The linear regression model: Ordinary Least Squares (OLS), bivariate regressions, multivariate regressions, confidence intervals and hypothesis testing, o Different functional forms of regression models o Regressions on dummy explanatory variables o Introduction to E-Views o Regression analysis in practice: Multicollinearity, autocorrelation and heteroscedasticity Pre-requisite modules Previous Degree/Diploma or relevant working experience Co-requisite modules NONE Prohibited module Combination NONE 123

125 Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 33 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 26 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 83 Other: Please specify 8 Total Learning 150 Methods Final Exam = 40% Continuous Mark = 60% (Assignments; Tests) Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Economics Module Topic DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS Generic Module Name DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO604 Numeric Code ECO604 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester 1ST SEMESTER Programmes in which the PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES AND POLICY module will be offered Level 7 Upon completion of this course students will be in a position to: o Understand the foundational concepts of development economics and their application. o Apply tools of economic analysis to analyse the levels and patterns of development of developing countries. o Analyse and interpret statistical data. o Make use of mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis. Main Content o Determination of poverty and inequality o Growth and development experiences of developing countries o Agrarian change and industrialization strategies o Capital Flows, debt and finance Pre-requisite modules Previous Degree/Diploma or relevant working experience Co-requisite modules NONE Prohibited module NONE Combination A.Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 80 Other: Please specify 12 Total Learning 150 Methods Final Exam = 40% Continuous Mark = 60% (Assignments, Tests, Presentations) 124

126 Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Economics Module Topic PUBLIC SECTOR ECONOMICS Generic Module Name PUBLIC SECTOR ECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO605 Credit Value 10 Semester Proposed semester 2ND SEMESTER Programmes in which the PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES AND POLICY module will be offered Level 6 Upon the successful completion of this module, students will be able to: o Understand the composition of the public sector in South Africa. o Critically evaluate the different views on the role of government in an economy o Identify the challenges facing the South Africa government o Understand the basic principles of expenditure- and tax theory and be able to apply these. o Understand the basics of fiscal policy (including the budgetary process) in South Africa. Main Content Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Composition of public sector in South Africa; o Views on role of government; o Market failures (public goods; mixed and merit goods; externalities; imperfect competition; macro-economic instability; etc.); o Growth and changing composition of public expenditure in South Africa); o Principles of taxation: equity and efficiency; o Taxation in South Africa; o Fiscal policy and the national budget. Previous Degree/Diploma or relevant working experience NONE Prohibited module NONE Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 33 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 16 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 43 Other: Please specify 8 Total Learning

127 Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Economics Module Topic MICROECONOMICS Generic Module Name MICROECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO606 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester 2ND SEMESTER Programmes in which the PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES AND POLICY module will be offered Level 7 Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to: o Discuss general equilibrium and welfare analysis o Analyse the behaviour of the firm under different market structures o Analyse the firm s behaviour using game theory o Explain and formulate the conditions for economic efficiency o Analyse factor markets under different market structures Main Content o General equilibrium and Welfare Analysis o Market Structure and Competitive Strategy o Factor Markets Pre-requisite modules Previous Degree/Diploma or relevant working experience Co-requisite modules NONE Prohibited module NONE Combination A.Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 21 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 35 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 88 Other: Please specify 6 Total Learning 150 Methods Final Exam = 40% Continuous Mark = 60% (Assignments, Essays, Tests, Tutorials) Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Economics Module Topic MACROECONOMICS Generic Module Name MACROECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO607 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester 2ND SEMESTER Programmes in which the PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES AND POLICY module will be offered 126

128 Level 7 Upon completion of this course students will be able to: o Explain monetary and fiscal policy, particularly the contesting approaches of the Neo-classical and Keynesian schools. o Understand the theory of prices, output, inflation and unemployment. o Discuss the Macroeconomic Policy of South Africa. Main Content Fiscal and monetary policy The Phillips curve; the IS-LM model; the AD-AS model; the Mundell-Fleming model. Government intervention in the macro-economy Macroeconomic policy in South Africa Pre-requisite modules Previous Degree/Diploma or relevant working experience Co-requisite modules NONE Prohibited module NONE Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 35 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 30 Other: Please specify 57 Total Learning 150 Methods Final Exam40% Continuous Mark 60% (Assignments, Essays, Tests, Tutorials) Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Economics Module Topic International Trade Economics Generic Module Name International Trade Economics Alpha-numeric Code ECO609 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester 2ND SEMESTER Programmes in which the PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES AND POLICY module will be offered Level 7 Upon completion of this course students will be in a position to: o Understand the foundational concepts of international economics. o Apply tools of economic analysis to analyse international trade. o Make use of mathematical skills for graphical and algebraic analysis. 127

129 Main Content o Theories of why nations trade o Developments in trade theory o Instruments and impact of trade policy o Economic integration & cooperation o International trade and the Developing countries o Balance of payments, Exchange rates and International Trade Pre-requisite modules Previous Degree/Diploma or relevant working experience Co-requisite modules NONE Prohibited module NONE Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 21 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 35 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 84 Other: Please specify 10 Total Learning 150 Methods Final Exam 40% Continuous Mark 60% (Assignments, Essays, Tests) Faculty EMS Faculty Economics Module Topic Research Project Generic module name Research Project Alpha-numeric code ECO701 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 30 Year Proposed semester to be Year offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered. B. Admin (Honours) B.Com (Honours) B. Econ (Honours) Year Level 8 At the end of the project students should be able to: Critically assess strengths and weaknesses of different economic approaches to research methods. Critically evaluate and choose appropriate research method when planning long research essay. Apply research methods to write-up a long research essay that addresses an economic question. Main Content Introduction to different economic theories and models and the implications for research questions and methods used. Engagement with economic research practitioners Research Ethics plagiarism Research problems, questions, purpose and hypothesis statements 128

130 Writing a literature review Quantitative and qualitative research methodology ECO331 AND ECO332 AND ECO311 Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited module combinations A. Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 52 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 75 3 Tutorials p.w.0 Practicals: 170 Selfstudy 49 Other: Please specify Total Learning 300 Methods of Student Module type CAM 50%; Research Project 50% CFA B. -table Requirement per week Faculty Economics and Management Science Economics Module Topic Applied and Policy Economics Generic Module Name Applied and Policy Economics Alpha-numeric Code ECO711 NQF Level 8.1 NQF Credit Value 20 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered At the end of the module the student will be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of how economic principles are applied in the selected area of policy, or industry, or market, or economic behavior. Apply the analytical tools of economics in the selected area of study. Main Content The module focuses on: The economic characteristics of the selected market or sector The economic theory and analytical principles relevant to that market or sector An analytical analysis of behaviour in that market or sector The specific tools or policies through which economic principles are applied A critical analysis of the effectiveness of these tools Alternative tools or approaches to the application of these principles The international economic environment in which these principles are applied 129

131 The impact of the international environment on the application of these principles New theoretical developments and its likely impact on the market or sector Trends in the market or sector and their challenges to economic theory Pre-requisite modules ECO 331 & ECO 332 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 31 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 43 Practical s p.w. Tests & examinations: 06 Tutorials p.w. Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 120 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning 200 Method of Student Module type Assignments 20%, Semester test 15%, long essay 10%, test 15%, examination 40% Faculty EMS Faculty Economics Module Topic International Financial Economics Generic module name International Finance Economics Alpha-numeric code ECO713 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be First offered Programmes in which the module will be offered. B.Admin (Honours) B.Econ (Honours) B.Com (Honours) Year Level 8 At the end of this module a student should be able to: Critically discuss international financial markets, Develop insights into regulation and coordination of international financial markets Critically discuss the macroeconomics risks and vulnerabilities associated with organization of the international financial architecture Demonstrate an understanding of the instruments and strategies that governments and economic agents can employ to cope with the uncertainties and risk associated with these markets, through the examination of case studies. 130

132 Main Content The organization of global financial markets and its architecture The relationships between governments and private financial institutions Types of financial institutions and instruments active in international financial markets International risk and vulnerabilities associated with deregulation and integration of global financial markets Different schools of thought on economic theories and models of money and exchange rates Country case studies of currency, debt and financial crises. Pre-requisites ECO331 AND ECO332 AND ECO311 Co-requisites Prohibited module combinations A. Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 Lectures p.w.2 Assignments & tasks: 38 Practicals p.w.0 6 Tutorials p.w.0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 80 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Module type CAM 50%; Examination 50% CFA B. -table Requirement per week Faculty Economics and Management Sciences ECONOMICS Module description CAPITA SELECTA Generic module name CAPITA SELECTA Alpha-numeric code ECO721 Credit Value 60 ONE YEAR Module Type Programme Level 8 At the end of this module a student will be able to: o develop and research a topic of interest; o search for relevant literature; o draft a short research proposal; o write clear and coherent academic arguments on the selected topics o present the topic formally in a seminar session of the department; o engage in debates on selected topics Main Content The module focuses on: o Introduction to research methodology and design; o Selection of essay topic; 131

133 Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations o Literature Search; o Research proposal; o Structuring of Research Essay; o Guidance with academic writing and referencing Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 31 Assignments & tasks: 45 2 Lectures Tests & examinations: 0 Practicals: 4 Selfstudy 120 Total Learning 200 Methods of Student Final essay Faculty EMS Faculty Economics Module Topic Econometrics Generic module name Econometrics Alpha-numeric code ECO730 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be First offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered. B.Admin (Honours) B.Econ (Honours) B.Com (Honours) Year Level 8 At the end of this module a student should be able to: Utilise regression analysis to estimate and infer solutions to economic problems. Utilize advanced tools and tests in cross-sectional econometrics. Apply time-series econometrics from a macroeconomic perspective. Main Content The nature of regression analysis in its use in economics. Two-variable regression model, extensions of the twovariable model and multiple regression model: economic applications. Inference and problems of estimations when analyzing economic phenomena. Dummy variable regression models for qualitative economics analysis. 132

134 Multicollinearity, heteroscedasticity, autocorrelation, model specification and diagnostic testing in econometrics. Introduction to time-series econometrics for macroeconomic problems. ECO331 and ECO332 and ECO311 Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited module combinations A. Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 36 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals p.w.0 9 Tutorials p.w.1 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 85 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Module type Continuous 50% and Final 50% CFA B. -table Requirement per week Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Economics Module Topic Microeconomics Generic Module Name Microeconomics 731 and 411 Alpha-numeric Code ECO731/ECO411 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be First offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered B.COM (HONS) B.A. (HONS) B.ADMIN (HONS) B.ECON (HONS) Year level Honours At the end of this module students should be able to: o Interpret and critically analyse fundamental principles of microeconomics; o Discuss and debate the relevance of current trends and developments in the theory of consumer choice; o Analyse theories of production. o Apply theoretical principles to South African microeconomic issues; o Apply tools to analyse strategic situations using game theoretic models. Main Content o Theory of production; o Theories of Consumer Choice o Game theoretic models Pre-requisite modules ECO331 Co-requisite modules 133

135 Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 39 Lecture pw 1 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tutorials pw 2 Practicals: 0 Practicals pw 0 s 6 Self-study 65 Other: Please specify Total Learning 150 Method of Student CAM 50% Examination 50% Module type Continuous and Final (CFA) Economics Module description Macroeconomics Generic module name Macroeconomics 732 Alpha-numeric code ECO732 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be Second offered. Programmes in which the B.COM (HONS) module will be offered B.A. (HONS) B.ADMIN (HONS) B.ECON (HONS) Level 8 At the end of this module students will be able to: o Demonstrate an understanding of advanced macroeconomic theory; o Apply the theory as an analytical tool to interrogate and critique macroeconomic policies in emerging markets in general and South Africa in particular. Main Content This module focuses on: o Money, interest rates, the global economy; booms and recessions o Aggregate supply and inflation; dynamic aggregate supply and demand o Equilibrium in financial markets o Short-run equilibrium o Medium-term equilibrium o Inter-temporal budget constraints in the public sector o Macroeconomic consequences of high inflation o Finance and growth; financial repression o Financial reform; sequencing reforms o Coping with capital flows o Crises in emerging economies o Macroeconomic management in emerging economies o Macroeconomic growth theory and policies Pre-requisites ECO

136 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 21 Assignments & tasks: 35 Tests & examinations: 06 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 88 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student CAM 50% Examination 50% Module Type Continuos and Final Faculty EMS Faculty Economics Module Topic Labour Economics Generic module name Labour Economics Alpha-numeric code ECO733 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be First offered Programmes in which the module will be offered. B.Admin (Honours) B.Econ (Honours) B.Com (Honours) Year Level 8 At the end of this module students should be able to: Critically analyse labour supply and labour demand framework. Apply labour economic theories to explain the crucial problems facing the South African labour market. Analyse and evaluate labour market legislation, institutions and policies. Analyse and evaluate the factors accounting for labour market rigidity and their applicability to the South African context. Main Content Historical development of the South African labour market Labour supply and labour demand theories Human capital and job matching Informal labour markets Wage differentials and discrimination Labour productivity Labour market legislations, institutions and wage premium Unemployment Labour market policies Pre-requisites ECO331 and ECO332 and ECO311 and ECO

137 Co-requisites Prohibited module combinations A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 43 Practicals p.w.0 6 Tutorials p.w.0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 75 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Continuous 50% and Final Exam 50% Module type CFA Faculty EMS Faculty Economics Module Topic Public Economics Generic module name Public Economics Alpha-numeric code ECO734 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be Second offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered. B. Admin (Honours) B.Com (Honours) B. Econ (Honours) Year Level 8 At the end of this module students should be able to: Analyse and interpret the impact of public sector activities on the South African economy from a macro and microeconomic perspective. Critically analyse the South African government s redistributive role and the consequent economic impact of policies. Evaluate the impact of government intervention on the South African economy. Analyse the economic impact of specific taxes in South Africa. Evaluate recent tax developments in South Africa. Analyse the nature of intergovernmental fiscal relations in South Africa. Main Content The role of government in the South African economy. Income Distribution and Social Security Issues in South Africa. Efficiency and equity considerations in economic decision-making: analysing unintended consequences of policies. 136

138 Government interventions in South Africa. Direct and indirect taxation. Tax issues in South Africa as a developing country. Intergovernmental fiscal relations: subnational taxation and intergovernmental grants in the South African context. ECO334 Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited module combinations A. Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 38 Practicals p.w.0 6 Tutorials p.w.0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 80 Other: Please specify Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Module type CAM 50%; Examination 50% CFA B. -table Requirement per week Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Honours in Economics EMS Elective Economics Module description International Economics Alpha-numeric code ECO735 Credit Value 20 Semester Module Type Programme Level 8 At the end of this module students will be able to: o Demonstrate an understanding and analyse the dynamics of trade among developed and developing countries in the globalized trading system; o Evaluate trade and industrial policy of the developing countries specially South Africa; o Assess the impact of trade on environment; o Analyse the role of WTO in international trade. Main Content This module focuses on: o Modern trade Theories o Growth and Development with international trade. o Changes in trade pattern with economic integration o Globalisation and international trade o International resource movements and multinational corporation o Trade and poverty o Trade and environment o Trade and WTO Pre-requisites ECO

139 Co-requisites N/A Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 31 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 39 2 Lectures Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 120 Total Learning 200 Methods of Student Continuous evaluation 50% + Examination 50% Faculty EMS Faculty Economics Module Topic Development Economics Generic module name Development Economics Alpha-numeric code ECO736 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be Second offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered. B. Admin (Honours) B.Econ (Honours) B.Com (Honours) Year Level 8 At the end of the module students should be able to: Critically analyse the different perspectives on economic development. Critically evaluate the alternative models and current debates in economic development. Apply quantitative techniques to analyse levels of economic development Critically evaluate the applicability of alternative theories of poverty and inequality in the South African context Critically evaluate alternative models and current trends in development economics. Main Content Perspectives on economic development Poverty and inequality Social Policy (e.g. health and education) The economic performance of regional or interstate groupings (e.g. BRICS) Dual economy models and agrarian development Privatization Institutions and economic development Pre-requisites ECO331 and ECO332 Co-requisites Prohibited module combinations 138

140 A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 38 Practicals p.w.0 6 Tutorials p.w.0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 80 Other: Please specify Total Learning 150 Methods of Student CAM 50%; Examination 50% Module type CFA Faculty Module Topic Generic module name Alpha-numeric code NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Proposed semester to be offered Programmes in which the module will be offered. EMS Faculty Economics Mathematical Economics Mathematical Economics ECO739 Second B. Admin (Honours) B.Econ (Honours) B.Com (Honours) BA (Honours) Year Level 8 At the end of this module students should be able to: Critically analyse the use of quantitative techniques or tools when constructing economic models. Use advanced mathematical tools to systematically solve micro problems related to producer and consumer theory. Use advanced matrix algebra to systematically solve IS/LM and AS/AD equilibria in macroeconomics. Derive and use advanced mathematical models to analyse economic theories Main Content Using limits and open sets in economics. Functions, implicit functions and derivatives of relevant macro and microeconomics variables. Unconstrained optimization and integral calculus as tools for solving economic problems. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors, recursive methods and linearisation in economics. Pre-requisites ECO331 and ECO332 and ECO311 Co-requisites Prohibited module combinations 139

141 A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 38 Practicals p.w.0 6 Tutorials p.w.0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 80 Other: Please specify Total Learning 150 Methods of Student CAM 50%; Examination 50% Module type CFA Faculty EMS Faculty Economics Module Topic Capita Selecta Generic module name Capita Selecta Alpha-numeric code ECO821 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be n/a offered. Programmes in which the MCom, MA, MAdmin module will be offered. Year Level Masters n/a Main Content n/a Pre-requisites Honours in Economics Co-requisites Prohibited module combinations A. Breakdown of Learning Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals: Selfstudy Other: Please specify Hours B. -table Requirement per week Lectures p.w. Practicals p.w. Tutorials p.w. Notional hours broken down according to module descriptor of elective which student will be doing at other institution. Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Done according to institution where student is doing their elective. Module type Done according to institution where student is doing their elective. 140

142 Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Masters in Economics Economic & Management Sciences Elective Economics Module description Advanced Macroeconomics Alpha-numeric code ECO823 Credit Value 15 SEMESTER Module Type Programme Level 9 At the end of this module students will be able to: o Critically demonstrate an understanding and analyse the dynamics of trade among developed and developing countries in the globalized trading system; o Critically evaluate trade and industrial policy of the developing countries specially South Africa; o Critically assess the impact of trade on environment; o Critically analyse the role of WTO in international trade. Main Content This module focuses on: o Modern trade Theories o Growth and Development with international trade. o Changes in trade pattern with economic integration o Globalisation and international trade o International resource movements and multinational corporation o Trade and poverty o Trade and environment o Trade and WTO Pre-requisites ECO 335 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 31 Assignments & tasks: 28 2 Lectures Tests & examinations: 6 Selfstudy 85 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student CAM50% Final Exam 50% Faculty EMS Faculty Economics Module Topic Research Methodology Generic module name Research Methodology Alpha-numeric code ECO824 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 Year Proposed semester to be Year offered. 141

143 Programmes in which the module will be offered. M. Admin M.Com M.Econ Year Level 9 At the end of this module a student will be able to: Critically engage with different economics perspectives (theories and models) Apply critical reading and thought to identifying, designing and completing an economics research project Write a research proposal and adhere to the ethical code of conduct in research Apply qualitative and quantitative research techniques in economics research Communicate research outputs in writing and orally Main Content Economics research methods Thinking-writing exercises Research Ethics plagiarism, team research Research problems, questions, purpose and hypothesis statements Conceptual framework based on literature review Quantitative and qualitative research methodology Research proposals and final papers Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited module combinations A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 75 Practicals p.w.0 Tutorials p.w.0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 49 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student CAM 50%; Final Paper 50% Module type CFA Faculty EMS Economics Module Topic Development Economics Generic module name Development Economics Alpha-numeric code ECO826 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be Second offered. 142

144 Programmes in which the module will be offered. Year Level 9 Main Content M. Admin M.Econ M.Com At the end of the module students should be able to: Critically review the perspectives on economic development. Critically evaluate the most appropriate models for economic development. Apply advanced quantitative techniques to analyse levels of economic development. Argue, with evidence, the incidence of global and local poverty and inequality. Critically evaluate the impact of globalization and privatization in developing countries. Critically evaluate alternative models and current trends in development economics. Critically engage in scholarly debates and cutting edge research in development economics This module focuses on: Perspectives on economic development Poverty and inequality Social Policy (e.g. social security, health and education) The economic performance of regional and interstate groupings (e.g. BRICS) Dual economy models and agrarian development Privatization Globalisation Social capital, institutions and economic development Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited module EOCO736 combinations A. Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 38 Practicals p.w.0 Tutorials p.w.0 Practicals: Selfstudy 80 Other: Please specify Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Module type CAM 50%; Examination 50% CFA B. -table Requirement per week Faculty Module Topic Generic module name Alpha-numeric code EMS Faculty Economics Econometrics Econometrics ECO

145 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be Second offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered. M.Admin M.Econ M.Com Year Level 9 At the end of this module students should be able to: Apply advanced cross-sectional econometric techniques to analyse complex economic problems. Master advanced time-series tests in a macroeconomic context. Use time-series and cross-sectional software packages to formulate regressions and construct tables and graphs. Interpret and evaluate empirical findings using relevant micro and macroeconomic theories. Main Content Probit, logit, multinomial logistic and ordinal logistic models for analysis of qualitative economic variables. The selection problem and random assignment when conducting empirical analyses. Advanced cross-sectional tools such as propensity score matching, instrumental variables and two-stage-least squares regressions, structural discontinuity models and difference-in-differences models and its application in economic research. Panel data regressions for economics. Advanced time-series regressions in a macroeconomic context. Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited module ECO730 combinations A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 36 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 45 9 Tutorials p.w.1 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 60 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Continuous 50% Final 50% Module type CFA 144

146 Faculty Economics and Management Science Economics Module Topic Advanced Microeconomics Economics Generic Module Name Advanced Microeconomics Economics Alpha-numeric Code ECO831 NQF Level 8.3 NQF Credit Value 15 Year Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered At the end of the module the student will be able to: Apply advanced quantitative techniques to analyze Microeconomic problems Read and analyze scholarly research papers in Economics Apply Microeconomic concepts, models and theories to interpret practical problems Conceptualize and write research papers in Microeconomics Main Content This module focuses on: Review of Equilibrium and Optimization Theory Consumer theory Producer theory and institutional economics Imperfect competition Asymmetric information Application to South African Microeconomic Issues Pre-requisite modules ECO 731 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 31 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 60 Practical s p.w. Tests & examinations: 6 Tutorials p.w. Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 53 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning 150 Method of Student Module type Semester Test 20% Homework 10% Essay & Preparatory tasks 20% Presentation 10% Exam 40% CFA 145

147 Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Economics Module description Advanced Macroeconomics Generic module name Advanced Macroeconomics Alpha-numeric code ECO832 Credit Value 15 SEMESTER Module Type Porgramme Level 9 At the end of this module students will be able to: o Apply advanced macro techniques for quantitative analysis o Analyse macro policy in South Africa o Apply current literature review on selected topics o Write a coherent summary report on selected topics o Write own research papers Main Content This module focuses on: o Growth and Measurement o Growth theory revisited o SA Labour Market o Consumption and Savings o Classical & Neoclassicla growth models o Growth & Social capital o Business cycle o Fiscal and monetary policies o Exchange rate regimes o Inflation & Investment o Globalisation of trade and financial markets o Trade issues & technical changes Pre-requisites ECO 732 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 31 Assignments & tasks: 28 Tests & examinations: 6 Practicals: 3 Lectures Selfstudy 85 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student CAM 50% Examination 50% Faculty EMS Economics Module Topic Public Economics Generic module name Public Economics Alpha-numeric code ECO834 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester 146

148 Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered. Second M.Com M. Admin M.Econ Year Level 9 At the end of this module students will be able to: Critically analyse and interpret the impact of public sector activities on the South African economy from a macro and microeconomic perspective. Critically evaluate the South African government s redistributive role and the consequent economic impact of policies. Explain and analyse the impact of government intervention on the South African economy. critically analyse the economic impact of specific taxes in South Africa Critically analyse recent tax developments in South Africa. Critically assess the nature and complexity of intergovernmental fiscal relations in South Africa. Construct models of social decision-making in the context of the South African public policy space. Main Content The role of government in the South African economy. Income Distribution and Social Security Issues in South Africa. Efficiency and equity considerations in economic decision-making: analysing unintended consequences of policies. Economic modelling of social behaviour. Government intervention in South Africa. Direct and indirect taxation. Tax issues in South Africa as a developing country. Intergovernmental fiscal relations: subnational taxation and intergovernmental grants in the South African context. Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited module ECO734 combinations A. Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 38 Practicals p.w.0 6 Tutorials p.w.0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 80 Other: Please specify Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Module type CAM 50%; Examination 50% CFA B. -table Requirement per week 147

149 Faculty EMS Faculty Economics Module Topic Labour Economics Generic module name Labour Economics Alpha-numeric code ECO840 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be First offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered. M.Admin M.Econ M.Com Year Level 9 The main objectives of this course are broadly to: Critically analyse the labour supply and labour demand frameworks. Use labour economic theories to critically analyse the problems facing the South African labour market. Demostrate an understanding of labour market legislations, institutions and policies in South Africa. Critically examine the various factors accounting for labour market rigidity and its relevance to South Africa. Derive and interpret labour supply and demand trends using mathematical tools. Use cross-sectional software packages to conduct econometric analyses and to derive empirical findings of the South African labour market Main Content Historical development of the South African labour market Labour supply and labour demand theories Human capital and job matching Derivation and interpretation of labour market trends in South Africa Informal labour markets Wage differentials and discrimination Labour productivity Labour market legislations, institutions and wage premium Unemployment Labour market policies Econometric methods used in Labour Economics Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited module ECO733 combinations A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 54 Practicals p.w.1 6 Tutorials p.w.0 Practicals:

150 Selfstudy 54 Other: Please specify Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Continuous 50%; Examination 50% Module type CFA Faculty EMS Faculty Economics Module Topic Mathematical Economics Generic Module Name Mathematical Economics Alpha-numeric Code ECO842 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be First offered Programmes in which the module will be offered M. Admin M.Econ M.Com Year level 9 At the end of this module students should be able to: Utilise advanced quantitative techniques or tools when constructing economic models of human behaviour. Use advanced mathematical tools to systematically solve micro problems related to producer and consumer theory. Use advanced matrix algebra to systematically solve IS/LM and AS/AD equilibria in macroeconomics. Utilise advanced mathematical models to analyse economic theories. Master computation skills by solving practical economic problems. Construct and use mathematical models to explain transmission mechanisms in the economy. Main Content Using limits and open sets in economics. Functions, implicit functions and derivatives of relevant macro and microeconomics variables. Unconstrained optimization and integral calculus as tools for solving economic problems. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors, recursive methods and linearisation in economics. The use of Cobweb models in economics. Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module ECO739 Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 30 Practicals p.w. 149

151 Practicals: 10 Tutorials p.w. 1 s 6 Selfstudy 78 Other: Please specify Total Learning 150 Method of Student CAM 50%; Exam 50% Module type CFA 150

152 Information Systems Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Module description IFS711 Generic module name Delivering IS Benefits Alpha-numeric code IFS711 Credit Value 15 Term Module Type Programme Level 8 At the end of this module the student will be able to: o understand and be able to explain how projects are the means to deliver a business strategy o be aware of the organisational competencies that realise the benefits of an IS/IT investment o have knowledge and experience of how these principles are applied in practice Main Content The main content of this module focuses on: Organisational competencies that are required to deliver IS benefits. These competencies are presented in a framework that describes the information management body of knowledge. This framework contains 5 core concepts which together form the outline of the content for this module: o Information technology knowledge area o Information systems knowledge area o Business process knowledge area o Business benefits knowledge area o Business strategy knowledge area Organisations that have competency in these five knowledge areas are more likely to be able to deliver IS benefits because the framework addresses the well know gap between business strategy on the one hand and technology on the other. Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours IFS (Full time) Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 20 Preparation for 30 assignments: Presentations (Tests & 20 examinations): Practicals: 20 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Continuous assessment through weekly minor assignments (40%) as well a major assignment (60%). There are no traditional written tests or exams for this course. 151

153 Information Systems Module Topic Advanced Systems Delivery Management Generic module name Advanced Systems Delivery Management Information Systems (Full-time) Numeric Code Alpha-numeric code IFS712 Credit Value 15 Term Programmes in which the B.Com Honours (IS) Full time module is offered Level 8.1 On the successful completion of the module, students should be able to: Identify quality systems and quality in systems delivery Describe and explain projects and business change from a managerial view. Explain the management disciplines that accompany successful project management. Apply project management in practice. Main Content Theme 1: Introduction The general concept of systems in relation to technology, people and processes Theme 2: Quality Systems Views of quality QS in relation to the systems development and control process Quality in systems delivery Theme 3: Project Management PM in relation to functions of general and quality management. Management disciplines and principles that accompany successful PM. PM from a managerial view. Theme 4: Requirements Management Requirements dynamics in large software projects Methods of requirements management Requirements change Theme 5: Business change and risk management Change and risk management in relation to systems development. Relationship management. Business change from a managerial view. Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours IS (Full time) Co-requisites Prohibited combinations A. Breakdown of Learning time Hours B. Amended time-table Requirements per week Contact with Lecturer/tutor: 42 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & Tasks 40 Practical p.w. (test and examinations) 10 Tutorials p.w. 4 Practicals 152

154 Selfstudy 34 Other: Please Specify 24 Case preparation/ Analysis Total Learning 150 Type e.g. Group presentation and case studies 15% (CAF) Group assignment 35% Final 50% Total 100% Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Module description Information Systems Generic module name Building and Buying Systems Alpha-numeric code IFS713 Credit Value 15 Term Module Type Programme Level 8 At the completion of the module, the students must be able to o Describe the major options and issues related to the development and/or purchase of information systems technology and identify where each option may be appropriate. o Identify a real-world system acquisition problem, identify the major options available, and write a formal report recommending a proposed solution to the problem. Main Content o An investigation of system development and package implementation options. o Issues related to the development and/or purchase of information systems o Real-world system acquisition problems Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours IS (Part time) Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Formal seminars 30 Small group meetings 40 Individual study 50 Essay research and 28 preparation Examination 2 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Examination (40%), Group participation (30%), Essay (30%). Faculty Module Topic Generic module name Internship 714 Alpha-numeric code IFS714 EMS Faculty Department of Information Systems (BCom Hons IFS Fulltime Internship 153

155 NQF Credit Value 45 Semester Proposed semester to be Second offered. Programmes in which the BCOM Honours Information Systems Full time module will be offered. At the end of this module the student will be able to: o Apply knowledge learnt at university o Evaluate knowledge applicable in the real world o Write professional reports o Critically evaluate the way things are done in business compared to theory o Self manage one s work o Effectively communicate work progress Main Content This is a practical model. Students are allocated to various organisations to acquire first hand experience in the field of information systems and business. Content learnt in business will depend on the type of organisation the student will be allocated in. The broad scope of envisaged exposure should include: o Analysis o Design o Development o Programming o Facilitation o Testing o Documentation o Training Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 20 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 50 Practicals p.w.0 0 Tutorials p.w.0 Practicals: 380 Selfstudy 0 Other: Please specify Total Learning 450 Methods of Student Student will be expected to write a full research report on an IS topic related to work done and progress at the organization (40%) The mentor/supervisor will evaluate the students based on progress in terms of the student s performance at work (60%) Module type CFA Faculty Module description Generic module name Economics and Management Sciences Department of Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Part time) IFS715 Knowledge Management 154

156 Alpha-numeric code IFS715 Credit Value 15 Term Module Type Programme Level 8 At the completion of the module, the students must be able to o Describe Knowledge Management, Learning Organisations and related concepts in detail, and give a reasoned view of the role of IT in managing organisational knowledge o Differentiate between explicit and tacit knowledge and discuss the different techniques required to manage each. o Discuss specific IT techniques which can assist in knowledge management Main Content o Knowledge Management, Learning Organisations and related concepts o Explicit and tacit knowledge and different techniques required to manage each. o IT techniques which can assist in knowledge management Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours IS (Part time) Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Formal seminars 30 Small group meetings 30 Individual study 50 3 Lectures Essay research and 38 preparation Examination 2 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Examination (40%), Group participation (20%), Essay (40%). Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Department of Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Part time) Module description IFS716 Generic module name Research Methods Alpha-numeric code IFS716 Credit Value 10 Term Module Type Programme Level 8 At the completion of the module, the students must be able to o Demonstrate a clear understanding of the issues involved in formal research projects o Competently apply standard research methods to problems in the Information Technology arena 155

157 o Write a well-reasoned and properly documented research proposal and report Main Content o Research principles o Formal research methods o Application of research methods in the IT field o Proposal writing and referencing Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours IFS (Part time) Co-requisites This module cannot be completed until the previous four modules have been completed IFS718, IFS719, IFS714, IFS715 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Formal seminars 20 Individual study 30 3 Lectures Mini-thesis proposal 50 research and preparation Total Learning 100 Methods of Student Formal research proposal (100%) Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Department of Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Part time) Module description IFS717 Generic module name Practical Research Project Alpha-numeric code IFS717 Credit Value 50 Semester Module Type Programme Level 8 At the completion of the module, the students must be able to o Conduct a significant piece of research in the Information Technology area and write it up as a formal research report Main Content o This is a practical research project in an IT-related subject of the student s choice. Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours IS (Part time), Module (Research Methods) Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Supervisor meetings 50 Group presentations 20 3 Lectures Individual research and 430 report preparation Total Learning 500 Methods of Student Final research report (100%) 156

158 Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Department of Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Part time) Module description IFS718 Generic module name Managing Information Technology Alpha-numeric code IFS718 Credit Value 15 Term Module Type Programme Level 8 At the completion of the module, the students must be able to o Identify the important IT/IS technological trends and current status, and discuss their implications for the commercial world o Demonstrate a clear understanding of the management issues involved in technology decision-making and control o Research specific aspects of the technological environment; present reasoned findings to seminar participants; and write a formal academic paper on a chosen technology subject. Main Content o An investigation of current information technologies and management issues related to them o Trends in IT/IS o Management issues involved in technology decisionmaking and control o Research specific aspects of the technological environment Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours IS (Part time) Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Formal seminars 30 Small group meetings 40 Individual study 50 3 lectures Essay research and 28 preparation Examination 2 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Examination (40%), Group participation (30%), Essay (30%). Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Department of Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Part time) Module description IFS719 Generic module name The networked world Alpha-numeric code IFS719 Credit Value

159 Term Module Type Programme Level 8 At the completion of the module, the students must be able to o Describe the major issues and trends in interorganisational and ecommerce systems o Describe the roles of systems and enterprise architects o Describe the strategic opportunities that Information Systems provide and the implications of implementing strategic systems Main Content o Investigation of the issues related to inter-organisational and strategic systems and the role of the architect in planning such systems. o Inter-organisational and e-commerce systems o The role of systems and enterprise architects o Strategic opportunities that Information Systems provide Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours IS (Part time) Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Formal seminars 30 Small group meetings 40 Individual study 50 Essay research and 28 3 Lectures preparation Examination 2 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Examination (40%), Group participation (20%), Essay (40%). Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Full- time) Module description IFS721 Generic module name Information Systems Practice Alpha-numeric code IFS721 Credit Value 15 Term Module Type Programme Level 8 At the end of the course, students should be able to: o Explain how theories, research and ideas from academia are applied in the real world of information systems. o Demonstrate insights learned from practicing IS professionals. o Contribute to the design, development and implementation of information systems in management decision-making and to analyse the impact of information systems on the enterprise. o Select and use appropriate frameworks for analysing information system issues and developing decisions to address them. 158

160 Main Content o Analyse a case study in terms of a) the role of IS in business strategy and organisational design, and b) solving the IS/IT problems of the particular company. Theme 1: Introduction o Overview o The changing face of business o The IS revolution and its impact on transforming business, organisations and management o The role of IT in the networked era o IT/IS STRATEGIC ISSUES Theme 2: Business platforms for the 21st century o Continuous customer connection o The internet o E-commerce o M-commerce o Asset reconfiguration o Knowledge leverage Theme 3: IT planning and implementation Management of organisational change o Planning fundamentals o Formulating IS strategy o Implementation challenges o The management of organisational change o Information systems, organisations, and business processes o Reengineering changing business and business processes o The management of organisational change Theme 4: IT Governance o Setting direction for information resources o Board briefing on IT Governance o Finding a way to measure technology s benefits o Theme 5: IT Security Management o Information security governance o Trends in security technology o Information security management: Understanding ISO Theme 6: Total Cost of Ownership o TCO analyst next generation total cost of ownership methodology o Determining total cost of ownership Theme 7: Asset Management o Improving productivity & lowering costs through asset management o Asset tracking a logical first step toward distributed enterprise asset management Theme 8: Outsourcing o Managing IT outsourcing o Evaluating the benefits of IT outsourcing Theme 9: IT Service Management o ITIL and IT service management o IT/IS OPERATIONAL ISSUES Theme 10: The Application Service Provider Model o E-sourcing the corporation harnessing the power of web-based application services providers 159

161 o ASP fusion for the enterprise Theme 11: Services Procurement o Application hosting: A customer primer o Alternative approach: Purchasing systems Theme 12: Preparing for the future o Future trends in information technology o Emerging technologies Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours IS (Full time) Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks: 45 Tests & examinations: 10 6 Lectures Selfstudy 29 Case preparation/analysis 24 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Group presentations and case studies 15% Group assignment 35% Final exam 50% Total 100% Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Full-time) Module description IFS722 Generic module name Information Systems Research Alpha-numeric code IFS722 Credit Value 15 Term Module Type Programme Level 8 At the end of the course, students should be able to: o Differentiate between and explain qualitative and quantitative research o Describe a variety of research methods o Create a research proposal o Do elementary research Main Content The main content of this module focuses on: o The nature and history of academic research o Research in business o Quantitative and qualitative research methods including case studies, surveys, actions research, etc. o Research proposal and report writing Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours IFS (Full time) Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks:

162 Tests & examinations: 10 Practicals: 6 Lectures Selfstudy 29 Case preparation/analysis 24 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Presentations 15% Assignments 35% Final exam 50% Total 100% Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Full-time) Module description IFS724 Generic module name Information Systems Research Alpha-numeric code IFS724 Credit Value 45 Semester Module Type Programme Level 8 At the end of the course, students should be able to: o Write a research proposal o Conduct a small research project o Write a report on a research project Main Content This is a research project module and there does not offer content as such. Relevant material on how to do research will however be provided. Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours IFS (Full time) Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Research activities 380 Total Learning 450 Methods of Student Research report 100% Total 100% Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Full-time) Module description IFS731 Generic module name End User Practical Alpha-numeric code IFS731 Credit Value 15 Term Module Type Programme Level 8.1 After completing the course, students will be able to: o Prepare for effective written and oral presentations o Conduct professional presentations o Write professional reports o Critically evaluate effective presentations 161

163 o Work in teams o Manage teams o Conduct research Main Content This course is a training course for graduate information systems students. It encompasses training tyro in both verbal and written presentation skills. The course take one of the two forms of learning: Form1: User training skills. Students are trained to become trainers and there after are placed in classes where they will teach computer literacy courses to other students. Or Form 2: Professional presentation skills. Students are first trained in presentation skills through a workshop and series of classes wherein they will research and present on different topics. Eventually students will present to established business executives to test presentation skills learnt in the course. After completion of this course the student will gain skills that include report writing, presentation, general communications skills and ability to work in groups. The course gives tyro confidence to present on any topic. Course content is as follows: o Presentation skills o Report writing skills o Effective written and oral communication o Research in various topics o Teaching/Presenting o Working in groups Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours (IFS) Full time Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations IS731 Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 20 Preparation for 20 6 Lectures assignments: Presentations (Tests & 20 examinations): Practicals: 50 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Students are assessed on report writing and on presentation skills by the lecturer and business executives (or students they train). There are no traditional written tests or exams for this course. Weight: Form1: Class Participation (15%); Student Marks (5%); Your Class Average (5%); Lecturer (20%); Presentations and reports (30%); and Personal Report (25%). Form 2: Class presentation (35%); Class participation (15%); Lecturer assessment (10%); Professional audience report (20%) and Personal report (20%) 162

164 Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Full-time) Module description IFS734 Generic module name Capita Selecta Alpha-numeric code IFS734 NQF Level 8 Credit Value 45 Semester Module Type Programme Proposed semester to be Second offered. Programmes in which the BCOM Honours Information Systems Full time module will be offered. Year level 1 At the end of the module, students will be able to demonstrate understanding of the selected topics and be able to: o Analyse and explain current issues in the field; o Engage in debates on selected topics; o Investigate and explain problems related to the selected topics; Write clear and coherent academic arguments on the selected topics. Main Content The selected topics will vary according to the interest and expertise of the lecturer. Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 50 Assignments & tasks: Practicals: 100 Selfstudy 150 Presentations 10 Total Learning 450 Methods of Student Tests 20% Assignments 30% Presentations 10% Final Examination 40% Total 100% Module Type CFA Faculty Name of module Module description Generic module name Alpha-numeric code Credit Value Economics and Management Sciences Masters in Information Management Information Systems Research-only, Masters degree in Information Management MIM IFS801and IFS

165 2 years plus an additional 6 month prior period for the preparation of a suitable proposal. Module Type University Level 8 Students should be able to demonstrate: (a) an ability to identify a topic suitable for a detailed Masters study; ie. one that has a solid academic basis, has practical merit or value in the industry, and one in which the student has related knowledge; (b) the application of research methodology principles in developing a proposal meeting the specific requirements of the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee; (c) that, once the proposal has been approved, using accepted research design principles, the student can create a framework for the study; (d) the ability to conduct an effective literature study, identifying related academic and practical works; (e) that they can identify the key propositions from the literature study, extract the important or significant issues and build a suitable foundation for the next step in the research process; (f) If an empirical study, demonstrate an ability to develop a suitable measuring instrument for a specific population or sample, administer the instrument, analyse the data, draw suitable conclusions and make appropriate recommendations. (g) If a conceptual or interpretive study, demonstrate the ability to develop the necessary framework, identify key academic propositions, intelligently argue or analyse a case, present the findings, draw suitable conclusions and make appropriate recommendations; (h) An ability to present, using scientific, nuanced writing skills, a thesis acceptable for examination; (i) A high degree of self-motivation, and the ability to work with the minimum of supervision while maintaining a passion for their subject. Main Content (a) A detailed proposal (b) A thesis meeting the requirements of the University Pre-requisites (a) Suitable, permissible, academic credentials at undergraduate or Honours level, in Information Systems/ Technology / Management, Computer Science, Business, Management or Commerce; or (b) In a few special cases, recognition of prior learning (accompanied by extensive knowledge and working experience in the field of study, including a demonstrable willingness to attend selected modules such as research methodology); plus (c) A high degree of self-motivation; and (d) Sufficient time (from family, job and social interaction). Co-requisites Practical business or working experience is always helpful. Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning The successful MIM student will apply 5-8 hours per week to their study. Contact with lecturer / tutor: (a) Relatively intensively during the proposal-formulation 164

166 Assignments & tasks: Tests & examinations: Practicals: Selfstudy Total Learning Methods of Student phase. This includes two interactive seminars aimed at introducing the student to his/her peers, meeting the academics in the Department, and revisiting some theory such as research methodology and scientific writing. (b) Once engaged in the study, contact is usually limited to ad-hoc or pre-arranged meetings with the student s supervisor. Meeting agreed deadlines, both for the proposal and thesis phases. Thesis examination only, other than the seminars. The entire course is one of self-study. 2 ½ years of part-time study. (a) Successful proposal submission (b) Successful thesis examination Faculty EMS FACULTY INFORMATION SYSTEMS Module Topic Principles of Information Technology in business Generic Module Name Principles of Information Technology in business Alpha-numeric Code IFM711 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 SEMESTER Proposed semester to be 1 offered. Programmes in which the PGD IN ICT module will be offered Year level 1 This module will provide an introduction to the management and procurement of IT in business, Main Content Key aspects of business applications, the World-Wide-Web, Computer hardware, software and infrastructure, as well as mobile applications and current IT trends. Pre-requisite modules NONE Co-requisite modules NONE Prohibited module NONE Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: Practicals p.w. Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1.5 s Selfstudy Other: Please specify Total Learning 150 Method of Student Module type 165

167 Faculty EMS FACULTY INFORMATION SYSTEMS Generic Module Name Application management Alpha-numeric Code IFM713 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 SEMESTER Proposed semester to be 1 offered. Programmes in which the PGD IN ICT module will be offered Year level 1 This module will focus on planning, implementing, and maintaining of business IT applications. Main Content o The module will expand on the application management opportunities and challenges, vendor neutral desktop management of office productivity, messaging and internet applications. It will also look at vendor neutral server application management and specifically directory management, networking, enterprise messaging/ and database management. o Mainframe applications management will encompass user account controls, job management, partition management, virtualisation, middleware, databases and business applications. o Enterprise Application Management will include the particulars of Service Oriented Architecture (SOA) Management and Virtualized Application Management will look at Virtual Environments using VMWare ESX, Microsoft Hyper-V and Citrix XEN Server. Internet Application Management will focus on Internet Firewalls, Internet Proxies, Messaging, Voice/Video and Social Networking. The storage, backup, messaging and business applications aspect of Cloud Computing will be studied. o Mobile Applications Management will focus on Mobile OS s, App Store s, and industry specific Mobile Applications. o Application Service Providers or Software as a Service (SaaS) will cater for Web Applications, Application Service Provider (ASP) Models, ASP Security, and ASP Risks. o Systems Integration will look at aspects of Electronic Data Interchange, Industry standards XML such as Interactive Financial Exchange or IFX, Web Services and Database Integration. Pre-requisite modules NONE Co-requisite modules NONE Prohibited module NONE Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: Practicals p.w. 166

168 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1.5 s Selfstudy Other: Please specify Total Learning 150 Method of Student Module type FA Faculty EMS FACULTY INFORMATION SYSTEMS Module Topic Information Technology Service Management Generic Module Name Information Technology Service Management Alpha-numeric Code IFM714 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 SEMESTER Proposed semester to be 1 offered. Programmes in which the PGD IN ICT module will be offered Year level 1 Module 4 will focus predominantly on IT Services management from an ISO20000/1, and BS15000 and IT Infrastructure Library perspective. Main Content It will provide practical and theoretical training on Project Management for IT Managers, Finance for IT Managers, IT Procurement Management, IT Process Management, IT Helpdesk/Call Centre Management, Change and configuration management, Customer Relationship Management and Client Management. Pre-requisite modules NONE Co-requisite modules NONE Prohibited module NONE Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: Practicals p.w. Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1.5 s Selfstudy Other: Please specify Total Learning 150 Method of Student Module type FA 167

169 Faculty EMS FACULTY INFORMATION SYSTEMS Generic Module Name Information Technology Governance and Risk Management Alpha-numeric Code IFM721 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 SEMESTER Proposed semester to be 2 offered. Programmes in which the PGD IN ICT module will be offered Year level 1 Module 5 will introduce IT Governance and Risk Management from a theoretical perspective, specifically looking at models from the IT Infrastructure Library (ITIL) and ISO20000/2 Implementation, the Open Government Architecture Framework (TOGAF), Control Objectives for IT (CobIT), the King III Governance Requirements, Sarbanes Oxley Act Requirements, Security and ISO27001 Information Security Framework, IT Sourcing Strategies, IT Asset Management and IT Risk management and the ISO framework. Main Content Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Module 5 will introduce IT Governance and Risk Management from a theoretical perspective, specifically looking at models from the IT Infrastructure Library (ITIL) and ISO20000/2 Implementation, the Open Government Architecture Framework (TOGAF), Control Objectives for IT (CobIT), the King III Governance Requirements, Sarbanes Oxley Act Requirements, Security and ISO27001 Information Security Framework, IT Sourcing Strategies, IT Asset Management and IT Risk management and the ISO framework. NONE NONE Prohibited module NONE Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: Practicals p.w. Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1.5 s Selfstudy Other: Please specify Total Learning 150 Method of Student Module type FA 168

170 Faculty EMS FACULTY INFORMATION SYSTEMS Module Topic Business specific systems and applications Generic Module Name Business specific systems and applications Alpha-numeric Code IFM722 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 SEMESTER Proposed semester to be 2 offered. Programmes in which the PGD IN ICT module will be offered Year level 1 Module 6 will cater specifically for host organisation specific infrastructure and applications, and will provide an Introduction to business specific systems and applications, Enterprise Resource Planning, Customer Relationship Management (CRM), Document Management, Content Management, Internet Banking (Banking specific) and Banking Trading Platforms (Investment Banking specific). This module will likely be hosted/co-presented by one or all of the host companies. Main Content Module 6 will cater specifically for host organisation specific infrastructure and applications, and will provide an Introduction to business specific systems and applications, Enterprise Resource Planning, Customer Relationship Management (CRM), Document Management, Content Management, Internet Banking (Banking specific) and Banking Trading Platforms (Investment Banking specific). This module will likely be hosted/co-presented by one or all of the host companies. Pre-requisite modules NONE Co-requisite modules NONE Prohibited module NONE Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: Practicals p.w. Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1.5 s Selfstudy Other: Please specify Total Learning 150 Method of Student Module type FA 169

171 Faculty Community and Health Sciences School of Public Health Module Topic Health Systems Generic Module Name Health Systems Alpha-numeric Code IFH811 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 20 One Semester Proposed semester to be 2nd Semester offered. Programmes in which the M.Com in Information Management module will be offered Year level 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: o Identify the components of, and describe the organisation and operation of healthcare and public health systems on an international basic. o Identify the role of policy processes and health politics in health management. o Apply and describe different types of policy analyses in health policy development scenarios. o Recognize the interdependence of the different professions within the health workforce and assess the degree to which each profession is meeting the health needs of the population and the goals of an effective, efficient health service systems. o Identify the various facilities and programs that exist in a health service system, and assess the degree to which each form of organization, individually and in combination with other types of organizations, is meeting the health needs of the population and the goals of an effective, efficient Health services system. o Identify the major characteristics of various health financing programs. o Apply and articulate their understanding of vertical health programs on different levels, particularly on o Evaluate and design health services integration initiatives. Main Content Introduction to Health Systems Health Policy and planning National Health Systems in Europe, USA, Asia and Africa Vertical Health Programme Management Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours -table requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Lectures 2 s: 5 Practicals Assignments & Tasks 45 Tutorials Practicals: Selfstudy

172 Other: Please specify Total Learning 200 Module type Continual assessment, assignments, presentations; final assessment Module Type CFA Faculty Community and Health Sciences School of Public Health Module Topic Health Systems Generic Module Name Health Systems Alpha-numeric Code IFH812 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 20 One Semester Proposed semester to be Semester two offered. Programmes in which the M.Com in Information Management module will be offered Year level 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: o Apply their understanding of the special requirements of data management in healthcare. o Develop and implement a data model within a database management system. o Define measures to ensure consistency, completeness, timelines, robustness and relevancy of data. o Apply their understanding of a range of different international Classification Systems. o Identify and manipulate encodings within and translations into other classification systems. o Map data terminologies to each other and to classification systems. o Develop and implement policies and technologies to protect data integrity and validity. o Design and implement risk assessment, risk management and business continuity plans to ensure data security and confidentiality. o Review and evaluate the processes necessary for monitoring quality in healthcare settings. o Maintain balance among the three vital health related aspects: quality, utilization, and risk. Main Content o Health care data management o Health data quality o Health classification systems o Health care data security o Healthcare risk management Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination 171

173 Breakdown of Learning Hours -table requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 60 Lectures 2 s: 5 Practicals Assignments & Tasks 35 Tutorials Practicals: Selfstudy 50 Other: Please specify Total Learning 150 Module type Continual assessment, assignments, presentations; final assessment Module Type CFA Faculty Community and Health Sciences School of Public Health Module Topic Hospital Information Systems Generic Module Name Hospital Information Systems Alpha-numeric Code IFH813 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 20 Year module Proposed semester to be Both offered. Programmes in which the M.Com in Information Management module will be offered Year level 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: o Apply their understanding of the different types of Information technology (IT) applications used in healthcare settings o Articulate and apply their knowledge of state-of-the art IT applications of hospitals, their core business processes and functions. o Provide healthcare organizations with the necessary conceptual and technical know-how for planning, implementation and monitoring of Electronic Health Records (EHR). o Define key performance indicators and reporting systems for hospital management. o Apply data modelling to ensure query performance, data availability and overall Business Intelligence (BI) results. o Apply data governance principles. o Apply their understanding of the value of telemedicine in health management systems. o Apply their understanding of future technological development in software and hardware to meet upcoming requirements in healthcare. o Articulate their knowledge of innovation cycles for new technologies. o Define rules and implementation pathways for new technologies 172

174 Main Content Health Information Systems o System functionality of state-of-the art health information systems Electronic Health Records o Features and functionality of IT systems for HER o Typical clinical pathways and related workflows in HER Business Intelligence in Health o Business Intelligence tools o Data extraction procedures and transformation tools o Handling of Extraction-Transformation-Loading - Processes (ETL) o Reporting and visualization of data Telemedicine o Overview of ehealth o Infrastructure and technologies as applied to ehealth o National and international regulations regarding telemedicine Emerging technologies o Future technological developments in software and hardware o Potential application fields for new practises and technologies o of emerging technologies Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours -table requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 90 Lectures 2 s: 5 Practicals Assignments & Tasks 20 Tutorials Practicals: Selfstudy 85 Other: Please specify Total Learning 200 Module type Continual assessment, assignments, presentations; final assessment Module Type CFA Faculty Community and Health Sciences School of Public Health Module Topic Information Systems Planning and Implementation Generic Module Name Information Systems Planning and Implementation Alpha-numeric Code IFH814 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 One Semester Proposed semester to be Semester two offered. 173

175 Programmes in which the M.Com in Information Management module will be offered Year level 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: o Articulate and apply their understanding of the role of information technology and management information systems in the delivery of health services. o Organize and evaluate effective and efficient computer systems to enhance the functioning of hospitals, physician practices, integrated service delivery systems, and managed care organizations. o Define the information needs of an organization and design appropriate Information Technology (IT) solutions. o Organize and conduct information requirements analysis. o Apply and articulate their understanding of process modelling. o Implement and optimize essential healthcare processes. o Design innovative system processes with appropriate ITsupport, with the inclusion of continuous and sustainable system improvement. o Define, lead and/or structure an information system project. o Articulate and apply their knowledge of procedure models and international reference modes for project management. o Apply methods of systems engineering to the development of information systems in health care. Main Content Health Information Management o Strategic alignment of information technology o Information systems analysis o Design and management of information systems Process Management o Principles of process management o Design, optimization and re-evaluation of structures and processes Information Systems Project Management o Basic principles of project management o Identification and allocation of resources o Project management tool Information Systems Analysis, Design, Implementation and Evaluation o Methods for systems engineering o The systems development lifecycle o User resistance and change management in IS/IT o Evaluation of clinical information systems Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours -table requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 80 Lectures 2 s: 5 Practicals Assignments & Tasks 30 Tutorials 174

176 Practicals: Selfstudy 35 Other: Please specify Total Learning 150 Module type Continual assessment, assignments, presentations; final assessment Module Type CFA Faculty Community and Health Sciences School of Public Health Module Topic Strategic management and Leadership in Health Organization Generic Module Name Strategic management and Leadership in Health Organization Alpha-numeric Code IFH815 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 Year Module Proposed semester to be Year Module offered. Programmes in which the M.Com in Information Management module will be offered Year level 1 At the completion of the module, the students should be able to: o Develop a business strategy for a health organization. o Apply key concepts and theories of strategies management to the management of an organization. o Conduct all stages of a basic cost effectiveness analysis. o Design a financing plan for clinical purposes o Plan and allocate human resources according to ITsupport in healthcare o Establish, structure and manage inter-departmental project teams. o Handle professional and emphatic staff management. o Apply statistical process control techniques for healthcare management and clinical problems. o Design, plan, implement and monitor QM processes in all fields of healthcare. o Apply ethical principles in the execution of their management duties. Main Content Strategic Management In health Organizations o Management economics o Theory and practise of systemic organizational change o Development, integration, and application of key elements of organizational and management theory Financial Management for Health Organizations o Basic principles of finance and selected insurance concepts o Methods, standards and approaches of financing o Cost analysis and evaluation of cost-effectiveness HRM in Health Organizations o Concepts in human resources management. 175

177 o Relationship between human resources management and general management, nature of work and human resources. Risk and Quality Management in Healthcare o Overview of relevant laws and regulations regarding HIM o Perspectives on managerial, organizational, professional and clinical ethics Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours -table requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 90 Lectures 2 s: 5 Practicals Assignments & Tasks 25 Tutorials Practicals: Selfstudy 80 Other: Please specify Total Learning 200 Module type Continual assessment, assignments, presentations; final assessment Module Type CFA Faculty Community and Health Sciences School of Public Health Module Topic IT Resource Management Generic Module Name IT Resource Management Alpha-numeric Code IFH816 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 One semester Proposed semester to be One or Two offered. Programmes in which the M.Com in Information Management module will be offered Year level 1 At the completion of the module, the students should be able to: o Design, plan, implement and monitor Information Technology (IT) services in a healthcare environment. o Define service level agreements between the IT department and user departments. o Align IT services with the current and future needs of the healthcare organization and its patients. o Design an IT infrastructure for a health organization according to general IT standards o Ensure the interoperability of used applications among organizational and external entities. o Define requirements for IT Vendors. o Develop, manage and control vendor contracts. 176

178 o Leverage small specialist providers against global providers according to the advantages and disadvantages inherent in their products o Apply monitoring and performance management with regards to vendors. Main Content Health Service Management o Reference models for IT service management o Evaluation, implementation and continual improvement of IT service delivery o Monitoring the functionality and cost-effectiveness of running healthcare systems o Management of external services and resources IT Infrastructure Management o IT infrastructure management principles o The divisions of an infrastructure management o Frameworks of IT-infrastructure and their client processes o Comparison of standardized systems with custom systems o Healthcare Information Technology Vendor Management o Evaluation of IT Vendor and distributors o Vendor relationship management Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours -table requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 60 Lectures 2 s: 5 Practicals Assignments & Tasks 40 Tutorials Practicals: Selfstudy 45 Other: Please specify Total Learning 150 Module type Continual assessment, assignments, presentations; final assessment Module Type CFA Faculty Community and Health Sciences School of Public Health Module Topic Intercultural Management and Communications Generic Module Name Intercultural Management and Communications Alpha-numeric Code IFH817 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 One semester Proposed semester to be One or Two offered. Programmes in which the M.Com in Information Management module will be offered Year level 2 177

179 Main Content Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules At the completion of the module, the students should be able to: o Rationalize and deal with structured and unstructured knowledge. o Structure, formalize and translate data into different formats according to language and cultural differences. o Transform collected data into valuable information and innovative processes. o Overcome departmentalized thinking in health management. o Create awareness of HIM and argue its usefulness. o Introduce emerging technologies o Write and speak effectively o Develop effective communication program to support system implementation. o Apply their skills in intercultural behaviour o Manage conflicts, negotiations and intercultural prejudices o Work collaboratively with others as part of a team or group o Manage meetings and group deliberations Knowledge translation o Different approaches to knowledge management o Cross-cultural aspects in structuring data and its transformation into information. Social and Organization Issues of HIM o Departmentalized thinking as a general problem o Health information management as a valuable tool for daily business, change management and continual improvement o Organizational issues of HIM Communication and Negotiation Skills o Professional communication, presentation and negotiation o Collaboration, conflict management, mediation and motivation of teams and employees o Rational decision making and communication of changes Team and Intercultural Management o Team productivity and effectiveness o Process methods of group management o Management of cross-cultural or international teams Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours -table requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 80 Lectures s: 40 Practicals Assignments & Tasks Tutorials 178

180 Practicals: Selfstudy 30 Other: Please specify Total Learning 150 Module type 100% seminar participation and presention Module Type CFA Faculty Economic and management Science Information Systems Module Topic Research Project Generic Module Name ISE701 Alpha-numeric Code ISE701 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 30 One semester Proposed semester to be Semester 2 offered. Programmes in which the PGD in information Systems in e-skills Development module will be offered Year level At the completion of the module, the students will be able to demonstrate: o The ability to undertake and finish a research project related to e-skills development o An integrated approach to e-skills development ( be it in analysis, in recommendations regarding e-skills interventions, multidisciplinary approach o A understanding of the application of e-skills research to the workplace ( or, in more theoretical research project, within the wider complex o issues relating to e-skills development) Main Content This is a research module that can be done in one of three contexts: (i) in the company/organisation context in which the part-time student work; (ii) in a company/organisation in which the student allowed to do research (which could also be a community organisation); or (iii) a more theoretical study relating to e-skills development. Students will o Identify a topic suitable for Research project, i.e. one that has solid academic basic, has practical merit or value in the industry, and on in which the student has related knowledge; o Identify the research problem clearly; o The application of research methodology principles in developing a proposal meeting the specific requirements of the EMS Faculty; o The ability to create a framework for the study by using accepted research design principles; o The ability to conduct an effective literature study of the relevant subject literature, identifying the key propositions, extracting the important or significant issues and building a suitable foundation for the study o In the case of an empirical study the ability to develop a suitable measuring instrument for a specific population or 179

181 sample, administer the instrument, analyse the data, draw suitable conclusions and make appropriate recommendations; o In the case of conceptual o interpretive study demonstrate the ability to develop the necessary framework, identify key academic propositions, intelligently agrue or analyse a case, present the findings, draw suitable conclusions and make appropriate recommendations; o An ability to write a well-reasoned and properly documented research report acceptable for examination using scientific, nuanced writing skills Pre-requisite modules ISE702, ISE703,ISE704,ISE705, ISE706,ISE707 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours -table requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lectures s: 10 Practicals Assignments & Tasks Tutorials Practicals: Selfstudy 260 Other: Please specify Total Learning 300 Module type Final Assesment (100%) Faculty Economic and management Science Information Systems Module Topic The knowledge Society and the Related Labour Market Generic Module Name ISE702 Alpha-numeric Code ISE702 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 One semester Proposed semester to be Semester 1 offered Programmes in which the PGD in information Systems in e-skills Development module will be offered Year level At the completion of the module, the students will be able to demonstrate: o Describe the nature and characteristics of the information/ knowledge society o Describe the role of information systems and information technology in the information/knowledge society o Describe the changing nature of the working environment o Describe the south African labour market needs and provision in as far as e-skills are concerned, also in the context of current (BB)BEE theory and practice 180

182 Main Content o The information/knowledge society and its characteristics o The role of information systems and information technology in the information/knowledge society o The changing nature of the working environment in the information/knowledge society (incl. the various kinds of e-skills) o Labour market intelligence regarding e-skills in South Africa, according to recent surveys o (BB)BEE in theory and practice in South Africa Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours -table requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lectures s & Tasks 45 Practicals Group Work 10 Tutorials Test & examinations 10 Selfstudy 55 Other: Please specify Total Learning 150 Module type Assignment: 50% Final Exam: 50% Total: 100% Faculty Economic and management Science Information Systems Module Topic Tools of the Digital Era Generic Module Name ISE703 Alpha-numeric Code ISE703 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 One semester Proposed semester to be Semester 1 offered Programmes in which the PGD in information Systems in e-skills Development module will be offered Year level At the completion of the module, the students will be able to: o Demonstrate an understanding of the functioning of the information technology in business/organisations o Describe the systems concept in information systems o Demonstrate and understanding of the internets and the world wide web o Demonstrate the modern application of the various types of information systems in business/organisations o Demonstrate an understanding of the major trends in the development of the tools in the digital era Main Content o Information technology and its functioning in business/organisations at a user level (hardware [incl. mobile technology], software [operating systems; application software; utility programs]) 181

183 o The systems concept in information systems o Application of the internet and the World Wide Web in the 21st century o Information systems an overview of the various types of systems and their application in the modern business/organisation (inter alia business intelligence tools, the use of artificial intelligence [intelligent agents, neural networks, genetic algorithms], tools for knowledge management and collaboration, strategic enterprise management tools, customer relationship management tools) o Trends in the development of the tools of the digital era and tools of the future Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lectures s & Tasks 45 Practicals Group Work 10 Tutorials Test & examinations 10 Selfstudy 55 Other: Please specify Total Learning 150 Module type Assignment: 50% Final Exam: 50% -table requirement per week Total: 100% Faculty Economic and management Science Information Systems Module Topic The SA Regulatory environment for Learning and development Generic Module Name ISE704 Alpha-numeric Code ISE704 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 One semester Proposed semester to be Semester 1 offered Programmes in which the PGD in information Systems in e-skills Development module will be offered Year level At the completion of the module, the students will be able to: o Describe the role and function of the various regulatory authorities for learning and training in South Africa o Describe the nature of formal qualifications and certification, as well as the concepts of the following: the various NQF levels, credits, learning outcomes, RPL o Describe the realistic expectations that can be held of the various providers of learning/training 182

184 o Demonstrate the resourcing of appropriate e-skills qualifications from public and/or private suppliers, in the case of specific e-skills needs Main Content o The National Qualifications Framework (NQF) o The South African Qualifications Authority (SAQA): its role and functioning o SETAs (Sectional education and training Authority): their role and functioning o The FET and Higher education sectors and the regulatory and funding frameworks within which they functions (with special focus on the providers of short courses offered in the sector) o Recognition of prior Learning (RPL) o Private providers of education and training Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours -table requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lectures s & Tasks 45 Practicals Group Work 10 Tutorials Test & examinations 10 Selfstudy 55 Other: Please specify Total Learning 150 Module type Assignment: 50% Final Exam: 50% Total: 100% Faculty Economic and management Science Information Systems Module Topic International E-skills frameworks Generic Module Name ISE705 Alpha-numeric Code ISE705 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 One semester Proposed semester to be Semester 1 offered Programmes in which the PGD in information Systems in e-skills Development module will be offered Year level At the completion of the module, the students will be able to: o Demonstrate an understanding of various e-skills frameworks, the environments within which they originated, and their use o Demonstrate the ability to link e-skills frameworks to the South African regulatory environment for learning and training o Demonstrate the ability to position specific e-skills requirements and qualifications on e-skills frameworks 183

185 and to link this positioning to the NQF o Demonstrate the ability to design a coherent e-skills framework for a specific hypothetical company Main Content o The business and e-skills environment within which e- skills frameworks originated o The SFIA ( Skills Framework for the Information Age ) o The Europeans e-competence Framework o Other competence Frameworks of importance o Linking e-skills frameworks to national education/training frameworks Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours -table requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lectures s & Tasks 45 Practicals Group Work 10 Tutorials Test & examinations 10 Selfstudy 55 Other: Please specify Total Learning 150 Module type Assignment: 50% Final Exam: 50% Total: 100% Faculty Economic and management Science Information Systems Module Topic E-skills Analyses and interventions Generic Module Name ISE706 Alpha-numeric Code ISE706 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 One semester Proposed semester to be Semester 1 offered Programmes in which the PGD in information Systems in e-skills Development module will be offered Year level At the completion of the module, the students will be able to: o Demonstrate an understanding of the link between business processes, information systems and e-skills requirements o Identify the essential traits of company policy (e.g. a hypothetical company), and specifically the strengths and deficiencies regarding e-skills o Describe the various kinds of interventions in the workplace relating to e-skills development o Design a programme (in broad outline) for in house training and development regarding e-skills o Design a coaching programme for e-skills developments of mid-levels and managerial staff 184

186 Main Content o The implications of business processes, practices, policies, operating models and strategy, as well as the data information knowledge intelligence/ wisdom hierarchy on e-skills requirements o Recruitment, training, re-skilling, up-skilling and coaching policies in companies and the way in which e-skills are taken into account o The nature and scope of interventions in the workplace o The design and implementation of e-skills programmes for training, re-skilling, up-skilling and coaching o Outsourcing of training and other e-skills interventions Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours -table requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lectures s & Tasks 45 Practicals Group Work 10 Tutorials Test & examinations 10 Selfstudy 55 Other: Please specify Total Learning 150 Module type Assignment: 50% Final Exam: 50% Total: 100% Faculty Economic and management Science Information Systems Module Topic Organizational Behaviour and development Generic Module Name ISE707 Alpha-numeric Code ISE707 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 One semester Proposed semester to be Semester 1 offered Programmes in which the PGD in information Systems in e-skills Development module will be offered Year level At the completion of the module, the students will be able to: o Demonstrate an understanding of contemporary organisational theory o Demonstrate an understanding of the organisation as an open system o Critically discuss the different theories of motivation o Diagnose complex organisational problems using the socio Technical Model o Apply and implements the action reseach paradigm in organisation development o Demonstrate an understanding of resistance to change and interventions to minimise such resistance 185

187 o Critically evaluate and implement individual and group level interventions to enhance individual performance in relation to proposed technological changes based on a Socio Technical diagnosis o Critically compare appropriate organisational/systems wide interventions and implement these in a planned change process to enhance organisational performance o Evaluate and analyse the effectiveness of organisation development interventions and take appropriate steps to make corrections. Main Content o Advance contemporary organisational theory o Organisations as an open systems model o Advance models of organisational diagnoses o Models of planned organisational change o Dealing with resistance to change o Advanced techniques to improve technological performance of the organisation o Advanced techniques to improve employee empowerment o Advance process consultation o Complex team and inter group enhancement approaches Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours -table requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lectures s & Tasks 45 Practicals Group Work 10 Tutorials Test & examinations 10 Selfstudy 55 Other: Please specify Total Learning 150 Module type Assignment: 50% Final Exam: 50% Total: 100% 186

188 Industrial Psychology Modules: Honours Programme Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Industrial Psychology Module Description Organizational Psychology Generic Module Name BPS Organizational Psychology Alpha-numeric code BPS701 Credit value 20 Semester Module Type University Level 8 After completion of this module students should be able to: o Engage in a critical discussion and evaluation of contemporary organisational theory; o Explain and evaluate an organisation as an open system; o Critically discuss the different theories of motivation; o Apply different theories of motivation to case studies; o Engage in a critical discussion of the different theories of leadership; o Apply critical thinking skills in resolving leadership challenges; o Critically discuss the relevance of of various leadership theories; o Explain group and team dynamics o Critically discuss and evaluate team effectiveness; o Discuss advanced organisational theory and the major challenges facing modern organisations in this regard Main Content o Advanced contemporary organisational theory o Organisations as an Open systems model; o Theories of motivation; o Theories of leadership o Group and Team Effectiveness o Aspects of the external environment of organisations o Organizational Behaviour challenges facing modern organisations Pre-requisites Bachelors degree with a major in Industrial Psychology Co-requisites Prohibited combination Breakdown of Learning Contact with lecturer 60 (Hours) Class Preparation 35 Assignments 40 Test(s) and Examination 5 Self-study 60 Methods of Student Total learning : Continuous Evaluation 60% Formal Examination 40% 200 Hours 187

189 Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Industrial Psychology Module Description Research Methodology Generic Module Name BPS Research Methodology Alpha-numeric code BPS702 Credit value 30 Year (First and Second Semester) Module Type University Level 8 Main outcomes After completion of this course, students should be able to: o Provide a critical discussion of scientific research; o Explain the logic of scientific research; o Apply the methodology of scientific research within the work environment; o Formulate research problems; o Anticipate, interpret and rectify practical problems encountered during research; o Plan projects to solve such problems; o Evaluate the empirical studies of other researchers; o Formulate and compile a research proposal; o Collate relevant information by means of appropriate measuring instruments and/or techniques; o Analyse data using SPSS;Interpret the information and come to appropriate conclusions; o Write a research report; o Present data to others. o Different methods of acquiring knowledge (non-scientific Main content and scientific); o Sources and identification of research problems; o Literature review; o Variables and hypothesis formulation; o Conceptual and operational definitions; o Research Design; o Validity of research design; o Sampling techniques; o Data Collection; o Scales of measurement; o Techniques of data collection; o Construction of questionnaires; o Reliability and validity of measurements; o Data capturing; o Interpretation of results and writing reports; Pre-requisites Bachelors degree with major in Industrial Psychology Co-requisites Prohibited combinations Breakdown of learning Contact with lecturer time Assignments Practical Research Project Test(s) and Examination Self-study Methods of student assessment Total learning : Final Assessement 40% Continuous Evaluation 60% 188 Total 100%

190 Name of Module BPS704 Psychometrics Programme in which Faculty Core/Elective module will be offered Honours in Industrial EMS Core Psychology Industrial Psychology Module Description Psychometrics Generic Module Name BPS Psychometrics Alpha-numeric code BPS704 Credit value 20 Semester Module Type University Level 8 Main outcomes After completion of this course, students should be able to: o Critically discuss the nature, characteristics, uses and abuses of psychometric tests; o Explain why use of assessment measures should be controlled, how control over the use of psychological assessment measures is exercised in SA, statutory control, different categories of psychological professionals who may use psychological measures, the role of the Professional Board for Psychology and the protection of the public o Describe and explain the legislative and ethical framework pertaining to psychological tests based on the roles played by various users of psychological tests o Evaluate selection techniques and decisions and determine fairness and bias involved o Explain the basis and application of competency-based assessment o Apply their knowledge of psychometrics Main content o An overview of assessment o Psychological assessment: retrospective overview o Levels of measurement o Reliability of measures o Validity o Norms o Developing a psychological measure o Cross-cultural test adaptation and translation o The practice of psychological assessment: o Controlling the use of measures, competing values and ethical practice standards o Administering psychological measures o of young children, physically disabled individuals, mentally challenged learners and individuals with chronic conditions o Computer-based and Internet-delivered assessment o Use of assessment measures in various applied contexts: o Interpreting and reporting assessment results o Factors affecting assessment results o The future of psychological assessment 189

191 Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited combinations Breakdown of learning time Methods of student assessment Bachelors degree with major in Industrial Psychology Contact with lecturer Assignment and seminar Tests and examinations Self-study Total learning hours Final Assessement Continuous Evaluation Total 100% Name of Module BPS705 Advanced Human Resource Management Programme in which Faculty Core/Elective module will be offered Honours in Industrial EMS Core Psychology Industrial Psychology Module Description Advanced Human Resource Management Generic Module Name Advanced Human Resource Management Alpha-numeric code BPS705 Credit value 20 Semester Module Type University Level 8 Main outcome On completion of this module, students should be able to demonstrate: o Provide a critical discussion of the activities involved in HRM as the intervening process in matching organizations and employees; o Engage in a meaningful debate about the changing role of the human resource management function in organisations. o Integrate the theoretical concepts and issues of human resource management with the practical realities found in organizations; o Apply effective selection procedures, operations and techniques of HR that is required to solve a particular problem in the filed. Main Content o The changing context of SA organizations; o HR Planning; o Workforce diversity and regulatory challenges; o Job Analysis and work design; o Recruitment and Selection; o Performance management; o Career and development management in organizations; o Job evaluation and compensation/aids in the workplace; o HR Information systems Pre-requisites A B-degree in Industrial Psychology or Human Resource Management Co-requisites 190

192 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Methods of Student Contact with lecturer 60 Assignment and seminar 40 Tests and examinations 20 Self-study 80 Total learning hours 200 hours Class participation 5% Oral presentations 20% Written Assignments 30% Case Studies 5% Examination 40% Total: 100% Name of Module BPS706 Practical Training Programme in which Faculty Core/Elective module will be offered Honours in Industrial EMS Elective Psychology Industrial Psychology Module Description Practical Training Generic Module Name Practical Training Alpha-numeric code BPS706 Credit value 15 Year (First and second semester) Module Type University Level 8 On completion of this module, students should be able to: o Use psychometric tests in a professional and ethical manner. o Identify and discuss the strengths, weaknesses, advantages and limitations of psychometric measuring instruments; o Comply with appropriate test administration procedures (i.e. familiar with the test administrator s roles/duties before, during and after a psychometric assessment in accordance with psychometric standards and ethical principles o Critically discuss the strengths, weaknesses, advantages and limitations of psychometric measuring instruments; o Accurately administer, score and interpret psychometric test results; o Compile information from a variety of instruments and sources to formulate an integrated psychometric report Main Contents o Administer a range of psychometric tests; (i.e. cognitive, interest and personality tests); o Accurate scoring of psychometric tests and measuring instruments; analysis and interpretation of test results; o Communication of psychometric test results (i.e. and observations; Integrated psychometric reports. Pre-requisites A B-degree in Industrial Psychology, Human Resource Management. Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations 191

193 Breakdown of Learning Methods of Student Contact with lecturer 60 hours Assignment and seminar 120 hours Self-study 20 hours Total learning hours 200 hours Continuous evaluation by means of written Psychometric reports Name of Module BPS707 Labour Relations Programme in which Faculty Core/Elective module will be offered Honours in Industrial EMS Elective Psychology Industrial Psychology Module Description Labour Relations Generic Module Name Labour Relations Alpha-numeric code BPS707 Credit value 15 Semester Module Type University Level 8 On completion of this module, students should be able to: o Critically discuss the dynamic nature of the labour relationship in local and international labour relations o Discuss the different frames of reference in labour relations and its impact on the quality of the Employer- Employee relationship; o Engage in critical debate regarding the role and duties of all parties involved in the labour relationship; o Identify and provide a discussion about internal and external factors (economic, political, social, cultural, ideological etc.) impacting on the relationship between Employers and Employees. o Critically discuss the legislative framework regulating the employment relationship (inter alia the S.A. Constitution, BCEA, LRA, SDA, SDLA). o Evaluate and explain the role of trade unions and employer organisations, and the various alternative dispute resolution procedures (negotiation, mediation, arbitration, CCMA) Main Content o Labour relationship and labour relations system of various countries. o The role of various stakeholders within the labour relations system o Factors (economic, political, social, cultural, ideological etc.) governing and regulating interaction between the various stakeholders. o The South African labour relations system in societal and historical context o The legislative framework governing the employment relationship o The role of trade unions and employer organisations o The central roles of conflict and collective bargaining in the tripartite relationship 192

194 Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Methods of Student o The distinction between alternative dispute resolution procedures o The role of industrial democracy and workers participation, organizational change and renewal processes and anticipated future developments in labour relations in South Africa. A B-degree in Industrial Psychology, Human Resource Management Contact with lecturer 60 Class Preparation 30 Assignments 30 Test(s) and Examination 5 Selfstudy 25 Total learning : 150 Hours Continuous Evaluation (60%) Formal Examination (40%) Name of Module BPS708 Training Management Programme in which Faculty Core/Elective module will be offered Honours in Industrial EMS Elective Psychology Industrial Psychology Module Description Training Management Generic Module Name Training Management Alpha-numeric code BPS708 Credit value 15 Semester Module Type University Level 8 On completion of this module, students should be able to: o Integrate and discuss theory and practice in managing Human Resource Development; o Analyse and synthesise the local requirements of the NQF with international trends; o Apply and evaluate the transformational purpose and principles underpinning the skills development legislation in South Africa; o Critically analyse an organizations developmental needs, on an individual level or general, and implement certain training interventions accordingly; o Evaluate and apply the practical steps for planning, designing and implementing a sustainable skills development strategy; o Critically evaluate the learning organisation as a performance management tool; o Critically analyse the roles in the management of the Human Resource Development function; o Critically analyse and apply various HRD approaches; o Critically analyse and apply approaches in the evaluation of HRD interventions. 193

195 Main Content o Essential aspects of the theory and practice of managing human resource development from an outcomes-based approach. o International and local trends in HRD; o Purpose and principles underpinning the Skills development legislation in South Africa; o Training needs analyses; o The design and implementation of various HRD interventions; o Learning organization and performance management; o Managing the HRD function (e.g. marketing, budgeting, etc.) o Technology-based learning, Adult Basic Education and Training, Multi-skilling, Employment Equity and diversity training. o Training evaluation. Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Methods of Student A B-degree in Industrial Psychology that contains modules in Human Resources Management Contact with lecturer 60 Class Preparation 30 Assignments 30 Test(s) and Examination 5 Selfstudy 25 Total learning : 150 Hours Continuous Evaluation (60%) Formal Examination (40%) Name of Module BPS811 Organisational Development: Diversity and Change Management Programme in which Faculty Core/Elective module will be offered Masters in Industrial EMS Core Psychology Industrial Psychology Module Description OD: Diversity and Change Management Genric Module Name OD: Diversity and Change Management Alpha-numeric code BPS811 Credit value 20 Semester Module Type Programme Level 9 On completion of this module, students should be able to: o Diagnose complex organisational problems; o Apply and implement the action research paradigm in organisation development; o apply the systems perspective to planned organisational change; o Critically compare and implement individual level interventions to enhance individual performance; o Critically evaluate and implement the most effective 194

196 group level interventions to enhance group performance based on a formal diagnosis; o Critically compare appropriate organisationsystem wide interventions and implement these in a planned change process to enhance diversity; o Evaluate and analyse the effectiveness of organisation development interventions and take appropriate steps to make corrections. Main Content o Advanced models of organisation diagnosis; o Models of planned organisation change; o Dealing with resistance to change; o Advanced techniques to improve employee empowerment, developing sensitivity towards diversity, and coaching; o Advanced process consultation; o Complex team and inter-group enhancement approaches; o Advances models of high-performing organisation, mergers, acquisitions and strategy o Ethical issues in planned organisational change and diversity. Pre-requisites An Honours or 4-year Bachelor s degree in Industrial Psychology, Human Resource Management Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 96 3 Assignments & tasks: 20 Tests & examinations: 30 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 54 Total Learning 200 Methods of Student Continuous Evaluation (60%) Formal Examination (40%) Name of Module BPS812 Research Methodology Programme in which Faculty Core/Elective module will be offered Masters in Industrial EMS Core Psychology Industrial Psychology Module Description Research Methodology Generic Module Name Research Methodology Alpha-numeric code BPS812 Credit value 20 Semester Module Type Programme Level 9 At the end of this module, students should be able to: o Critically discuss different research paradigms and their practical applications 195

197 o Identify research problems o Plan projects to solve such problems as individuals and in a team context o Evaluate the studies of other researchers o Write a research proposal o Gather relevant information o Analyse data o Interpret the information and come to appropriate conclusions o Write a research report o Present data to management o Discuss research issues. Main Content o Advanced theory of research and research methodology o Different research paradigms o Identification of research problems o Project planning o Ethical issues when doing research o Evaluation of the studies of other researchers o Planning and conducting research o Gathering of relevant information o Interpreting the information and reaching appropriate conclusions o Reporting and presentation of findings Pre-requisites An Honours or 4-year Bachelor s degree in Industrial Psychology, Human Resource Management Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 96 3 Assignments & tasks: 20 Tests & examinations: 30 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 54 Total Learning 200 Methods of Student Class participation 5% Case studies 5% SPSS practical applications 10% Research proposal 40% Class presentation of research results 10% Written research report 30% Name of Module BPS803 Counselling Programme in which Faculty module will be offered Masters in Industrial EMS Psychology Industrial Psychology Module Description Counselling Generic Module Name Counselling Alpha-numeric code BPS813 Credit value 20 Core/Elective Core 196

198 Semester Module Type Programme Level 9 Main outcomes On completion of the module, students should be able to: o Critically discuss current theory pertaining to counselling in general and in the workplace; o Engage in critical debate regarding ethical practice and procedures during a counseling relationship; o Apply appropriate counselling strategies based on a needs assessment; o Structure and apply counselling skills during practical and context-specific counselling sessions. Main content o Intensive assessment and interviewing o Career planning and assist others in planning their careers o Recognise others in crises and assist in crisis management o Be familiar with HIV/AIDS-, substance abuse counselling o Conduct Stress management Pre-requisites An Honours or 4-year Bachelor s degree in Industrial Psychology, Human Resource Management Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 96 Assignments & tasks: 20 Tests & examinations: 30 Selfstudy 54 Total Learning 200 Methods of Student Class participation 10% Oral presentations 35% Written research report 35% Role plays 20% Name of Module BPS817 Labour Relations Programme in which Faculty Core/Elective module will be offered Masters in Industrial EMS Elective Psychology Industrial Psychology Module Description Labour Relations Generic Module Name Labour Relations Alpha-numeric code BPS817 Credit value 20 Semester Module Type Programme Level 9 After completion of the module, students should be able to: o Engage in critical debate regarding strategic labour relations management; o Critically discuss the impact of relevant South African 197

199 labour legislation on the employer-employee relationship; o Develop and communicate industrial relations policies and procedures in line with legislation. o Discuss and apply strategies in conflict resolution, o Evaluate grievance and disciplinary hearings o Facilitate procedural and substantive negotiations o Discuss and evaluate the appropriateness of various disciplinary procedures. o Apply negotiation skills. Main Content o Strategic Labour Relations management o South African Labour Legislation o Comparative Labour Relations systems o Labour Relations systems and procedures o Negotiations o Disciplinary procedures and dispute mechanisms Pre-requisites An Honours or 4-year Bachelor s degree in Industrial Psychology, Human Resource Management Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 50 3 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 20 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 90 Total Learning 200 Methods of Student Continuous 60% Formal 40% Name of Module BPS818 Training Management Programme in which Faculty Core/Elective module will be offered Masters in Industrial EMS Elective Psychology Industrial Psychology Module Description Training Management Generic Module Name Training Management Alpha-numeric code BPS818 Credit value 20 Semester Module Type Programme Level 9 After completion of this module students should be able to: o Critically analyse and evaluate the clutch of learning and development legislation and its impact on training and development in organisations. o Evaluate and apply the various theories of learning to the development and/or implementation of learning and development strategies and practices. o Evaluate current thinking on workplace learning. 198

200 o Critically analyse how organisations can utilise their collective organisational knowledge to develop valueadding skills. o Analyse and evaluate E-learning, online learning and blended learning and their impact on workplace learning. o Evaluate Performance management systems and their uses as tools to make learning and development decisions. o Evaluate best practices analyses and training needs analyses. Main Content o Learning and development legislation o Theories of learning o Current thinking on workplace learning o Knowledge management o Using collective organisational knowledge o E-learning, online learning and blended learning o Performance management systems o Best practices analyses and training needs analyses Pre-requisites An Honours or 4-year Bachelor s degree in Industrial Psychology, Human Resource Management Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 50 3 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 20 Selfstudy 80 Total Learning 190 Methods of Student Continuous 60% Formal 40% Name of Module BPS 819 Programme in which Faculty Core/Elective module will be offered Masters in Industrial EMS Elective Psychology Industrial Psychology Module Description Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric code BPS819 Credit value 20 Semester Module Type Programme Level 9 After completion of this module, students should be able to: o Critically discuss competency based assessment o Apply the principles and theories of competency based assessment; o Engage in critical debate and/or discussions regarding emerging issues and debates pertaining to competency based assessment; 199

201 o identify, analyse and deal with concrete and abstract problems faced by assessment practitioners, using appropriate approaches o identify and analyse information needs and retrieve information when conducting assessments; o critically analyse, synthesise and evaluate quantitative and qualitative data to assist in the decision making process Main Content o An overview of competency based assessment, from a national and international perspective o The impact of legislation on the practice of assessments in general and competency based assessments in particular o Validity, bias and reliability studies o The development of competency based job profiles o Competency based assessment techniques, including interviews, role plays, group exercises, presentations o Generating assessment results/outcomes o Interpreting and reporting assessment results o Legislative and other organisational factors impacting on assessment results o The future of competency based assessment and competencies for the future o Ongoing researchcomputer generated competency based assessments Pre-requisites An Honours or 4-year Bachelor s degree in Industrial Psychology, Human Resource Management or Psychology that contains modules in Human Resource/Personnel Management and Psychometrics. Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 50 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 20 Selfstudy 80 Total Learning 200 Methods of Student Continuous 60% Formal 40% 200

202 Institute for Social Development Module Name DVS703 : Development Management Institute for Social Development Module Code DVS703 Module description Development Management Generic module name Development Studies 703 Credit Value 24 1 Semester Module Type Programme Level 7 o To provide students with a conceptual introduction to, and the opportunity to apply, basic tools and techniques of development management o To introduce students to basic concepts and principles of community development o To enhance students capacity to apply concepts and principles to actual situations o To enable students to consider development problems in communities that they know and to consider responses to those problems o To enhance students capacities to develop their own ideas and to communicate their ideas clearly o To strengthen students capacity to work in teams o To reinforce students inclination toward and commitment to service o To build students confidence and self-esteem, so that they see themselves as potential leaders of and contributors to development in their communities Main Content o Topics that will be covered include: o Theoretical overview of Development Management o Development Management in practice o Situation o Programme Conceptualization and Planning o Programme Implementation, Monitoring, and Evaluation o Use of Management Information Systems o Budgeting and Financial Management o Resource Mobilization o Negotiation and Representation o Leadership and Empowerment Pre-requisites Faculty Honours admission requirements Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Reading 25 Papers 25 Group assignments 30 Extra-class activities 10 Self-study 120 Total Learning

203 Methods of Student Method of Lecturer Class participation and presentations, 2 seminar papers, 5 group assignments, class tests and final examination (externally moderated) Lecturer is assessed through confidential evaluations written by students during the last class of the semester Module Name DVST 706 : Social Policy and Development Institute for Social Development Module Code DVS706 Module Description Social Policy and Development Credit Value 24 1 Semester Module Type Program Level 7 Outcomes of the course o Upon completion of the course students should o Have a framework within which to understand global problems of poverty and development; o Have the ability to understand, formulate and critique social policy in developing countries such as South Africa; o Have an overview of key social-economic policy areas such as employment creation, social security, education and training, health and labour, against the backdrop of poverty and inequality in developing countries such as South Africa; o Have improved analytical and writing skills, which are critical to engaging in policy debates. Main Content o Introduction to the course o Social issues and problems in our time o Social Policy as a response: Definitions, models and challenges o The socio-economic context coping with social problems within the context of globalisation o Models of social security o The crisis of the socialist, social-democratic model and conservative welfare states o The spread of the neo-liberal model to developing nations: South Africa and Chile o The relevance of gender to social policy: Measuring the impact of social policy o Measuring the impact of social policy o The challenge for social policy in developing countries o Labour o Job creation strategies: Small Business and Public works programmes. o Health o Education Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited combinations 202

204 Breakdown of Learning Methods of Student Contact with lecturer: 28 hours Assignments & tasks: 100 hours Tests & examinations: 48 hours Self-study 64 hours Total Learning 240 hours Weekly preparation papers, 2 long assignments, examination Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Institute for Social Development Module Topic Research Paper Generic Module Name Research Paper Alpha-numeric Code DVS720 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 30 1 Semester Proposed semester to be 2nd semester offered. Programmes in which the Bachelor of Arts, Honours in Development Studies module will be offered Year level 1 Upon completion of the module, students should be able to: Submit a feasible topic for research on a developments studies related research problem Conduct a literature review of the selected area of research Conduct either theoretical or empirical research Utilise the appropriate methods and techniques to gather relevant information Present and analyse the findings of the research Make appropriate recommendations Main Content Research Problem Conceptual Framework Analytical Framework Methodology Collection of data Analysis of data Interpretation of results Discussion of findings Conclusion and recommendations Pre-requisite modules Research Methods (DVS749) Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lecture pw 0 Assignments & tasks: 0 Tutorials pw 0 Practicals: 0 Practicals pw 0 203

205 s 150 Self-study 120 Other: Please specify Total Learning 300 Method of Student Final exam (Research paper) 100% Module type FA Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Institute for Social Development Module Topic Theories of Social Transformation Generic Module Name Theories of Social Transformation Alpha-numeric Code DVS721 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 20 1 Semester Proposed semester to be 1st Semester offered. Programmes in which the Bachelor of Arts, Honours in Development Studies module will be offered Year level 1 At the end of the module students should be able to: Distinguish, explain and compare concepts relevant to social transformation in developing countries Identify and compare role-players within local, national and international development context Identify and explain debates concerning social transformation Apply this knowledge to discuss issues, theories and policies relevant to social transformation in South Africa and interpret these and their consequences Main Content Introduction to the concept of development Development Theory: Marxist Development theories, Modernisation theory, and other selected social theory; Neo-liberal theories Basic sociological concepts: nature of power, gender, race and class, households and institutions, elites, stratification The nature of the of the state, market and civil society in the context of development The developmental state Capabilities Theory (eg. Sen) Social transformation in South Africa Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Economics for Development Studies (DVS722), Research Methods (DVS749) Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Lectures pw 4 Assignments & tasks 20 Practicals pw 0 204

206 s 48 Tutorials pw 1 Self-study 62 Practicals 0 Total Learning 200 Method of Student Course Work: Essays, Mid-term exam, Class tests Final Exam Module type CA and FA. Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Institute for Social Development Module Topic Economics for Development Studies Generic Module Name Economics for Development Studies Alpha-numeric Code DVS722 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 20 1 Semester Proposed semester to be 1st semester offered. Programmes in which the Bachelor of Arts, Honours in Development Studies module will be offered Year level 1 Upon completion of the module, students should be able to: Distinguish and describe economic terminology and the economic theories relevant for the understanding of problems of economic development and underdevelopment Explain economic options and trade-offs that are critical for development Apply this knowledge to analyse the determinants of the variance in the developmental outcome of different economic policies in South Africa Describe and compare political-economic development experiences in developing countries Investigate options for policy concerning economic development and the mitigation of negative outcomes from such development Main Content A: Introduction to development economics Issues in normative development economics Issues in positive development economics The development economists toolbox B: Components of economic development Factors of production: Physical, natural and financial capital Factors of production: Human and social capital Factors of production: Technology Strategic complementarities in economics Economic institutions C: Economic development and under-development problems and policies Political economy and governance Behavioral factors International factors 205

207 Geography, economic structure and economic development Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules DVS749, DVS721 Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures pw 4 Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals pw 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials pw 0 s 50 Self-study 94 Other: Please specify Total Learning 200 Method of Student Module type Course Work: Think pieces, Short essay,group work Long Essay 50% Final Exam: Long essay: 50% CA and FA Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Institute for Social Development Module Topic Urban and Regional Development (name change) Generic Module Name Urban and Regional Development (name change) Alpha-numeric Code DVS723 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 1 Term Proposed semester to be 2nd Semester offered. Programmes in which the Bachelor of Arts, Honours in Development Studies module will be offered Year level 1 At the end of the module students should be able to: Identify and explain the key theories, debates, and strategies in the field of urban and rural development Identify and explain rural and urban problems and issues. Apply this knowledge by critically analyzing these concepts to case study material drawn from the South African context Explain how rural to urban migration and globalization processes shape urban and rural areas Critically analyse and engage in the debate of current policy frameworks in relation to urban and rural development in South Africa Examine why certain urban and rural development initiatives succeed through a critical examination of case studies in other Third World countries. Main Content Overview of the state of development and/or underdevelopment of urban and rural areas in South Africa 206

208 Theories of and urban and rural development Globalization processes impact rural and urban development South African urbanization and rural development processes and spatial transformations in the postapartheid era, focusing on a critical appraisal of the government s rural development (including land reform) and urban development programmes. Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures pw 4 Assignments & tasks 70 Tutorials pw 0 Self-study 52 Practicals pw 0 Total Learning 150 Method of Student Course work: Team tasks, essays, class presentations 50% Final Exam, Long Essay 50% Module type CA and FA Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Institute for Social Development Module Topic Development Management and Planning Generic Module Name Development Management and Planning Alpha-numeric Code DVS724 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 1 Term Proposed semester to be 2nd semester offered. Programmes in which the Bachelor of Artsm Honours in Development Studies module will be offered Year level 1 At the end of the module students should be able to: Identify and explain the theory, concept, principles, basic tools and techniques of participatory development management. Identify and explain the challenges of development management and demonstrate the ability to formulate and apply concepts and principles to actual situations. Identify, explain and assess Project Cycle Management (problem identification, planning, implementation, monitoring and evaluation). Explain and assess the Logical Framework Approach (LFA) structuring the main elements in a project, highlighting logical linkages between intended inputs, planned activities and expected results. Apply this knowledge of management information systems by structuring the main elements of the approach for a case study project, highlighting logical 207

209 linkages between intended inputs, planned activities and expected results. Main Content Conceptual and theoretical overview of development management, situational assessment, project cycle, programme conceptualization and planning, programme implementation, monitoring and evaluation. Identification, planning, implementation, monitoring and evaluation of development projects and programmes Development management tools and techniques Problem solving and leadership Management information systems, budgeting and financial management, resource mobilization, budgets, = Strategic planning Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures pw 4 Assignments & tasks 40 Tutorial pw 0 s 30 Practicals pw 0 Self-study 52 Total Learning 150 Method of Student Course work: Group work, Essays, Mid-term test 50% Final Exam: Exam 50% Module type CA and FA. Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Institute for Social Development Module Topic Community Development in theory and practice Generic Module Name Community Development in theory and practice Alpha-numeric Code DVS725 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 1 Term Proposed semester to be 2nd semester offered. Programmes in which the Bachelor of Arts, Honours in Development Studies module will be offered Year level 1 Upon completion of the module, students should be able to: Distinguish and explain concepts and theories of community development Describe and compare options for community development Explain and compare current approaches, methodologies, institutions, processes and procedures for community development Apply this knowledge to critically analyse the social, legal, political and cultural influences that affect community level outcomes in developing countries 208

210 Describe, explain and compare options for policy concerning community development Main Content Conceptualization of community development within the framework of current development thinking Classical Community Development Theories Participatory, People centred Development Theories Building a base for Community Development Legislative framework of Community Development Participatory Rural Appraisal (PAR) Community Development Processes Assessing Community Community Development Lessons from NGOs Community Action Plan and Application Community Action Plan Participatory Monitoring and Evaluation (PM&E) Communication Skills and community development Leadership and community development Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lecture pw 4 Assignments & tasks: 20 Tutorials pw 0 Practicals: 0 Practicals pw 0 s 30 Self-study 72 Other: Please specify Total Learning 150 Method of Student Module type Course work: Group work, Short essays, Mid-term test 50% Final exam: Exam 50% CA and FA Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Institute for Social Development Module Topic Social Policy for Developing Countries (name change) Generic Module Name Social Policy for Developing Countries (name change) Alpha-numeric Code DVS726 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 1 Term Proposed semester to be 2nd semester offered. Programmes in which the Bachelor of Arts, Honours in Development Studies module will be offered Year level 1 At the end of the module students should be able to: Identify, explain and contrast concepts relevant to social policy in developing countries 209

211 Identify and explain debates concerning social policy though the application and comparison of alternative theories of welfare Explain and compare how different historical experiences and socio-political perspectives may lead to different kinds of policies; Identify, discuss and compare social policies in a number of key fields (eg. Disability, child support, old age, unemployment) Apply this knowledge by critically analysing case study policies which been formulated and institutionalised Main Content Social issues and problems in our time Social Policy as a response: Definitions, models and challenges The socio-economic context coping with social problems within the context of globalisation Models of social security, such as the social-democratic model and conservative welfare states The neo-liberal model in developing nations: South Africa and Chile; problem of this model from the perspective of the poor The Developmental State and social security in Latin America and Asia Cash transfers to the poor The relevance of gender to social policy Measuring the impact of social policy The challenges for social policy in developing countries in different fields such as housing, education, health care, food security and labour law The impact on the environment of all social and economic policies An elementary understanding of different theoretical models for analysing and interpreting social policy, such as the Capability Approach and the Livelihood Approach Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures pw 4 Assignments & tasks: 45 Practicals pw 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials pw 0 s 30 Self-study 47 Other: Please specify Total Learning 150 Method of Student Course Work: Short essays, Long essay: Final Exam: Long essay: Module type CA and FA 210

212 Module Name DVS731 : Theories of Social Transformation Institute for Social Development Module Code DVS731 Module Description Theories of Social Transformation Generic module name Development Studies 731 Credit Value 24 1 Semester Module Type Programme Level 7 o Students will have an understanding basic concepts critical to the development debate o Students will have an understanding of the dynamics o between these concepts and role-players within o development o Students will have an understanding the historical context o of the various theories of social transformation o Students will have an understanding how these theories fit o into the current debate around development o Students will be able to apply these theories to o contemporary developmental issues o Students will be able to apply these concepts to o contemporary South African development debate Main Content o The central backbone of this course is Development o Theory. o This we may divide into three streams: Marxist o Development theories, Modernisation theory, and Other Social theory. o Neo-liberal economic theories associated with the World o Bank and the International Monetary Fund. o We examine all of these theories with special reference to o South Africa. o We look at a number of basic sociological concepts which o illuminate the theories mentioned above i.e topics like the o nature of power, civil society and the nature of the state Pre-requisites Faculty Honours admission requirements Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 24 Reading 132 Papers 50 Preparation for semester 34 and class tests Total Learning 240 Methods of Student Participation, 2 papers, semester test, 5 class tests and final examination. Externally moderated Method of Lecturer Lecturer is assessed through confidential evaluations written by students during the last class of the semester 211

213 Module Name DVS732 : Economics for Development Studies Institute for Social Development Module Code DVS732 Module description Economics for Development Studies Generic module name Development Studies 732 Credit Value 24 1 Semester Module Type Programme Level 7 Upon completion of the course students should o Be acquainted with the recent economic history of a range of countries with economic policies of interest to developing countries. o Have an insight into the nature of the economic debates between free marketers, socialist democrats, socialists and developmental economists. o Know some of the more technical contemporary economic terminology important for an understanding of the discussions of economic issues in the media; o Develop a better understanding relevance of some of the contemporary economic policies for a developing country of the student s choice. Main Content o The nature of a free market economy and the limited but crucial regulating role a government plays in such an economy. o The key economic policies and debates in two countries with a free market orientation, e.g. the USA, Chile or Uganda. o The key features of a number welfare capitalist economies, with a social democratic or social market orientation. o Some of the key economic and social policies adopted in at least one welfare capitalist state, e.g. in Sweden, Germany or Norway. o The key economic policies of socialist states, including a discussion of the policies and reasons for transition of previous socialist states. o In broad outlines, the economic history of at least two socialist states, e.g. of Cuba, of the Soviet Union or of Mao s China. o The key economic strategies adopted in developmental states, and an overview of the reasons for their success. o An understanding in broad outlines of the history of two counties in which a successful developmental state emerged, e.g. of Malaysia, South Korea, Taiwan or of China post o An understanding, in the light of the experiences of the other countries, of the specific challenges faced by at least one African country, e.g. Ethiopia. Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations 212

214 Breakdown of Learning Hours -table requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 100 Tests & examinations: 58 Selfstudy 54 Total Learning 240 Methods of Student Weekly preparation for short tests on prescribed reading, 2 short (8-10pp) essays, an overview test and an examination (Externally moderated) Module Name DVS733 : Research Methodology Institute for Social Development Module Code DVS733 Module Description Research Methodology Generic Module Name Development Studies 733 Credit Value 24 Module Type Programme 1 Semester Level 7 A student will be able to: 1. to understand the logic and principles that guides social enquiry 2. to master the methods and techniques used to conduct social research using the different research paradigms and traditions 3 to apply correctly the different research paradigms, methods and techniques in the real world in real situations amongst real people. This module has a strong practical and empirical dimension and character. Social research methods cannot only be taught. In order to master the methods and techniques and to understand the philosophy and logic underpinning it, one has to apply the methods and techniques in the real world Main Content o The module will focus on: o The philosophy of science o The different types of research o Research design and problem formulation o Quantitative research design (surveys, sampling, questionnaire construction) o Qualitative studies o Participatory action research (par) o Evaluative research o Ethics and politics of (social) research Pre-requisite modules Faculty Honours admission requirements Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination 213

215 Breakdown of Learning Hours -table requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 Selfstudy 214 Total Learning 240 Methods of Student Active participation of students, a number of minor written worksheets, number of small class tests (non counting for year mark), one major empirical research project and a 3 hour 40 minute open book examination (Externally moderated) Module Name DVS734 : Urban and Regional Development Institute for Social Development Module Code DVS734 Module Description Urban and Regional Development Generic Module Name Development Studies 734 Credit Value 24 Module Type Programme 1 Semester Level 7 The student will be able to o Understand key historical and contemporary theories and concepts in social development generally and rural development theory and practice in particular o To apply these concepts to case study material drawn from the current South African and Southern African context. o To critically engage in debate and discussion of current official policy thinking and theoretical frameworks in relation to rural development in South and Southern Africa. o To understand why some local rural development initiatives o practices/interventions succeeded while others failed through o application of theoretical tools to empirical situations Main Content The module will focus on o Overview of the state of underdevelopment of the rural areas in Southern Africa with reference to rural poverty and its manifold of socio economic implications for both rural and urban areas o Analysis of the main theories of rural development, dealing with both the establish approaches like modernization theory as well a the more recent holistic, post modern and substantivist approaches including sustainable rural development paradigm o The Sustainable Rural Livelihood Approach as a methodological tool to the development of the rural areas o Micro and Rural Finance and MFIs as an critical interventionist strategy to sustainable rural development o The Land Reform Programme and its potential role in (under) development of our rural hinterland. 214

216 o The efficacy, sustainability and economic viability of contemporary Poverty Reduction Strategies Pre-requisite modules Faculty Honours admission requirements Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours -table requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Selfstudy 212 Total Learning 240 Methods of Student Active participation of students, a number of minor written worksheets, one major assignments and a 3 hour examination (Externally moderated) Module Name DVS746: Community Development in Theory and Practice Institute for Social Development Module Code DVS746 Module Description Community Development in Theory and Practice Generic module name Development Studies 746 Credit Value 24 1 semester Module Type Programme Level 7 Aims of the course: o To create a more complete understanding and clarity on: o The theoretical origins of community development o Theoretical changes regarding community development within the broader framework of development thinking o The current views on community development based on the practical situation in South Africa and Africa and the Third World o To stimulate critical thought and academic debate on the topic of community development o To introduce students to basic concepts and principles of community development and to enhance students capacity to apply concepts and principles to actual situations o To provide students with the opportunity to apply basic tools needed to facilitate action in the 21st century o To enable students to consider development problems in communities that they know and to consider responses to those problems Main Content Specific module content o Conceptualization of community development within the framework of current development thinking o Classical Development Theories o Alterative Development Theories o Building a base for Community Development o Legislative framework of Community Development o Participatory Rural Appraisal (PAR) o Community Development Process o Assessing Community 215

217 o Community Development Lessons from NGOs o Community Action Plan and o Application Community Action Plan o Participatory Monitoring and Evaluation (PM&E) o Communication Skills and CD o Leadership and CD Pre-requisites Degree Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Reading 35 Papers 35 Internship/Research report 40 Extra-class activities 10 Self-study 90 Total Learning 240 Methods of Student Method of Lecturer Class participation, one individual based long essay (8 pages) and one short essay (6 pages) as well as an internship report (8 pages). group assignments, class tests and final examination Lecturer is assessed through confidential evaluations written by students during the last class of the semester Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Institute for Social Development Module Topic Research Methodology for Development Studies Generic Module Name Research Methodology Alpha-numeric Code DVS749 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 20 1 Semester Proposed semester to be 1st Semester offered. Programmes in which the BA Hons (Development Studies) module will be offered Year level 1 At the end of the module students should be able to: Apply this knowledge by drafting a research proposal using techniques appropriate to their research question. Describe, define, contrast and explain the theory and principles of social science research methods Demonstrate the expertise in research design of the empirical research using some of the main data collection and analysis techniques Describe, define, contrast and explain methods of enquiry in development studies; Demonstrate the ability to critically evaluate scientific literature, synthesise knowledge and make a logical argument. 216

218 Apply this knowledge by providing academic writing and oral skills, including the ability to engage with and respond appropriately to the presentation of team work. Main Content Introduction to literature and referencing procedures The planning of a research proposal The philosophy of science The scientific research process The different types of research Research design and problem formulation Quantitative research design (surveys, sampling, questionnaire construction) Qualitative studies The ethics and politics of social research Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules DVS 722, DVS 721 Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Lectures p.w. 4 Assignments & tasks: 25 Practicals p.w. Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 s 15 Selfstudy 90 Other: Please specify Total Learning 200 Method of Student CAM 50% Final Exam (50%) Module type CFA Module Name DVS807 : Social Policy and Development ISD Module description Social Policy for Developing Countries Generic module name Development Studies 807 Alpha-numeric code DVS807 Credit Value 24 1 Semester Module Type Level Programme Outcomes of the course Upon completion of the course students should o Understand how different historical experiences and socio-political perspectives may lead to different kinds of policies; o Critically analyse social policies appropriate for a developing country; o Understand how policies are formulated and institutionalised; o Have a thorough understanding of social policy in a number of key fields; o Be able to write a green paper on a social policy issue. 217

219 Main Content o Social issues and problems in our time o Social Policy as a response: Definitions, models and challenges o The socio-economic context coping with social problems within the context of globalisation o Models of social security o The social-democratic model and conservative welfare states o The spread of the neo-liberal model to developing nations: South Africa and Chile; problem of this model o The Developmental State o The relevance of gender to social policy o Measuring the impact of social policy o The challenge for social policy in developing countries o Labour policies important for social development, with specific reference to the debates in South Africa o Education policies important for social development, with specific reference to the debates in South Africa o Job creation strategies: Public works programmes. o Health policies important for social development with specific reference to the South African debates. o The impact on the environment of all social and economic policies. Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 60 Tests & examinations: 72 Selfstudy 80 Total Learning 240 Methods of Student 5 Weekly preparation papers, 1 long assignment, examination (Externally moderated) Module Name DVS808 : Development Management ISD Module description Development Management Generic module name Development Studies 808 Alpha-numeric code DVS808 Credit Value 24 2 semester Module Type Programme Level 8 o To provide students with a theoretical understanding and conceptual introduction to development management o To provide students the opportunity to apply, basic tools and techniques of development management o To introduce students to basic concepts and principles of community development 218

220 o To enhance students capacity to apply concepts and principles to actual situations o To enable students to consider development problems in communities that they know and to consider responses to those problems Main Content Topics that will be covered include: o Overview of Development Management o Contextualisation of development o Contemporary Management Theories and Approaches o Critiques of and Alternatives to Conventional Planning and Management Ideas and Practices o The institutional role players in development o Development Management in practice: i.e. Public participation and integrated development planning o Situation, Programme Conceptualization and Planning o Programme Implementation, Monitoring, and Evaluation o Use of Management Information Systems o Budgeting and Financial Management o Resource Mobilization o Negotiation and Representation o Leadership and Empowerment Pre-requisites Honours Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 50 Reading 100 Papers 60 Group assignments 20 Extra-class activities 10 Total Learning 240 Methods of Student Presentations, Seminar papers, class test and final Method of Lecturer examination Lecturer is assessed through confidential evaluations written by students during the last class of the semester Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Institute for Social Development Module Topic Theories of Social Transformation Generic Module Name Theories of Social Transformation Alpha-numeric Code DVS821 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 30 Semester Proposed semester to be 1st Semester offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Master in Development Studies, M. Phil (Land & Agrarian Studies), M. Phil in Citizenship Studies Year level 1 219

221 At the end of the module students should be able to: Distinguish, assess and interpret advanced concepts relevant to social transformation in developing countries Explain the dynamics between these concepts and the role-players within local, national and international contexts Identify and explain debates concerning social transformation though the application and comparison of alternative social theories Apply this knowledge to examine issues, theories and policies relevant to social transformation in the Global South and critically analyse these and their consequences Investigate options for policy concerning social transformation and the mitigation of negative outcomes from transformation Main Content Introduction to the concept of development Development Theory: Marxist Development theories, Modernisation theory, and other selected social theory; Neo-liberal theories Social theories including globalisation (eg. Castells), nature of power (eg. Foucalt), post-modernism (eg. Ferguson, Escobar, Fanon), structuration (eg. Giddens) and Reflexivity (eg Popper, Gay). The nature of the state, market and civil society in the context of development, developmental states and predatory states Debates in Social Choice Theory and more specifically Capabilities Theory (eg. Sen, Nausbaum, Finnes) Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Economics for Development Studies (DVS822), Research Methods (DVS850) Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures pw 4 Assignments & tasks 80 Practicals pw 0 s 70 Tutorials 0 Self-study 94 Practicals 0 Total Learning 300 Method of Student Course Work: Short essays, Long Essay, Oral exam 50% Final exam: Exam 50% Module type CA and FA Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Institute for Social Development Module Topic Economics for Development Studies Generic Module Name Economics for Development Studies Alpha-numeric Code DVS822 NQF Level 9 220

222 NQF Credit Value 30 1 Semester Proposed semester to be 1st semester offered Programmes in which the Master in Development Studies, M. Phil (Land & Agrarian module will be offered Studies), M. Phil in Citizenship Studies Year level 1 Upon completion of the module, students should be able to: Distinguish, assess and interpret economic concepts, terminology and arguments and the economic theories relevant for the understanding of problems of economic development and under-development. Examine and evaluation key economic options, trade-offs and policies at the micro-, meso- and macro-level that are critical for development Explain and compare the applicability of specific economic policies to solve problems of economic underdevelopment based on a rigorous theoretical and comparative analysis. Apply this knowledge to analyse the domestic and international determinants of different economic policies that have been adopted in developing countries Apply this knowledge to critically analyse the social, legal, political and cultural influences that affect economic outcomes in developing countries Investigate and compare political-economic experiences of developed and developing countries Investigate options for policy concerning economic development and the mitigation of negative outcomes from such development Main Content A: The Development Economics Toolbox Introduction to development economics Basic principles of macroeconomic for development Basic principles of microeconomics for development Measuring economic development B: Alternative economic explanations of Development and Underdevelopment Standard economic growth theories of development Institutional and evolutionary theories of development Behavioural and experimental economic theories of development The political economy of development and underdevelopment C: Economic Analysis of Selected Development Problems Public finance and the budget Trade theory for development policies Agriculture and rural development Economic development problems and policies Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination DVS850, DVS

223 A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures pw 4 Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals pw 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials pw 0 s 60 Self-study 174 Other: Please specify Total Learning 300 Method of Student Course Work: Short essays, Research paper 50% Final Exam: Long essay: 50% Module type CA and FA Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Institute for Social Development Module Topic Urban and Regional Development (name change) Generic Module Name Urban and Regional Development (name change) Alpha-numeric Code DVS823 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 1 Term Proposed semester to be 2nd Semester offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Master in Development Studies, M. Phil (Land & Agrarian Studies), M. Phil in Citizenship Studies Year level 1 At the end of the module students should be able to: Distinguish, assess and interpret the key theories, debates, and strategies in the field of urban and rural development Examine, explain, compare and interpret rural and urban problems and issues. Apply this knowledge by critically analyzing these concepts using case study material drawn from the South African and other third world contexts Explain and justify how rural to urban migration and globalization processes shape urban and rural areas Critically analyse and engage in the debate of current policy frameworks in relation to urban and rural development in South Africa and in other third world contexts Investigate why certain urban and rural development initiatives succeed through a critical examination of case studies in other Third World countries. Main Content Overview of the state of development and/or underdevelopment of urban and rural areas in South Africa Theories of and urban and rural development Globalization processes and rural and urban development South African urbanization and rural development processes and spatial transformations in the post- 222

224 apartheid era, focusing on a critical appraisal of the government s rural development (including land reform) and urban development programmes. Comparative experiences of urban and regional development Institutions and governance in urban and rural environments Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures pw 4 Assignments & tasks 50 Tutorials pw 0 Self-study 72 Practicals pw 0 Total Learning 150 Method of Student Course work: Team tasks, essays, class presentations 50% Final Exam: Long Essay 50% Module type CA and FA Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Institute for Social Development Module Topic Development Management and Planning Generic Module Name Development Management and Planning Alpha-numeric Code DVS824 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 1 Term Proposed semester to be 2nd semester offered Programmes in which the Master in Development Studies, M. Phil (Land & Agrarian module will be offered Studies), M. Phil in Citizenship Studies Year level 1 At the end of the module students should be able to: Distinguish, assess and interpret the theoretical and conceptual framework of development management; and demonstrate the ability, skills, responsibilities development management in an effective and efficient manner within a changing environment. Explain and justify all stages of the Project Cycle Management and demonstrate the skills in identifying the causal relationships between the different levels of objectives, provides indicators to check whether these objectives have been achieved and establishes what assumptions outside the project may influence its success. Explain and synthesize the challenges of development management and demonstrate the ability to formulate and apply concepts and principles to actual situations; and demonstrate confidence and self-esteem, so that they see themselves as potential leaders of and 223

225 contributors to development in their communities Apply this knowledge by demonstrate the ability to develop and manage a Project Cycle Management (problem identification, planning, implementation, monitoring and evaluation); and show the ability of applying/using the general management principles and important functions (planning, organizing, directing and controlling). Apply this knowledge by using the Logical Framework (Logframe), to design a systematic map of a project s objectives and activities. Main Content Conceptual and theoretical overview of development management, situational assessment, project cycle, programme conceptualization and planning, programme implementation. Planning, implementing, monitoring and evaluation development projects/programmes. Identification, planning, implementation, monitoring and evaluation of development projects and programmes Development management tools and techniques Problem solving and leadership using case studies Management information systems, budgeting and financial management, resource mobilization, budgets Strategic planning Development management, situation assessment, programme conceptualization and planning, programme implementation, monitoring, and evaluation, Logical Framework (Logframe), use of management information systems, budgeting and financial management, resource mobilization, negotiation and representation, leadership and empowerment within the context of Development Studies. Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures pw 4 Assignments & tasks 20 Tutorials pw 0 s 30 Practicals pw 0 Self-study 72 Total Learning 150 Method of Student Course work: Team project, Essay, Mid-term test 50% Final exam: Exam 50% Module type CA and FA Faculty Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Economics and Management Sciences Institute for Social Development Community Development in Theory and Practice Community Development DVS

226 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 1 Term Proposed semester to be 2nd semester offered. Programmes in which the Master in Development Studies, M. Phil (Land & Agrarian module will be offered Studies), M. Phil in Citizenship Studies Year level 1 Upon completion of the module, students should be able to: Distinguish, assess and interpret concepts and theories of community development Examine and evaluate options and limitations for community development Explain, compare and evaluate current and emerging approaches, methodologies, institutions, processes and procedures for community development Apply this knowledge to critically analyse the social, legal, political and cultural influences that affect community level outcomes in developing countries Apply this knowledge to design and critically analyse strategies for community development including community self-assessment, group processes, network analysis and leadership development Investigate and propose options for policy concerning community development and the mitigation of negative outcomes from such development Main Content A: Community Development Theory: The concept of community and differences in a historical, urban or rural context. Historical and theoretical roots of community development and the linkage between these and various current theories of practice. Strategies for community regeneration and development which promote sustainability in their local areas will be explored. Community development principles and practices, community relations and community development in developing countries and South Africa Critical examination of the process of community development and associated projects Major Issues in Community Development B: Community Development Practice: Processes, stages, skills and knowledge involved in community development and project management. Practical issues of community Community project management, planning and control. Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination 225

227 A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lecture pw 4 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals pw 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials pw 0 s 30 Self-study 52 Other: Please specify Total Learning 150 Method of Student Course Work: Group work, Short essays, Long Essay Mid-term test 50% Final Exam: Exam 50% Module type CA and FA Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Institute for Social Development Module Topic Social Policy for Developing Countries (name change) Generic Module Name Social Policy for Developing Countries (name change) Alpha-numeric Code DVS827 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 1 Term Proposed semester to be 2nd semester offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Master in Development Studies, M. Phil (Land & Agrarian Studies), M. Phil in Citizenship Studies Year level 1 At the end of the module students should be able to: Distinguish, assess and interpret advanced concepts relevant to social policy in developing countries Identify and explain debates concerning social policy though the application and comparison of alternative theories of welfare Explain and compare how different historical experiences and socio-political perspectives may lead to different kinds of policies; Critically analyse social protection policies appropriate for a developing country; Identify, discuss and compare social protection policies in a number of key fields (eg. Disability, child support, old age, unemployment) Apply this knowledge by critically analysing case study policies which have been formulated and institutionalised; Apply this knowledge by proposing and critically reviewing a policy document on a social protection issue. Main Content Social issues and problems in our time Social Policy as a response: Definitions, models and challenges The socio-economic context coping with social problems within the context of globalisation Models of social security 226

228 The social-democratic model and conservative welfare states The spread of the neo-liberal model to developing nations: South Africa and Chile; problem of this model The Developmental State The relevance of gender to social policy Measuring the impact of social policy The challenge for social policy in developing countries Labour policies important for social development, with specific reference to the debates in South Africa Education policies important for social development, with specific reference to the debates in South Africa Job creation strategies: Public works programmes. Health policies important for social development with specific reference to the South African debates. The impact on the environment of all social and economic policies. Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures pw 4 Assignments & tasks: 28 Practicals pw 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials pw 0 s 30 Self-study 64 Other: Please specify Total Learning 150 Method of Student Course Work: Short essays 50% Long essay: Final Exam: Long essay: 50% Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Institute for Social Development Module Topic Poverty and Inequality (name change) Generic Module Name Poverty and Inequality (name change) Alpha-numeric Code DVS828 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 1 Term Proposed semester to be 2nd semester offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered Master in Development Studies, M. Phil (Land & Agrarian Studies), M. Phil in Citizenship Studies Year level 1 Upon completion of the course students should be able to: Distinguish, assess and interpret concepts, causes and measures of poverty and inequality Compare, assess and critically analyse poverty reduction policies and the extent to which they can contribute to 227

229 enabling development, economic growth and poverty reduction. Identify, describe, critically analyse and apply relevant social and economic theories to problems related to the reduction of poverty and inequality. Compare, describe, critically analyse the economic, political and cultural determinants and of the institutional and situational context dependency of the effectiveness of different means of poverty reduction. Apply this knowledge by deriving theory and research based policy recommendations that enable development and poverty reduction and that are adapted to developing country contexts. Main Content Conceptualisation and critical analysis of different definitions, measurements and causes of poverty and inequality. Overview and critical analysis of different social and economic theories of poverty and inequality. Overview and critical analysis of economic theories in the field of public and development economics that are relevant for the analysis of the effectiveness of poverty reduction policies Critical discussion of the possibilities, limitations and determinants of the following means of public policy to enable poverty reduction: Livelihoods Savings, Remittances and Donations Direct and Indirect Taxation State Owned Enterprises and Public/Private Partnerships Asset Redistribution Social Protection Foreign and Domestic Investment Foreign Aid Two Case Studies Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures pw 4 Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals pw 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials pw 0 s 30 Self-study 82 Other: Please specify Total Learning 150 Method of Student Course Work: Short essay, Research paper Final Exam: Long essay: Module type CA and FA 228

230 Module Name DVS831: Theories of Social Transformation - Masters Institute for Social Development Module Code DVS831 Module Description Theories of Social Transformation Generic module name Development Studies 831 Credit Value 24 1 semester Module Type Programme Level 9 o Students will have an understanding of basic concepts critical to the development debate o Students will have an understanding of the dynamics between these concepts and role-players within the international development context o Students will have an ability to deconstruct debate around development though the application of social theories. o Students will make class presentations to fellow masters students o Students will have an an ability to think critically about issues surrounding social transformation Main Content o Development Theory. o Divided into three streams: Marxist Development theories, Modernisation theory, and other social theory i.e. o Neo-liberal and Keynesian macro -economic theories o Other topics like the globalisation (Castells), nature of Power (Foucault), post- Modernism (Ferguson, Escobar, Fanon), structuration (Giddens) and the nature of the state. o Finally in the course the Social Choice Theory of Amartya Sen Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 24 Reading 180 Papers 36 Total Learning 240 Methods of Student Participation, 7 papers (of which one paper serve as the theoretical chapter of their theses), final oral examination Method of Lecturer Lecturer is assessed through confidential evaluations written by students during the last class of the semester Module Name DVS832: Economics for Development Studies Institute for Social Development Module Code DVS832 Module Description Economics for Development Generic module name Development Studies 832 Credit Value

231 1 Semester Module Type Programme Level 9 Upon completion of the course students should o Be thoroughly acquainted with the economic terminology and the economic theories relevant for the understanding of a number of key economic policies at the micro-, meso- and macro-level that are critical for development o Have developed the ability to argue for or against the applicability of specific economic policies based on a rigorous theoretical and comparative analysis. o Have developed a thorough understanding of domestic and international as well as the economic, legal, political and cultural determinants of the variance in the developmental outcome of different economic policies across different countries o Be acquainted with the political-economic development experiences of a broad range of developed and developing countries Main Content o Overview, application and critical analysis of different institutional economic and political-economic theories relevant for a comparative analysis of the developmental outcome of different types of political-economic systems o Critical analysis of the developmental impact of the economic system, that is, different types of economic policies and economic institutions at the micro- (organisational), meso- (industry/market) and macro (economy) level. Policies and other institutions discussed vary depending on the interest and background of the students and the current developmental relevance and may comprise some of the following: micro-level: property rights regimes (ownership), governance structures, contracting, corporate social responsibility, organisational culture etc meso-level: industry regulations, competition policies, market liberalisation, privatisations macro-level: inflation policies, monetary policies, (un)employment policies etc Critical analysis of the influence of the legal and judicial system on development o Critical analysis of the influence of the politicalconstitutional system on development o Critical analysis of the international economic system (e.g. international treaties, multilateral agreements etc) on development o Critical analysis of the influence of the cultural system, such as religions, social norms, collective beliefs and traditions on development o Critical discussion of the (systemic and non-systemic) determinants of the development and dynamics of economic and financial crises o Depending on the interest and background of the students as well as the current developmental relevance, up to 6 different country experiences from low, middle, 230

232 and high income countries are discussed (such as, for example, China, South Africa, Argentine, Bolivia, Brazil, Malaysia, Germany, Sweden, India, Russia, Cuba etc) and are systematically compared. Pre-requisites Preferably the honours in Comparative Economics, the masters in Poverty Alleviation and Public Finance or other courses or experiences which can provide the students with an equivalent economic background on development Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 100 Tests & examinations: 3 Selfstudy 100 Total Learning 240 Methods of Student A varying combination of the following: One to two case studies & presentations, two short essays (a 8 to 10 pages) or one long essay (25 to 30 pages), final written exam (externally moderated) Module Name DVS834 : Urban and Regional Development Institute for Social Development Module Topic Urban and Regional Development Generic Module Name Development Studies 834 Alpha-numeric Code DVS834 Credit Value 24 Module Type Programme 1 Semester Level 8 1. Understand key historical and contemporary concepts in rural development theory and practice 2. Ability to apply these concepts to case study material drawn from the current South African and Southern African context. 3. Ability to critically engage in debate and discussion of current official policy thinking and theoretical frameworks in relation to rural development in South and Southern Africa. 4. Ability to understand why some local rural development initiatives practices/interventions succeeded while others failed through application of theoretical tools to empirical situations 5. Ability to contribute to a critical debate regarding appropriate rural development strategies and general policy development for SA Main Content The module will focus on: The Masters module broadly covers the same crucial aspects and themes covered in the Honours module with more concentrated focus on theories and some additional themes included. 231

233 1. Overview of the state of underdevelopment of the rural areas in Southern Africa with reference to rural poverty and its manifold of socio economic implications for both rural and urban areas 2. Analysis of the main theories of rural development, dealing with both the establish approaches like modernization theory as well a the more recent holistic, post modern and substantivist approaches including sustainable rural development paradigm 3. Different agri economic models for Africa 4. The Sustainable Rural Livelihood Approach as a methodological tool to the development of the rural areas 5. Exploration and assessment of Government s contemporary conceptual thinking and policy implementation (ISRDS) regarding the sustainable economic transformation of the rural areas of SA. 6. Micro and Rural Finance and MFIs as an critical interventionist strategy to sustainable rural development 7. Pro Poor Tourism and Sustainable Rural development 8. The Land Reform Programme and its potential role in (under) development of our rural hinterland. 9. Rural Education: Sowing the Seeds of Learning 10. The efficacy, sustainability and economic viability of contemporary Poverty Reduction Strategies 11. Designing a conceptual framework for appropriate and sustainable agri rural development for SA Pre-requisite modules Normal academic requirements relevant for entrée to Masters. Co-requisite modules Masters Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 0 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. Selfstudy 212 Total Learning 240 Methods of Student Active participation of students, a number of minor written worksheets, three major assignments and a 3.5 hour examination Module Name DVS839 : Social Problems Institute for Social Development Module Topic Social Problems Generic Module Name Development Studies 839 Alpha-numeric Code DVS839 Credit Value 24 Module Type Programme One Semester Level 8 232

234 o Understanding of the dynamics various social problems o Understanding of the historical context within which social problems exist in South Africa and the importance of paying attention to historical context o Understanding of social problems within a development framework o Understand how some social problems can be socially constructed that further the agendas of those in power o Ability to apply critical eye to development itself through the exploration of the deeper causes of social problems (e.g., social, economic & structural inequality) o Deep historical exploration and sharing of own social/cultural/familial group to evidence social challenges and strengths. o Some experience with teaching honours students Main Content o Application of work of current development theorists to understand elements and critique social problems and development in South Africa and sub-saharan Africa o Use of theoretical work of current development theorists to critically explore the concepts of poverty, poverty reduction and poverty production o Use of recent critiques of development paradigms to propose alternative approaches to social problems and their resolution o Use of specific case studies of social problems as selected by students in consultation with the lecturing staff to apply and critique these theoretical approaches Pre-requisite modules Normal academic requirements relevant for entrée to Masters. Co-requisite modules Masters Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 36 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. Tests & examinations: 3 Selfstudy 201 Total Learning 240 Methods of Student Class participation and presentations (10%) Preparation of research proposal (10%) Research project and seminar paper (30) Final examination (40%) Module Name DVS841 : Research Method Institute for Social Development Module Topic Research Methods Generic Module Name Development Studies 841 Alpha-numeric Code DVS841 Credit Value 24 Module Type Programme 233

235 One Semester Level 8 A student will be able to: 1. understand the logic and principles that guides social enquiry 2. examine the most influential paradigms/traditions of social sciences, that include logical positivism, interpretisvism/phenomenology, critical theory, feminism and post-modernism 3. understand that research includes quantitative, qualitative or participatory methods 4. master the methods and techniques used to conduct social research using the different research paradigms and traditions 5. understand that research is a process and involves a number of different stages 6. Access a range of appropriate information as the basis for research using different methodological tools 7. Analyse and synthesise gathered information 8. Include researched material in reports 9. Interpret documents for their value in terms of their research content 10. construct a research proposal for Masters dissertation Main Content The module will focus on o Introduction to literature and referencing procedures o The planning of a research proposals o The philosophy of science o The scientific research process o The different types of research o Research design and problem formulation o Quantitative research design (surveys, sampling, questionnaire construction) o Qualitative studies o Participatory action research (par) o Evaluative research o The ethics and politics of social research o Data collection and sampling methods o Data processing, data analysis and interpretation of results o Introduction to computer packages, computer analysis of data o Graphical representation of results. o Report writing Pre-requisite modules Normal academic requirements relevant for entrée to Masters. Co-requisite modules Masters Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 0 Practicals p.w. 234

236 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. Selfstudy 214 Total Learning 240 Methods of Student Class participation and presentations (10%) Preparation of research proposal (10%) Research project and seminar paper (30) Final examination (40%) Module Name DVS843 : Poverty and Public Finance ISD Module description Poverty and Public Finance Generic module name Development Studies 843 Alpha-numeric code DVS843 Credit Value 24 1 Semester Module Type Programme Level 8 Upon completion of the course students should o have a detailed understanding of concepts, causes and measures of (under)development and poverty (reduction) o have a detailed understanding of different means of public finance and to what extent they can contribute to enabling both development and poverty alleviation. o have a detailed understanding of, be able to critically discuss and to apply relevant economic theories in the field of public economics and development economics to problems related to public finance, development and poverty alleviation. o have a detailed understanding of the economic, political and cultural determinants and of the institutional and situational context dependency of the effectiveness of different means of public finance. o have the ability to derive theory based policy recommendations that enable development and poverty alleviation and that are adapted to developing country contexts. Main Content o A thorough conceptualisation and critical analysis of different definitions and measurements causes of (under)development and poverty o Overview and critical analysis of different economic theories of (under) development. o Overview and critical analysis of (micro) economic theories in the field of public and development economics that are relevant for the analysis of the effectiveness of means of public finance, especially Neoclassical Economics, New Institutional Economics and Behavioural Economics o Critical discussion of the possibilities and limitations and determinants of the following means of public finance to enable development and poverty alleviation: o Savings & Remittances o Direct and Indirect Taxation o State Owned Enterprises 235

237 o Privatisations o Public Private Partnerships o Foreign (Direct & Portfolio) Investments o (Official and Private) Foreign Aid o Two Case Studies: The Determinants of Foreign Aid Effectiveness & Negotiating Public Private Partnership Contracts Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 100 Tests & examinations: 3 Selfstudy 100 Total Learning 240 Methods of Student Course Work: Memorandum writing exercise, two short essays, two case studies including presentations, final written exam Module Name DVS846 : Community Development in Theory and Practice ISD Module description Community Development in Theory and Practice Generic module name Development Studies 846 Alpha-numeric code DVS846 Credit Value 24 1 semester Module Type Programme Level Masters Aims: o To provide students with a conceptual introduction to, and the opportunity to apply, basic tools and techniques of community development, including: o Conceptualization and theories of community development o Historical and theoretical roots of community development o Community development principles, processes, models and debates o of communities o The community action planning process o Dealing with differences and diversity o Basic group processes o Community communications o Impact assessment and measuring outcomes o Networks, partnerships and coalitions o The local economic base and strategies for economic development o Participatory research approaches o Leadership in communities 236

238 Main Content o To enhance students capacity to apply concepts and principles to actual situations and equip students with practical skills in facilitating a participatory, people centred grassroots process; o To reinforce students inclination toward and commitment to service o To build students confidence and self-esteem, so that they see themselves as potential leaders of and contributors to development in their communities and in their country o The course will broaden the experience of people in community development practice who work in such specific areas as health education, worker education, environmental education and training, rural development and local government, agriculture, public works programmes etc. o It will empower students to function effectively and expand their knowledge in a rapidly changing micro and macro society. Programme outline: I: Community Development Theory: o This section introduces community development theory: The following aspects will be addressed: o Defining and examining the concept of community and understanding the differences in a historical, urban or rural context. o An examination of the historical and theoretical roots of community development and the linkage between these and various current theories of practice. Current strategies for community regeneration and development which promote sustainability in their local areas will be explored. o Defining community development, its link to poverty reduction processes, Community development principles and practices, community relations and community development in developing countries and South Africa o A general overview of the community development field will be provided and an introduction to the key principles and debates in community development. o A critical examination of the process of community development and associated projects by discussing a number of models through which this work is undertaken. o Major Issues in Community Development This section aims to critically explore the impact of some key issues and how they impact on community development. Examples of such topics are: o Gender and community development o The environment and community development o The impact of globalisation (globalisation) of the local economy II: Community Development Practice: o This section introduces community development practice: The following aspects will be addressed: o The first section aims to engage students in the key processes, stages, skills and knowledge involved in 237

239 community development and project management. o Practical issues of community development will be dealt with including community mobilisation and how to engage community members in participatory methods of dealing with community challenges as well as handling local initiatives. o Students will be introduced to the field of project management, planning and control with particular emphasis on community-based development projects. Pre-requisites Honour s degree Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 50 Reading 100 Papers 60 Group assignments 20 Extra-class activities 10 Total Learning 240 Methods of Student Method of Lecturer : Throughout the semester a diversified mode of evaluation will be carried out which includes the following: Long essay on individual prescribed topics Class participation Group work and presentations Research project and internship Externally moderated Lecturer is assessed through confidential evaluations written by students during the last class of the semester Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Institute for Social Development Module Topic Research Methodology for Development Studies Generic Module Name Research Methodology Alpha-numeric Code DVS850 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 30 1 Semester Proposed semester to be 1st Semester offered. Programmes in which the Master in Development Studies module will be offered Year level 1 At the end of the module students should be able to: Prepare a research proposal for a Masters mini-thesis Describe, define, contrast and explain theoretical ideas and logic of social science research method including logical positivism, interpretivism/phenomenology, critical theory, feminism and postmodernism Describe, define, contrast and explain quantitative, qualitative and participatory data collection and data 238

240 analysis techniques used by social science researchers. Apply high level of knowledge by demonstrating the use of social science research methods in their own research using secondary data, proposing techniques appropriate to their research question in order to reach relevant and confirmable conclusions. Apply these techniques using a statistical package used for social science research data analysis Analyse, synthesise and explain the results of their research Main Content Introduction to literature and referencing procedures The planning of a research proposals The philosophy of science The scientific research process The different types of research Research design and problem formulation Quantitative research design (surveys, sampling, questionnaire construction) Qualitative studies Participatory action research Evaluative research The ethics and politics of social research Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Economics for Development Studies (DVS 822) Theories of Social Transformation (DVS 821) Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 84 Lectures p.w. 4 Assignments & tasks: 60 Practicals p.w. Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 2 s 10 Selfstudy 146 Other: Please specify Total Learning 300 Method of Student CA (50%) Final Examination (50%) Module type CFA 239

241 School of Business & Finance CORE MODULES Business Communication Business Finance Economics for Managers Employee Management Finance Research & Communication Financial Accounting 1 Financial & Analytical Techniques Financial Management Information Systems & Technology Intro to Information Systems Management Skills Development Module Codes Prerequisites MDP Senior MDP Adv Diploma in Management MDP569 MDP579 - C MDP580 ADM668 MDP581 MDP549 ADM617 MAN749 MDP578 MAN651 MAN755 FRC611 RCF711 ACC681 ACC781 ADM635 MDP556 ADM622 MAN756 ADM647 MAN747 ADM(Finance) ADM(Financial Planning) Postgrad Dip in Management PGDM (Finance) BCom(Hons)(Management) BCom(Hons)(Finance) Honours in Bus. Admin C - E - E MDP548/ AADM61 6/ MAN748 MDP551/ AADM61 8/MAN75 1 ADM616/ MAN748 MDP553/ ADM619/ MAN753 ADM622 MDP556 - E E C C C C C C C C - E E - - C C C E C - E C - C E C E MDP580/ ADM668/ ADM616/ MAN748 - E E C C E C C C C C C C - E E C C C C MDP550 - C MDP579 - C Marketing MDP E C - - C - C C C - Honours in Finance/Inv (closed) 240

242 Operations Management Principles of Management Accounting Principles of Management & Business ADM620 MAN754 MDP557 ADM623 MAN757 MDP553 ADM619 MAN753 MDP551 ADM618 MAN751 MDP551/ ADM618/ MAN751 - E C - - C - C C C E E C C C C E C - C - C - C C C C C C C C C Module Codes CORE MODULES cont Quantitative MDP548 Analysis ADM616 Quantitative Mgt Topics - see Fin & Analytical Techniques Research & Comm for Business Strategic Management SME consulting C Core E Elective - - Not Applicable MAN748 MAN710 ADM626 RCB711 ADM629 MAN769 ADM610 MAN732 Prerequisites MDP580/ 581 ADM668 ADM622 MAN756 ADM618 MAN751 ADM618/ MAN751, ADM620/ MAN754, ADM623/ MAN757 MDP Senior MDP Adv Diploma in Management ADM(Finance) ADM(Financial Planning) Postgrad Dip in Management PGDM (Finance) BCom(Hons)(Management) BCom(Hons)(Finance) Honours in Bus. Admin (closed) Honours in Finance/Inv (closed) - E E C C E C E - C C - - E - E - E - E - - C - C - C E E - C E C E C E 241

243 Module Codes Prerequisites FINANCE & FINANCIAL PLANNING Adv. Financial Management MAN704 MAN312/ ADM622MAN756 Retirement RPP715 IST714/ IST310/ Planning LTI614 Adv Management MAN745 ADM619/ Accounting MAN753 Financial ACC782 ACC681/ Accounting 2 ACC781 Financial MAN706 MAN604,MAN70 Analysis ACC681 4 ACC781 Financial ADM632 ADM668, Planning Finance Research Finance Research Report Finance Seminar (Currency Risk Management) Financial Statement Analysis Investment Analysis Investment Management FRP711 ADM622 MAN314,ADM62 6 FRC311, RCF711; MAN307,ADM60 5 MAN705;MAN31 2 MAN756,ADM62 2 Senior MDP Adv Diploma in Management ADM(Finance) ADM(Financial Planning) Postgrad Dip in Management PGDM (Finance) BCom(Hons)(Management) BCom(Hons)(Finance) Honours in Bus. Admin Honours in Finance/Inv (closed) - - E - E C - C E C E E E E E E E C - E E E E - C E E C E - C - - FRR711 FRP E - C - - MAN742 FSA711 ADM780/ MAN780 ADM605/ MAN705 MAN307/ ADM605/ MAN705 ADM681/ ACC781 MAN307/ MAN605/ MAN705 MAN234/ ADM622/ MAN E - E E E E - E E - - E - E E E - - E - - C - C E E Long-term LTI C Insurance Long-term IST713 MAN E - E

244 Insurance Research & Comms for Finance Short-term Insurance & Risk Statistics for Investments Tax & Estate Planning RCF711 IST611 IST712 MAN787 ADM631 ADM668 ADM622 MAN756 ADM616/ MAN748 - C - C - E C - E E - - ADM616/ MAN748 ADM668/ ADM C E C E E C ELECTIVES Module Code Prerequisites MANAGEMENT & ENTREPRENEURSHIP Advanced MAN714 Employee Management Advanced Marketing Analytical and Critical Thinking Consumer Research Contemp. Management Topics - Corporate Governance Entrepreneurship & Enterprise Development Field Study (30 MAN702 MAN746 CRO711 MAN709 ADM607/ MAN711 MAN324/MAN6 51/MAN755 MAN231/ ADM620/MAN7 54 MAN314/ ADM626/ RCB711 MAN314/ ADM626/ RCB711 ADM618/MAN7 51 MDP551/ ADM618/ MAN751 Senior MDP Adv Diploma in Management Postgrad Dip in Management PGDM(Finance) BCom(Hons) (Management) BCom(Hons) (Finance) Hons in Bus. Admin (closed) - - E - E - E E - E - E E - E - E E - E Hons in Finance/Invesst. - - E E E E E E - E E - E - E - MAN717 MRP E E - - credits) Global Marketing MAN719 MAN554/ ADM620/ MAN754 Management Information Systems MAN712 ADM647/ MAN E - E - E E E E E - E 243

245 Management Research MRP711 MAN314/ ADM626/ RCB E - E - - E MRR711 MRP711 - E - E C Management Research Report Project MAN620 Management MAN720 Services Marketing MAN728 MDP554/ ADM620/ MAN754 SME Management Strategy and Global Competition Supply Chain Management MDP531 MAN631 MAN731 MAN726 MAN730 MAN233/ADM6 23/ MAN757 MDP551/ ADM618/ MAN751 MAN304/ ADM629/ MAN769 MAN233/ ADM623/MAN E E E E E E E - - E - E - E - - E E - E - E E E - - E Technical Report MAN763 MRP E - - E World Class Operations MAN721 - E E - E - E - C: Core E: Elective --: Not applicable MAN233/ ADM623/MAN

246 MDP CORE MODULES Name of module Business Communication Programme Senior Management Core Develoment Programme Alpha-numeric code MDP569 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type Programme Level 6 At the end of the module, students should be able to: o Read and analyse case studies, do presentations and write reports based on presentations o Identify problems, research those problems, do presentations and write up reports based on the research. Main Content 1. Case analysis 2. Presentations: Group & individual (including Power Point) 3. Report writing based on case study analysis 4. Researching problems 5. Identifying research tools 6. Collating and interpreting data 7. Independent report writing (formats) 8. Introducing: Investigative feasibility reports Pre-requisites MDP579 Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 44 Case preparation/analysis 28 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Assignments; Tests; Case studies (60%); Examination (40%) School of Business and Finance Module Topic Business Finance Alpha-numeric code MDP580/MDP581 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be 1 st and 2nd offered Programmes in which the MDP module is offered. Level 5 At the end of the module students will be able to: o Compute mathematical calculations used in financial management; o Understand and interpret graphs and basic descriptive statistics; 245

247 o Interpret financial statements through ratio analysis; and o Demonstrate an understanding of the basic use of analytical techniques in finance. Main Content o Basic operations and fractions; o Percents and their applications; o Graphs and basic statistics; o Financial management concepts; o Financial statements and analysis (ratios); o Risk and return; o value of money; o Valuation of shares and bonds; o Cash flows, budgeting and working capital management; o Capital budgeting Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks: Practicals: 43 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Tests, Assignments, Practicals (60%), Examination (40%) Module type CFA Module Topic Introduction to Information Systems Alpha-numeric code MDP570 Credit Value 15 Semester Programmes in which the MDP module is offered. Level 5 The course aims to develop foundational competencies in the use of information systems and information technology as a personal productivity tool and in organizational decisionmaking and problem-solving. On completion of the course the student will be able to demonstrate: o Demonstrate the use personal computer technology effectively and productively. o Use the computer to organize and manage information at a personal level. o Know and understand the role of information systems in supporting organizational operations and decisionmaking o Know and understand the place of the information systems department in organizations Main Content o The use of information systems (IS) and information technology in decision-making and problem-solving. The 246

248 module provides an overview of business information systems transaction processing systems, functional management IS end-user computing and systems development o Practical exposure to PC-based tools such as Windows, word-processing, spreadsheets, databases and the Internet. Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: Practicals: 14 Selfstudy Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Tests, Assignments, Practicals (60%), Examination (40%) Module type CFA Name of module Management Skills Development Programme Management Development Core Programme Alpha-numeric code MDP579 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type Programme Level 5 The module aims to develop listening, writing, reading, speaking and life-skills. On completion the student will have demonstrated competence to o Manage their own and cooperative learning processes as well as expressing well-informed points of view in a confident way o Formulate diverse types of well-constructed academic and business writing (e.g. business correspondence, assignments) in a professional manner. o Apply academic reading skills in various contexts, e.g. text books & articles in journals, newspapers, magazines. o Use accurate and appropriate language in oral and written communication o Deliver well-developed oral presentations and express coherent, informed points of view in oral discussions. o Apply cross-cultural communication strategies successfully in oral communication o Demonstrate their ability to effectively manage learning time using planning techniques. 247

249 Main Content 1. Listening and note-taking skills. 2. Learning to write and writing to learn, e.g. constructing coherent paragraphs, summarising and paraphrasing skills. 3. Introducing students to multiple reading strategies, e.g. pre-reading skills, reading with comprehension, and critical reading. 4. Organising, managing and controlling a coherent, formal presentation 5. Problem diagnosis 6. Task and time management, career planning, giving instructions and delegating Pre-requisites Management Skills Development Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 50 3 lectures 0 Tutorials Tests & examinations: 6 Selfstudy 54 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Assignments; Tutorials; Tests; Case studies (60%); Examination (40%) Name of module Principles of Management and Business Programme Management Development Programme Core Alpha-numeric code MDP551 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type University Level 5 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: o Demonstrate a clear understanding of management and business concepts o Apply the principles of management by using personal and group exercises that draw on student experience, self-assessment, work applications, and situational management techniques. Main Content This module covers all key management topics and concepts. It is comprehensive in scope and key outcomes are reinforced throughout the module. The business is presented as a system and managers must work within a system of relationships. o Managing in a global environment: Management, Culture, Ethics, Social Responsibility o Planning: Creative problem-solving and decision-making; Strategic and Operational Planning Process; o Organising: Organising and Delegating Work; Managing Change, Innovation and Diversity; Human Resources Management and Staffing o Leading: Organisational Behaviour; Team Leadership; Communicating for Results; Leading with Influence o Controlling: Control Systems, Financial and Human; Operations, Quality, Technology and Information 248

250 Systems Breakdown of Learning Hour -table Requirement per week s Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 35 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals/Tutorials: 20 1 lecture and 2 tutorials Selfstudy 50 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Semester test, Group report, Assignments/case studies, Tutorials & Unannounced class tests (60%); Examination 40%) Faculty Economics and Management Science School of Business and Finance Module Topic Marketing Generic Module Name Marketing Alpha-numeric Code MDP554 NQF Level 6.1 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be First semester offered. Programmes in which the SMDP module will be offered At the end of the module, the student will be able to: Discuss the fundamental principles of marketing Apply the principles and practices to profit-seeking and non -profit-seeking organizations Have an understanding of the different marketing mix components, that is, the product, distribution, pricing and promotion policies and strategies. Develop marketing plans Main Content The main areas that will be covered in this course are: Environmental variables; Types of Competitors; Market segmentation and target marketing; Product policy related issues Pricing related issues; Distribution methods; Promotional methods. Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Hours -table Requirement per week Learning Contact with lecturer / tutor: 14 Lectures p.w 1 Assignments & tasks: 28 Practical s p.w. 58 Tutorials p.w

251 Practicals: 50 Selfstudy Class preparation Total Learning 150 Method of Student Module type Assignments; tests; tutorials (60%); examination (40%) Module Topic Introduction to Information Systems Alpha-numeric code MDP570 Credit Value 15 Semester Programmes in which the MDP module is offered. Level 5 The course aims to develop foundational competencies in the use of information systems and information technology as a personal productivity tool and in organizational decisionmaking and problem-solving. On completion of the course the student will be able to demonstrate: o Demonstrate the use personal computer technology effectively and productively. o Use the computer to organize and manage information at a personal level. o Know and understand the role of information systems in supporting organizational operations and decisionmaking o Know and understand the place of the information systems department in organizations Main Content o The use of information systems (IS) and information technology in decision-making and problem-solving. The module provides an overview of business information systems transaction processing systems, functional management IS end-user computing and systems development o Practical exposure to PC-based tools such as Windows, word-processing, spreadsheets, databases and the Internet. Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: Practicals: 14 Selfstudy Total Learning

252 Methods of Student Module type Tests, Assignments, Practicals (60%), Examination (40%) CFA 251

253 CORE MODULES MANAGEMENT & FINANCE DIVISIONS Name of module Business Finance Programme Advanced Diploma Management & ADM(Financial Planning) Core Alpha-numeric code ADM668 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type University Level 6 At the end of the module students should be able to: o Compute mathematical calculations used in financial anagement; o Interpret graphs and descriptive statistics; o Analyse and interpret financial statements; and o Demonstrate an understanding of the use of analytical techniques in finance. Main Content o Basic operations and fractions; o Percents and their applications; o Graphs and basic statistics; o Financial management concepts; o Financial statements and analysis (ratios); o Risk and return; o value of money; o Valuation of shares and bonds; o Cash flows, budgeting and working capital management; o Capital budgeting Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks: 40 3 lectures Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 63 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Assignments; Tests; Case studies (60%); Examination (40%) Module Topic Economic for Managers Alpha-numeric code MDP549/ADM617/MAN749 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be 2 nd offered Programmes in which the PGDBA module is offered. Level 1 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of fundamental principles of micro- and macro-economic theory. Apply and compare the economic theories to analyse the South African and global economy. Evaluate the challenges facing the domestic economy in 252

254 Main Content the global economic context. Assess the impact of changes in economic climate and make sound and practical business decisions accordingly. The main aspects that will be covered are: o The Market process: o Supply, demand & price determination; o The economicrole of government; o Measuring the performance of the economy; o The business cycle: inflation & unemployment o Production cycle; o Money and financial markets and o International trade and finance. MDP548; ADM616; MAN748 Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations ADM617 Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 30 Practicals p.w. 0 7 Tutorials p.w. 1 Practicals: Selfstudy 73 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Module type Continuous assessment (60%); Final Examination (40%) CFA -table requirement per week Name of module Employee Management Alpha-numeric code MDP578/MAN651/MAN755 NQF Credit Value 15 NQF Level 8 Semester Proposed semester to be Second semester offered Programme in which the Postgraduate diploma in Business Administration; module will be offered BCom (Hons) (Management) Year Level 1 At the end of the module, students should be able to: (a) Identify and analyse the main issues faced in employment relations (ER) and employee management in South Africa from a practical and conceptual perspective. (b) Elaborate on the why management needs a coherent philosophy about employees individually and collectively and how to select an approach. (c) Analyse how human resources can be effectively developed and utilized to enhance efficiency and effectiveness. (d) Analyse employee management from the perspectives of different disciplines and of management. 253

255 (e) Demonstrate practical competencies in wage negotiations and conducting simple research projects, individually and as members of a team. Main Content o Conceptual frameworks for ER and human resource management o Historical and environmental context o Trade union and management approaches to ER o Role of state and labour legislation in employee management o Bargaining forums and negotiation o Strategic Human Resource Management o Recruitment o Training and skills development o Employment Equity o Flexible utilization of employees Pre-requisites MAN763; RCB711 (40%) Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations MAN324 or MAN651 Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer/tutor: 40 Lectures p.w 2 Assignments & tasks: 35 Practicals p.w. 0 Tests & examinations: 7 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 68 Class preparation Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Continuous assessment (60%); Final Examination 40% Module Type CFA Generic Module Name Finance Research and Communication Alpha-Numeric Code FRC611 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed Semester To Be Semester 1 Offered. Programmes In Which The ADM(Finance); ADM(Financial Planning), PGDM(Finance), Module Will Be Offered BCom(Hons) (Finance) Level 7 Year Level 1 The module aims to develop communication and research skills in an integrated manner. On completion, students should be able to: o Explain the finance research process o Formulate research questions and identify research objectives. o Design a simple finance research project o Conduct a literature review on a finance topic. o Produce a basic seminar paper o Conduct professional oral and written communications relating to the research project using appropriate technology 254

256 Main Content o Basic Research processes in finance. o Research topics in investment and corporate finance. o Prepare a finance research proposal o Basic computational research techniques. o Research analysis and presentation. o Professional oral and written communications, including letters, proposals, presentations and report writing Pre-Requisite Modules MDP548/ADM616/ MAN748 Co-Requisite Modules ADM622 Prohibited Module ADM626 Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals p.w. Tests & Examinations: 7 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 20 Practicals Seminar Paper 43 Total Learning 150 Method of Student Tests, Seminar Papers, Assignments, Presentation, Proposal (60%) and Exam (40%) Module type CFA Name of module Financial Accounting 1 Programme Advanced Diploma in Management, Core/ Elective ADM(Finance), PGDM, PGDM(Finance), B.Com (Hons) (Finance)/ B.Com Hons(Fin/Inv) Alpha-numeric code ACC681/ACC781 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type Programme Level 7/8 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: o Prepare Financial Statements o Reconcile various control accounts o Analyse business transactions for Accounting reporting o Use Financial statements to assess performance o Evaluate firm s capacity to meet future obligations o Assess Financial and Business risk Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: o Accounting Concepts and Organisation of Financial Statements o Revenue recognition o Accounting for and control of assets o Cash Marketable securities and receivables o Inventory costing methods o Property Plant and Equipment o Operating assets o Accounting for Liabilities and Shareholders Equity 255

257 o Statement of Cash flows o Accounting for Long-Term Liabilities and Equity o Financial Statement Analysis Pre-requisites MDP553/ADM619/ MAN753 or equivalent Prohibited Combinations Financial Accounting Level 6 Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Weekly Class Test(18%); Mid-Term Test (16%); Assignments (16%); Exam (50%) Name of module Financial and Analytical Techniques Quantitative Management Topics Programme ADM(Finance), PGDM (Finance), B.Com Elective (Hons) (Finance) Alpha-numeric code ADM635, MAN710 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type University Level 8 At the end of the course, students will be able to: o Apply the various analytical techniques that managers use in practice in respect of decision making, forecasting and also have a working knowledge of project management Main Content o Fundamentals of decision theory o Decision trees o Forecasting o Linear programming o Network models o Simulation o Project management Pre-requisites ADM622/MAN756 Prohibited Combinations MAN305 Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 21 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 6 Selfstudy 73 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Tests; Assignments (50%); Exam (50%) 256

258 Name of module Financial Management Programme ADM ( Finance) Core Senior Management Development Elective Programme/ Advanced Diploma in Management, PGDM Alpha-numeric code MDP556/ADM622/(MAN756 replace by MAN762) Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type University Level 6/7/8 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: o Demonstrate the use of finance related analytical techniques; o Evaluate the profitability of an enterprise; o Determine project and enterprise risk; o Analyze Fixed Income securities and shares; o Evaluate project feasibility. Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: o time value of money; o analysis and interpretation of financial statements; o determination of cost of capital, return on equity; o determination of bond and share prices; o risk and return; o evaluation of leasing; o budgetary systems for planning and control; and o Working capital management. Pre-requisites MDP580 or ADM668 or ADM616 or MAN748 or equivalent Prohibited Combinations MAN312 Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 30 3 lectures 0 tutorials Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 70 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Weekly tests; class tests; project (60%); Examination (40%) Name of module Information Systems and Technology Programme Advanced Diploma in Management, ADM(Finance), PGDM, PGDM(Finance), B.Com(Hons) (Management), B.Com(Hons)(Finance) Alpha-numeric code ADM647/(MAN747 replace by MAN761) Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type University Level 78 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: o demonstrate an understanding of: o The basic concepts of information systems and Core 257

259 technology (IST); how they are managed and their potential benefit for organizations; o How organizations can use IST to enhance competitiveness; o How IST can be utilized by organizations in problem solving, increasing efficiency, improving customer service, enhancing communications and collaboration. o Demonstrate practical competence in desktop tools. Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: o Information technology uses in organizations; o Network, E-business computing, Mobile computing; o Transaction processing and enterprise systems; o Data, knowledge and decision support systems; o Business process and architectures; o E-learning technology; and o Strategic alignment and competitive strategy Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 15 3 lectures 0 tutorials Practicals: 20 Selfstudy 33 Case preparation/analysis Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Assignments; Tests; Practicals, Case studies (60%); Examination (40%) Name of module Marketing Organization and Management Programmes in which the Postgraduate Diploma in Business Administration and any module will be offered Postgraduate UWC qualification requiring an introductory module in Marketing Alpha-numeric code ADM620/MAN754 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be First semester offered Year Level 1 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: o Discuss the role of marketing in society, its changing role in the organisation and its impact on consumers and producers. o Apply the principles of marketing, the marketing concept and process. o Analyse consumer behavior; o Critically discuss the need and value of marketing information and its interpretation. o Apply segmentation, target market selection and positioning (STP). o Develop an appropriate and alternative marketing mix strategy. o Develop a marketing plan 258

260 o Evaluate the requirements to establish an international marketing unit. Main Content The main areas that will be covered in this course are: o Marketing strategic planning; o Marketing philosophies; o Environmental analysis; o Competitor analysis; o Consumer Behaviour; o Segmentation and target marketing; o Positioning and differentiation; o Product policies and strategies; o Pricing related issues; o Distribution methods; o Promotional methods and strategies; o Social marketing o International marketing Prohibited Combinations Co-requisites Prohibited module combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 1 of 2 hour Assignments & tasks: 35 Tutorials p.w. 1 of 1 hour : 7 Practicals p.w. Selfstudy 68 Other: 0 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Continuous assessment (60%); Final examination (40%) Module Type CFA Name of module Operations Management Programme Advanced Diploma in Management, PGDM, B.Com (Hons)(Management) B.Com (Hons) (BusAd)(closed) Senior Mnaagement Development Core Elective Programme Alpha-numeric code MDP557/ADM623/(MAN757 Replace by MAN761) Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type University Level 7/8 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: o Define and discuss basic operations management concepts o Apply basic operations management techniques and management tools o Apply the operations management concepts, techniques and tools to analyse and improve operations. Main Content o Basic concepts of Operations Management o Business process types & management 259

261 o Forecasting o Capacity management o Production & Service planning o Inventory management o Quality management Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Group case studies: 46 Tests & examinations: 20 Selfstudy 42 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Tests, Group case assignments (Preliminary Components, Final Report), tutorials; (60%); Examination (40%) Name of module Principles of Management Accounting Programme ADM(Finance), ADM(Fin Planning Core/ Elective SMDP, Advanced Diploma in Elective Management / Alpha-numeric code MDP553/ADM619/(MAN753 replace by MAN762) Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type Faculty Level 6/7/8 Accounting principles and conventions are considered from the perspective of financial managers as users and not accountants as preparers. At the end of the course, students will be able to demonstrate and understanding of: o The product costing structure o The accounting systems needed to record the Costs/Expenses and Sales of a Business o Budgetary Control o The use of Financial Statements Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: o Cost/Expense Terminology and Management o Product costing structure o Recording Costs/Expenses and Sales of a Business o Budgetary Control o Financial Statements (Balance Sheet, Income Statement and Statement of Cash flows) Prohibited Combinations MAC234; AC M255; Management Accounting at Level 6 Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 10 3 lectures 0 tutorials (MDP553) 1 lecture and 2 tutorials (MAN753) Selfstudy 50 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Weekly Class Tests, term tests; assignments (60%) and exam (40%) 260

262 Name of module Principles of Management and Business Programme Advanced Diploma in Management, ADM (Finance), PGDM, PGDM(Finance), B.Com(Hons)(Management, B.Com (Hons) (Fin/Inv)(closed) Core Elective ADM(Fin Plan) Alpha-numeric code ADM618/(MAN751- replace by MAN763) Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type University Level 7/8 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: o Demonstrate a clear understanding of management and business concepts o Apply the principles of management by using personal and group exercises that draw on student experience, self-assessment, work applications, and situational management techniques. Main Content This module covers all key management topics and concepts. It is comprehensive in scope and key outcomes are reinforced throughout the module. The business is presented as a system and managers must work within a system of relationships. o Managing in a global environment: Management, Culture, Ethics, Social Responsibility o Planning: Creative problem-solving and decision-making; Strategic and Operational Planning Process; o Organising: Organising and Delegating Work; Managing Change, Innovation and Diversity; Human Resources Management and Staffing o Leading: Organisational Behaviour; Team Leadership; Communicating for Results; Leading with Influence o Controlling: Control Systems, Financial and Human; Operations, Quality, Technology and Information Systems Breakdown of Learning Hour -table Requirement per week s Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 35 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals/Tutorials: 20 Selfstudy 50 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Semester test, Group report, Assignments/case studies, Tutorials & Unannounced class tests (60%); Examination 40%) 261

263 Name of module Quantitative Analysis Programme Advanced Diploma in Management Core (Finance) Senior Management Development Elective Programme Advanced Diploma in Management, PGDM, BCom(Hons)(Management) Alpha-numeric code MDP548, ADM616, MAN748 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type University Level 6/7/8 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: o Demonstrate an understanding of introductory statistical techniques; and o Demonstrate the application of these techniques to management decision making. Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: o Statistical methods; o descriptive statistics; o probability distribution; o sampling and estimation; o regression; o time series and correlation. o time value of money Pre-requisites MAN668 (ADM(Management), SMDP) Prohibited Combinations MAN235 Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 20 Tests & examinations: 20 Practicals: 20 Selfstudy 50 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Practicals; tutorials, tests (60%); Examination (40%) Generic Module Name Research and Communication for Business Alpha-Numeric Code ADM626/RCB711 NQF Credit Value 15 NQF Level 8 Semester Proposed Semester To Be 1 st Semester Offered. Programmes In Which The Module Is Offered. Postgraduate Diploma in Business Administration (PGDBA) and BCom (Hons) (Management) Year Level 1 262

264 At the end of the module the student must be able to: o Identify research problems. o Formulate research problems, research questions, hypotheses and objectives. o Compile a literature review. o Design and execute a simple research study, justifying the choice of the selected research design and method; o Collect, analyse and interpret primary and secondary data from appropriate sources. o Compile a research report with reference to a contemporary research topic. o Utilise oral and written communication and appropriate technology professionally in the preparation and presentation of a business research project. Main Content o The nature of business research; o Quantitative, Qualitative & Mixed Methods Approaches; o Thinking like a Research Questions; o Formulating Research questions; o Reviewing the Management Literature; o Ethics in Business Research o Business Research Designs o Qualitative data analysis. o Sampling Design o Surveys & Questionnaire Design o Interviews, Focus Groups and Fieldwork o Quantitative date analysis o Writing the Research Report o Professional communication skills required to conduct business research projects. Pre-Requisites MAN762; MAN754; MAN761 Co-Requisites Prohibited Combinations RCF711; MAN314; ADM626; FRC611 Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer/tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 50 Lectures p.w. 2 7 Selfstudy 53 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Continuous (60%); Final Examination (40%) Module Type CFA Name of module Programme Alpha-numeric code NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Strategic Management PGDM, PGDM(Finance), B.Com (Hons) (Management), B.Com (Hons) (BusAd)(closed) Advanced Diploma in Management/ ADM629 Core Elective 263

265 Module Type Programme NQF Level 8 Proposed semester to be Second semester offered At the end of the module, students will be able to (a) Apply selected analytical analytical tools used to: o manage the process of strategic management o develop competitive advantage o formulate and integrate strategic analysis and o functional strategies to develop business unit strategies o implement and monitor strategies (b) Evaluate the above tools by making reasoned judgments founded on sound analysis, when developing strategy case study problems. (c) Incorporate current business practice and issues when analyzing strategic management challenges. Main Content The main areas that will be covered are: o Strategic management and decision-making processes; o Influence of leadership, power, values and organizational culture on strategy formulation. o Formulation of mission and objectives in context of industry and competitive analysis, and internal analysis of resources and capabilities o Integration of corporate, business unit and functional strategies o Identification of competitive advantage and strategy selection. o Designing systems for effective strategy implementation and monitoring. Pre-requisites MAN754; MAN761; MAN762 & MAN763 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations MAN304, ADM629 Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer/tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & Tasks Practicals p.w Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 59 Board meetings/case 36 preparation Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Continuous assessment (60%); Final Examination (40%) Module Type CFA 264

266 FINANCE & FINANCIAL PLANNING MODULES Name of module Advanced Financial Management Programme Advanced Diploma in Management (Finance)/B.Com Honours (Finance/Investments) Core Elective B.Com.(Honours) in Management Alpha-numeric code MAN704 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type Programme Level 8 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: o Use Financial techniques to make investment decisions o Show proficiency in assessing risk and the opportunity cost of Capital o Demonstrate an understanding of the limits of the Efficient Market Hypothesis in the South African Context and share valuation. o Discuss the relationship between borrowing, risk, cost of capital and the expected return o Value shares and bonds Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: o Growth (Absolute and proportional increases) o Advanced topics in Risk and Return o Financing decisions and Market Efficiency o Dividend policy o Capital structure, risk, cost of capital and return o Mergers and Acquisitions o Control, Governance and Financial Architecture Pre-requisites MAN622 or MAN312 or equivalent Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Weekly class test; mid-term test; assignments; (50%); Examination (50%) Name of Module Retirement Planning Programme (s) in which module will be offered B.Com(Hons)(Finance)/PG Dip (Financial Planning) Alpha-numeric code RPP715 Credit Value 15 semester Module Type Faculty Level 8 Elective 265

267 Students should be able to Critically assess the legal and tax implications of Long Term Insurance and retirement Funds Assess and review the Code of Conduct of Life Offices Association Critically assess and compare Retirement Funds Critically assess Group Benefits Estate Duty and Planning Critically assess and compare nature of Investment Instruments and Individual Retirement Options Evaluate and implement policy proposals Main Content Personal Insurance Policy Life Insurance as a Service Industry Legal and Taxation Principles Legislation that Affects Retirement Funds Life Insurance - A Product Introduction Individual Retirement Options Policy Proposals. Pre-requisites IST714 / IST310 Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 10 Practicals: 10 Selfstudy 50 Case studies 30 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student -table Requirement per week Case Studies; Tutorial exercises/assignments; Oral Presentation; Semester Test (60%); Examination (40%) Name of Module Advanced Management Accounting Programme PGDM, PGDM(Finance), B.Com (Hons) Elective (Mgt); B.Com (Hons) (Finance) Alpha-numeric code MAN745 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type Programme Level 8 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: o Analyse Capital Expenditure Decisions o Investigate Financing liabilities o Analyse Leases and off-balance sheet debt o Understand Post employment benefits 266

268 o Analyse Inter-corporate Investments o Assess Financial and Business Risks Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: o Budgetary Planning o The Capital-Expenditure Decision o Analysis of Inventories o Cost-Control Reporting o Analysis of Financing Liabilities o Pensions and Post employment Benefits o Analysis of Inter-corporate Investments o Business Combinations o Credit and Risk Analysis Pre-requisites ADM619/MAN753 Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Weekly class test; mid-term test; assignments; (50%) Examination (50%) Faculty Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences School of Business and Finance Module Topic Finance Research Generic module name Finance Research Alpha-numeric code FRP711 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be 1st Semester offered. Programmes in which the B.Com Honours (Finance); Postgraduate Diploma in Finance module will be offered. Year Level 1 The module aims to develop quantitative and qualitative research skills in the area of finance. On completion of the module, students should be able to: Apply the methods of sound reasoning and analysis to finance research Engage critically with academic literature in proposed area of research Identify logical fallacies and correct poorly reasoned arguments in finance. Identify areas of research interest in the finance domain Evaluate alternatives and select an appropriate methodology for their study Design a research study under the supervision of a project leader Professionally write-up and present a finance research seminar paper 267

269 Main Content Develop a comprehensive research proposal (or complete draft Introduction, Literature Review and Research Method chapters) to complete the requirements of the Research Report or Field Study The main aspects that will be covered are: Research processes in finance. Research topics in investment and corporate finance Critical Analysis of academic literature in proposed area of finance research Formulating coherent academic arguments and research questions Seminar preparation and presentation. Computational research techniques. Quantitative and qualitative research design for Finance Technical academic writing and Research proposalwriting Writing up the Research Report MAN312 or ADM622 and FRC611 N/A Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited module combinations A. Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures p.w.3 Assignments & tasks: 23 Practicals p.w.0 5 Tutorials p.w.0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 50 Other: Please specify 30 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Module type CAM: 50% Examination:50% CFA B. -table Requirement per week Faculty Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences School of Business and Finance Module Topic Finance Research Report Generic module name Finance Research Report Alpha-numeric code FRR712 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be 2nd Semester offered. Programmes in which the B.Com Honours (Finance); module will be offered. Year Level 1 The module aims to develop applied quantitative and qualitative research skills in the area of finance. On completion of the module, students should be able to: 268

270 Formulate finance research question Design methodology in line with the research question Collect, sort and prune financial data from databases Apply appropriate quantitative computational skills necessary to obtain research results. Describe and analyse research results. Compare and contrast research results to significant prior empirical findings. Identify contributions to the existing body of knowledge. Write-up and compile research dissertation. Main Content Research design and problem statement Research goal and objectives Data collection, sorting and pruning Research methodologies Analysis of Research Results Oral and written presentation of the research dissertation Analysis, interpretation and application of finance case studies/current economic affairs Pre-requisites FRP711/FRP712 Co-requisites FRP711/FRP712 Prohibited module MAN717 Field Study combinations A. Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Lectures p.w.3 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals p.w.0 5 Tutorials p.w.0 Practicals: 10 Selfstudy 20 Other: Please specify 40 Dissertation Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Module type CAM: 50% Final: 50% CFA B. -table Requirement per week Faculty Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences School of Business and Finance Module Topic Finance Seminar (Currency Risk Management) Generic module name Finance Seminar (Currency Risk Management) Alpha-numeric code MAN742 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be 2nd Semester offered. Programmes in which the B.Com Honours (Finance); Postgraduate Diploma in Finance module will be offered. Year Level 1 269

271 Main Content Pre-requisites Co-requisites At the end of the module, the student will be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of the foreign exchange market and computations of various foreign exchange quotations Use the understanding of foreign exchange parity relations to identify potential arbitrage opportunities in the foreign exchange market Explain various forms of foreign exchange exposures and their influences in foreign exchange transactions. Apply internal and external hedging techniques (derivatives) in managing foreign exchange exposures Critically discuss the current international economic and political affairs and evaluate their impacts on the financial positions of MNCs. Conduct performance evaluation on assets from an international investor s perspective using international asset pricing models. Critically analyse issues relating to multinational investment and financing decisions Perform international capital budgeting on projects of an MNC The main aspects that will be covered are: The foreign exchange market Foreign exchange parity relations Foreign currency exposures Forward cover and money market hedge Currency options Internal hedging techniques International asset pricing International capital budgeting ADM622/MAN312/MAN756 N/A Prohibited module combinations A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w.2 Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals p.w.0 6 Tutorials p.w.0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 84 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student CAM: 50% Final: 50% Module type CFA 270

272 Name of module Financial Accounting 2 Programme PGDM(Finanace), B. Com Elective (Hons)(Finance), Alpha-numeric code ACC782 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type Programme Level 8 At the end of the course students will be able to: o Prepare a set of Financial Statements; o Analyze financial statements to assess the performance of the business; o Evaluate a firm s capacity to meet future obligations; and o Assess Financial and Business risk. Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: o Accounting for Long-Term Liabilities o Accounting for Equity o Long-term Investments and Consolidated Financial Statements. o Analysis of Financial Statements o Inflation Accounting o Income Taxes o Analysis of Intra - corporate Investments Pre-requisites ACC681/ACC781 or equivalent Level 6 Financial Accounting Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Tests; assignments; tutorials (50%); Examination (50%) Name of Module Financial Analysis Programme Post-Graduate Diploma in Management (Finance) Elective Core B.Com (Hons) (Finance) Alpha-numeric code MAN706 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type Programme Level 8 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: o Demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between the Financial Statements and Company performance. o Conduct Sectoral and Industry analysis o Forecast performance and predict failure o Value the various methods of Mergers 271

273 Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: o Strategy analysis o Implementing Accounting and Financial Analysis o Forecasting (Sensitivity Analysis) o Valuation theory and Concepts o Credit Analysis and Distress Prediction Pre-requisites MAN604/MAN704 and ADM681/ACC781 or equivalent level 6 module Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Weekly class test; mid-term test; assignments; (50%); Examination (50%) Name of module Financial Planning Programme Advanced Diploma in Management (Financial Planning) Alpha-numeric Code ADM632 Credit Value 15 Semester Level 6 a) Students should demonstrate the ability to o Critically evaluate Collective Investment Schemes o Critically evaluate linked products o Assess value of Multi-manager funds o Evaluate the value of Hedge funds in a portfolio o Develop asset allocation decisions o Implement a Financial Plan o assess, analyse and manage insurance risk. o Apply the above tools by analyzing and developing viable solutions to case studies. o Provide Financial Planning advice as is required of an Associated Financial Planner which is accredited by the Financial Planning Institute Main Content o Collective Investment Schemes o Linked products o Mult-manager funds o Hedge funds o Asset Allocation o Financial planning process Pre-requisite modules ADM668 or ADM622 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations:

274 Practicals: 10 Selfstudy 50 Case studies 30 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Case Studies; Tutorial exercises/assignments; Oral Presentation; Semester Test (60%); Examination (40%) Generic Module Name Financial Statement Analysis Alpha-Numeric Code FSA711 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed Semester To Be Semester 2 Offered. Programmes In Which The B.Com Honours (Finance), PGDM(Finance) Module Will Be Offered Level 8 On completion of the module, the student should be able to: o Use Financial Ratios to assess Financial Risk o Use Financial statements to assess performance o Evaluate firm s capacity to meet future obligations o Assess Financial and Business risk o Use Financial Instruments to mitigate Financial Risk o Use Financial Statements to value businesses Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: o Company Financial Statements o Revenue recognition o Cash Marketable securities and receivables o Cash flow Analysis o Inventory costing methods o Accounting for Liabilities and Shareholders Equity o Accounting for Long-Term Liabilities and Equity o Analysis of Inter-corporate Investments o Pensions and Postemployment benefits o Business Combinations o Valuation and Forecasting Pre-Requisite Modules ACC681/ACC781 or equivalent Level 6 Fin Acc module Co-Requisite Modules Prohibited Module FIA341 and FIA342 Combination Breakdown Of Learning Hours Contact With Lecturer/Tutor: 35 Assignments & Tasks: 50 Tests & Examinations: 5 Selfstudy 70 Total Learning 150 Methods Of Student Assignments; Tests (50%); Examination (50%) 273

275 Faculty Economics and Management Sciences School of Business and Finance Finance Division Module Topic Financial Statement Analysis Generic Module Name Fin Statement Analysis Alpha-numeric Code FSA712 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be Semester 2 offered. Programmes in which the B.Com Honours (Finance), PGDM(Finance) module will be offered NQF level 8 Year Level 1 On completion of the module, the student should be able to: Use Financial Ratios to assess Financial Risk Use Financial statements to assess performance Evaluate firm s capacity to meet future obligations Assess Financial and Business risk Use Financial Instruments to mitigate Financial Risk Use Financial Statements to value businesses Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: Company Financial Statements Revenue recognition Cash Marketable securities and receivables Cash flow Analysis Inventory costing methods Accounting for Liabilities and Shareholders Equity Accounting for Long-Term Liabilities and Equity Analysis of Inter-corporate Investments Pensions and Postemployment benefits Business Combinations Valuation and Forecasting Pre-requisite modules ACC781 or equivalent Co-requisite modules Prohibited module FIA341 and FIA342 Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer /tutor: 35 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 50 Practicals p.w. 0 Tests & Examinations: 5 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 70 Practicals 0 Total Learning 160 Method of Student Tests and Assignments (50%) Exam (50%) Module type CFA 274

276 Name of module Investment Analysis Programme Advanced Diploma in Management (Finance) Elective PGDM(Finance); BCom(Hons)(Finance), Alpha-numeric code ADM680/MAN780 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type Programme Level 7/8 At the end of the module, students will be able to: o Demonstrate an understanding of investment and portfolio management principles. o Critically discuss the characteristics of the most commons investment instruments and markets. o Analyse company and industry trends. o Evaluate options and futures Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: o BONDS: Fundamentals, Analysis and Valuation o EQUITIES: Company & Share valuation and analysis o Charting and Technical Analysis o DIRIVATIVES: Futures, Forwards, Options and Swaps o PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT: Trading stategies. o Collective Investments o Investment performance measurement Pre-requisites ADM605/MAN705/ MAN307 Prohibited Combinations MAN308 Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Weekly Class Test; Mid-term test; Assignments; (50%); Examination (50%) Name of module Investment Management Programme Advanced Diploma in Management (Finance) Elective Core PGDM(Finance); B.Com(Hons)(Finance) B.Com (Hons)(Fin/Inv) (closed) Alpha-numeric code ADM605/MAN705 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type Faculty Level 7/8 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: o Critically discuss the investment environment. o Demonstrate an understanding of the construction of Market Indexes. o Critically discuss the developments in Investment Theory o Effect Individual Financial Planning 275

277 Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: o The Investment Environment. o Asset allocation and selecting investments in a Global Market o Security market indicator series and functioning of markets o Efficient Capital markets o Portfolio Management and Asset pricing models. o Introduction to Security Valuation o Stock market and industry analysis o Company Analysis and Stock Valuation Pre-requisites ADM622/MAN756/MAN312 or equivalent Prohibited Combinations MAN307 Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Weekly Class Test; Mid-term test; assignments (50%); Examination (50%) Name of module Programmes Long Term Insurance and Retirement Funds ADM (Financial Planning) Core PGDM(Finance), B. Com Elective (Hons)(Finance) LTI614/IST713 Alpha-numeric code Credit Value 15 1 semester Module Type Programme Level 7/8 Students should be able to o Assess long term Insurance Risk o Assess and Implement the Legal Framework of Retirement Funds o Compare different types of Retirement Funds and their associated risks o Evaluate and compare defined Benefit and Contribution Funds o review the FAIS Act and its implications with respect to long term retirement Insurance o Asssess and implement Legal and Taxation Principles o Compare different Life Products and their risks o Assess, identity and analyse insurance risk. Main Content o Retirement Funds o Risk and Insurance o Different types of Retirement Funds o Group Benefits o Life Insurance A Product Introduction Pre-requisites LTI614 - IST713 MAN234/MAN756/ADM 668 or equivalent Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations IST

278 Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 10 Practicals: 10 Selfstudy 50 Case studies 30 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Case Studies; Tutorial exercises/assignments; Oral Presentation; Semester Test (60%); Examination (40%) Name of module Short Term Insurance & Risk Programme (s) in which module will be offered ADM (Financial Planning) PGDM(Finance), Core Elective BCom(Hons)(Finance) Alpha-numeric code IST712 Credit Value 15 1 semester Module Type Faculty Level 8.0 On completion, students should be able to o Apply legal and tax issues to analyse Short Term Insurance (STI) contracts o Critically analyse the principles and practice of Personal and Commercial Insurance o Describe the FAIS Act and discuss its implications for STI o Describe legal and taxation principles and apply them to STI o Critically analyse Insurance Products and their risks o Describe the regulation of Health Insurance and recommend the choice of appropriate solutions o Describe and apply the principles of Insurance and Risk Management. o Identify and critically analyse insurance risk Main Content o The Law of Contract o Risk Management o Basic Insurance Principles o The insurance Market in South Africa. o Personal and Commercial Insurance Policy o The Financial Advisory and Intermediary Services Act (FAIS) o Legal and Taxation Principles o Legal Framework Insurance Environment o The principle of indemnity o Insurable interest o Good faith, warranties, misrepresentation and nondisclosure o Beneficiary nominations o Cessions o Short-term Insurance 277

279 o Introduction to medical schemes o The application of Medical Schemes Act Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 10 Practicals: 10 Selfstudy 50 Case studies 30 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Case Studies; Tutorial exercises/assignments; Oral Presentation; Semester Test (60%); Examination (40%) Name of module Statistics for Investments Programme Postgraduate Diploma in Finance, B.Com (Hons) (Finance), Core Elective B.Com (Hons) (Management) Alpha-numeric code MAN787 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type Programme NQF Level 8 Year Level 1 At the end of the module, students will be able to: o Apply mathematical and statistical techniques to summarise and make inferences from financial data. o Develop quantitative models to assist in the investment decision making process. o Use spreadsheet to develop a set of tools to organize, present and analyse financial data. o Build and construct investment models to obtain quantitative solutions to investment problems. o Develop and enhance analytical and problem-solving skills for investment analysis o Apply quantitative tools within the investment/finance research process Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: o Calculus for finance o Risk management: option valuation option Greeks and hedging o Linear algebra for finance applications o Probability and statistics for investments o Correlation and linear regression o Econometrics and asset pricing models (time-series and cross-sectional) o Matrices application in finance o Portfolio optimization o Finance research considerations 278

280 Pre-requisites MAN307/ADM605/MAN705; PLUS MAN308/ADM680/MAN780; PLUS Intermediate Excel Skills N/A N/A Co-requisites Prohibited module combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Lectures p.w 2 Assignments & tasks: 60 Practicals p.w. 0 Tests & examinations: 5 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 70 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Module Type CAM: 50% Final Examination: 50% CFA -table Requirement per week Name of Module Tax and Estate Planning Programmes Advanced Diploma in Management (Financial Planning) Alpha-numeric Code ADM631 Credit Value 15 Semester Level 6 Students should demonstrate the ability to o Evaluate the tax liability under various schemes o Perform Estate Planning to reduce duties and taxes o Provide Succession advice in Estate Planning o Evaluate the implications of the Matrimonial and Property Act on Estate Planning o Evaluate the implications of the Will Act on Estate Planning o Evaluate the implications of the Trust Property and Control Act on Estate Planning Main Content o Income and Capital Gains Tax o Estate Duty, Donations Tax, Transfer Duty o Securities Tax o Succession and Estate Planning o Matrimonial Property Act o Wills Act o Trust Property and Control Act Pre-requisite modules ADM668 or ADM622 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 10 -table Requirement per week 279

281 Practicals: 10 Selfstudy 50 Case studies 30 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Case Studies; Tutorial exercises/assignments; Oral Presentation; Semester Test (60%); Examination (40%) D. MANAGEMENT & ENTREPRENEURSHIP Module Name Advanced Employee Management Alpha-Numeric Code MAN714 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed Semester To Be To be determined Offered. Programmes In Which The B.Com Honours (Management), PGDM Module Is Offered. Level 8 Year Level Post-graduate At the end of the module, students should be able to: o Critically analyse how the management of employees and the organisation of work are shaped by markets, institutions and processes in which employers, organised labour and the state are key role players. o Critically discuss key developments in strategic human resource management (HRM) and employment relations (ER) from a comparative perspective o Critically analyse strategic human resource developments at firm-level in South Africa, where new ideas are borrowed from, the distinct context in which they arose, and the challenges faced in transposing them into the local context. Main Content The most important issues include: o Comparative approaches to ER, HRM and national institutions o Integrating HRM, employee management and operations strategies o Industrial Democracy, Co-determination and Participation in Germany and Japan o High Performance Work Practices in liberal market economies o Emerging markets Competitive challenge of Chinese HRM o Interpreting SA experience from an international perspective o Training and Skill Development o Performance related pay and executive compensation o Organisational restructuring and flexible work practices o Talent Management and Migration o Employee Participation o Employment Equity and Affirmative Action Pre-Requisites MAN324 or MAN651 or MAN

282 Co-Requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 30 Practicals p.w. 0 5 Tutorials p.w. 0 Selfstudy 45 Other: Class Preparation 28 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Research Paper/Essay; Discussion papers; Oral Presentations (60%); Examination (40%) Name of module Advanced Marketing Policy and Strategy Programme Postgraduate Diploma in Management Elective B.Com Honours (BA) Alpha-numeric code MAN602/MAN702 Module numeric code / Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type Programme Level 7/8 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: o Critically discuss the importance of marketing policy and strategy; o Demonstrate an understanding of how it relates to the company s overall policy and strategy o Analyze the external and internal environments with a view to identify threats and opportunities for the organization; o Evaluate the Marketing policies and strategies of competitor organizations to gain a competitive edge. o Develop and implement a marketing policy and strategy unique to the organization. Main Content The themes are: o Business policy and strategy; o Marketing models; o Marketing environment; o Marketing policies; o Marketing objectives; o Marketing strategies. o Marketing performance models. Pre-requisites MDP554; MAN754 OR MAN231 & MAN303 Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 30 Tests & examinations: 5 281

283 Practicals: 15 Selfstudy 40 Class preparation 20 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Assignments (15%); Case studies (15%); class discussion with peer evaluation (10%); Weekly chapter outlines (10%) and examination (50%). Name of Module Analytical and Critical Thinking Programme PGDM, B.Com (Hons) (Mgt) Elective Alpha-numeric code MAN746 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type Programme Level 8 At the end of the module, students will be able to: o Apply the methods, of sound arguing, reasoning and analysis. o Identify logical fallacies in arguments. o Identify and correct poorly reasoned arguments and conclusions. o Critically discuss why clear thinking is important and necessary. o Engage critically with academic literature and arguments in proposed are of research. o Develop a research prosal to complete the requirements of the Techinal Report. Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: o Plagiarism and academic writing o writing a coherent Academic Argument and Research Report o Structure of Arguments o Identifying Fallacies o Avoiding poorly Reasoned Arguments o Research Proposal o Selecting a Research Topic o Literature Review o Critical Analysis of Literature in Proposed Area of Research o Selecting a Research method Prerequisites MAN314/ADM626 Co-requisistes MAN763 Technical Report Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 25 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 50 Case preparation/analysis 30 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Case Studies; Group work; Oral Presentations and test (50%); Research Proposal (25%); Examination (25%) 282

284 Generic Module Name Consumer Research Alpha-Numeric Code CRP711 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed Semester To Be 1st Offered. Programmes In Which The PGDM Elective Module Will Be Offered B.Com (Hons) (Management) Level 8 On completion of the module, students should be able to: o Explain the theories and central concepts of consumer behaviour. o Apply consumer behaviour concepts to develop a research project o Formulate a research proposal on a consumer behaviour topic. o Appreciate the necessity and value of the scientific method in consumer research o Read and critically analyse theoretical and empirical research in consumer behaviour o Construct a research question and craft a literature review on an appropriate topic o Demonstrate a conceptual and practical understanding of the use of quantitative and qualitative research methodologies in consumer research. o Design a research study under the supervision and guidance of a project leader o Develop a comprehensive research proposal (or draft Introduction, Literature Review and Research Method chapters) to complete the requirements of the Research Report or Field Study. Main Content o Introduction to Consumer behavior and consumer research o Consumer behaviour - Internal and external influences o Consumer decision-making o Reviewing the literature o Developing a Conceptual Framework and Formulating Research Questions in Consumer studies o Linking Concepts & Constructs to Data in Consumer studies o Research Design o Creating Qualitative and Quantitative Consumer Data o Qualitative and Quantitative Consumer data analysis o Ethics in consumer research o Writing the Final Research Report Pre-Requisite Modules MAN303 or ADM620 or MAN754 Co-Requisite Modules MRR711/MRR712; MAN787 (recommended) Prohibited Module MRP711 or MRP712 or MAN746 Combination Breakdown Of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures p.w

285 Assignments & tasks: 50 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 0 s 7 Selfstudy 51 Total Learning 150 Method of Student Tests, presentations and assignments (40%), Research Proposal or draft research report chapters (30%); Examination (30%) Name of module Contemporary Management Topics (Corporate Governance) Programme PGDM, PGDM(Finance), B.Com (Hons) Elective (Management), B.Com (Hons)(Finance) Alpha-numeric code MAN709 Module numeric code Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type University Level 8 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: Critically discuss corporate governance rationale: principal and agent theory; Critically analyse corporate governance in South Africa (i.e. King 2 Report) from a comparative perspective; Engage critically in debates about Corporate Governance issues of relevance to public sector institutions and private enterprise Conduct research and write corporate governance analyses; Manage/negotiate ambiguous/difficult ethical issues Main Content Principles of corporate governance in the context of diverse organisational types Fundamental nature of Corporate governance (CG) CG Theories; CG Law in SA and King 2 Report; Role of Governing Boards Responsibilities of directors Role of Top Management and relationships with Boards Accountability and implementing of Board decisions Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 45 Assignments & tasks: 30 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 50 Case preparation/analysis 20 Total Learning Methods of Student Semester test, research essay, assignments: 50%; final written exam : 50% 284

286 Name of Module Entrepreneurship and Enterprise Development Programme SMDP/Advanced Diploma in Management, Elective PGDM B.Com (Hons)/(Mgt) Alpha-numeric code MDP531/ADM607/MAN711 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type University Level 6/7/8 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: o Demonstrate an understanding of the nature of enterprise development and entrepreneurship, both as areas of knowledge and as characteristics of the growth and development processes in South Africa. o Critically discuss enterprise development o Apply enterprise development skills in the career they wish to pursue. o Develop strong entrepreneurship tendencies as the key process needed to meet economic challenges and to make a nation economically competitive. o Meet the various requirements necessary for starting a business o Continually evaluate the risks attached to starting and managing a small business o Define an enabling small business environment o Critically discuss the stages and dimensions of business growth o Critically discuss strategies of harvesting the enterprises Main Content The module comprises: o A series of topics and discussions on entrepreneurship and enterprise development; o Assignments and case studies addressing contemporary issues in enterprise development and entrepreneurship; and, o Seminars dealing with selected topics in entrepreneurship. o Elements of starting, managing and harvesting an enterprise Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 30 Tests & examinations: 5 Case studies 15 Tutorials 15 Self study 50 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Semester test, Group report, Assignments, Tutorials, Case Studies, Unannounced class tests (50%); Examination (50%) 285

287 Name of module Global Marketing Programme PGDM, B.Com (Hons)/(Management) Elective Alpha-numeric code MAN719 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type Programme Level 8 o At the end of the module, students must be able to demonstrate the ability to: o Evaluate the global environment and challenges of globalisation that companies or organisations operate in. o Evaluate the strategic global position of in a business/institution, o Demonstrate an understanding of the impact of culture on global marketing. o Critically discuss the ethical considerations in global businesses o Evaluate the power relationships that influence trading relationships. o Demonstrate an understanding of consumer behaviour in the dynamically changing context. o Develop a global marketing strategy as it relates to the global context. o Apply global marketing theory in practical case examples. Main Content o Global marketing research theories o Environment of Global business o The context within developing and developed nations o Ethical considerations in global businesses o Trading blocs and trade relations and the power of governments and regions to influence them o Culture and global business o Consumer Behaviour and global marketing strategy o Global marketing, entry, communications and distribution Strategies o Developing a comprehensive integrated global marketing strategy Pre-requisites MAN654 or the undergraduate 3rd year courses in marketing. Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer 40 Assignments and tasks 40 Tests and examinations 10 Self-study 30 Practical 30 Total learning time 150 Methods of Student Cases, Written tasks, Position paper (50%) and final exam consisting of a case study and a research paper 50%. 286

288 Name of Module Management Information Systems Alpha-numeric code MAN712 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type Programme Level 7/8 The course is presented as an advanced elective in Management Information Systems (MIS) and as such the content will change as the agenda of the Chief Information Officers (CIOs) in the knowledge economy changes. At the end of the module, students will be able to: o analyze current strategic MIS issues facing managers in the knowledge economy; o present some solutions to allow effective decisionmaking. Main Content Though the content will change from time to time, the following themes will be addressed: o The Business Context of Information Systems o The Internet o Benefits Realization and Information Systems Delivery Valuation o Outsourcing Perspectives in the knowledge economy o Supply Chain Management (SCM) and strategic disintermediation o Value Maps o Other selected MIS topics Pre-requisites ADM647/MAN747 Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 30 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 55 Class preparation 20 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Literature reviews; Individual Assignment; Group Assignment; Class test (50%); Final examination (50%) Faculty Economic and Management Sciences School of Business and Finance Module Topic Operations and Information Management Generic Module Name Operations and Information Management Alpha-numeric Code MAN761 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 One Semester Proposed semester to be Second Semester offered. Programmes in which the Post Graduate Diploma in Business Administration (PGDBA) module will be offered Year level 1 287

289 At the end of the module, the student should be able to define, discuss and apply: Principles of Operations strategy drawing on trends in a changing environment. Discuss Contemporary Operations management concepts, methodologies, techniques and tools to assess and improve business performance. Apply Supply Chain Management concepts, techniques and tools in the context of manufacturing and service industries. Compare fundamental concepts of Information Management (IM) and Technology. Project management, principles and processes. Apply IM strategies to enable analytics, decision-making, and knowledge management. Discuss IT governance mechanisms and information risk assessment. Identify trends which impact business operations in global markets. Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: Fundamental Operations Management principles, concepts and techniques. Business process improvement methodologies. Production and service planning, scheduling and capacity management. Supply Chain Management and logistics. Quality and Inventory management. Information Management disciplines. Networks, E-Commerce, mobile computing and social media. Solution development methodologies including sourcing of applications and services. Project management. Data, information and knowledge management systems. Information risk and emerging threat analysis. Alignment with business strategies. Pre-requisite modules Principles of Management and Leadership (MAN763) Co-requisite modules Prohibited module ADM647 and ADM623 Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 50 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 s 7 Selfstudy 53 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning 150 Method of Student Class Tests;Term Tests; Assignments and Exam Continuous assessment (60%) and Final Exam (40%) Module type CFA 288

290 Faculty Economics and Management Sciences School of Business and Finance Module Topic Accounting and Finance for Management Generic Module Name Accounting and Finance for Management Alpha-numeric Code MAN762 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be 1 offered. Programmes in which the Postgraduate Diploma in Business Administration module will be offered Year level 2 At the end of the module a student should be able to: Demonstrate and understand accounting principles and conventions by users to plan and design product and service costing, accounting systems and budgetary controls. Apply finance related analytical techniques. Evaluate the profitability of a business or venture. Determine project and enterprise risk. Analyse the risk and return. Evaluate project feasibility. Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: cost/expense terminology and management; product costing; costs/expenses and sales of a business; budgetary control; time value of money; elementary analysis and interpretation of financial statements; determination of cost of capital, return on equity; determination of bond and share prices; risk and return; working capital management. Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module ADM619 and ADM622 Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 50 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 s 7 Selfstudy 53 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning 150 Method of Student Continuous assessment (60%) and Final exam (40%) Module type CFA 289

291 Faculty Economics and Management Sciences School of Business and Finance Module Topic Principles of Management and Leadership Generic Module Name Principles of Management and Leadership Alpha-numeric Code MAN763 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be Semester 1 offered. Programmes in which the Postgraduate Diploma in Business Administration module will be offered Year level 1 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: Apply management and leadership concepts and theories. Demonstrate an ability to apply the principles of management and leadership. Analyse and solve managerial and leadership problems in a team context. Main Content This module covers key management and leadership concepts. Organisations are presented with managers and leaders operating within a complex system of relationships. Managing and leading organisations within dynamic global environments; Exploring leadership theories; Followership; Managerial problem-solving and decision-making; Strategic and operational planning; Organising and delegating; Managing change; Managing innovation and diversity; Human Resources Management; Meeting the ethical challenges of leadership. Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer/tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 35 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 7 Tutorials p.w. 1 s Selfstudy 78 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning 150 Method of Student Continuous assessment (60%) and Final exam (40%) Module type CFA 290

292 Faculty EMS SBF Module Topic Strategic Management Generic module name Strategic Management Alpha-numeric code MAN769 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be 2 offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered. Year Level PGDM, PGDM(Finance), B.Com (Hons) (Management), Advanced Diploma in Management At the end of the module, students will be able to (a) Apply selected analytical tools used to: manage the process of strategic management develop competitive advantage formulate and integrate strategic analysis and functional strategies to develop business unit strategies implement and monitor strategies (b) Evaluate the above tools, by making reasoned judgments founded on sound analysis, when developing strategic alternatives and viable solutions to strategy case study problems. (c) Incorporate current business practice and issues when analyzing strategic management challenges. Main Content Pre-requisites The main areas that will be covered are: Strategic management and decision-making processes; Influence of leadership, power, values and organizational culture on strategy formulation. Formulation of mission and objectives in context of industry and competitive analysis, and internal analysis of resources and capabilities Integration of corporate, business unit and functional strategies Identification of competitive advantage and strategy selection. Designing systems for effective strategy implementation and monitoring. MAN754; MAN761; MAN762 & MAN763 Co-requisites Prohibited module combinations A. Breakdown of Learning MAN304, ADM629 Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals p.w.0 15 Tutorials p.w. 1 B. -table Requirement per week 291

293 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 59 Other: Please specify 36 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Continuous assessment (60%) and Final exam (40%) Module type CFA Faculty Economics and Management Science SBF Module Topic Organizational Diagnosis Generic Module Name Stats for Investments Alpha-numeric Code MAN804 NQF Level 9.2 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the Masters in Management module will be offered At the end of the module the student will be able to: Demonstrate a systematic understanding of the various factors involved in the functioning of complex organizations Critically discuss the multi-dimensional perspectives through which organizational life can be analysed Apply inter-disciplinary analytic and diagnostic skills with respect to issues, problems and opportunities within organizations. Main Content Understanding Organizations and Organizing Organisations as Multi-dimensional Complex Systems Mechanical Images of Organization Organizations as Organisms in the External Environment Organizations as Political Systems Organizations as Cultures Organizations as Brains Organizations as Psychic Prisons and Instruments of Domination Measuring and Improving Organizational Effectiveness Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 35 Practical s p.w. 292

294 Tests & examinations: 5 Tutorials p.w. Selfstudy 50 Case preparation/analysis 20 Method of Student Module type Case Studies; Research Project; Assignments; Class Participation and Oral Presentations (50%); Examination (50%) Faculty Economics and Management Science SBF Module Topic Ethics and Leadership Generic Module Name Masters in Management Alpha-numeric Code MAN805 NQF Level 9.2 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the Masters in Management module will be offered At the end of the module the student will be able to: Manage/negotiate ambiguous/difficult ethical issues Main Content Ethical issues; Professional ethics; Leadership theories, past and present; Personal assessment of preferred leadership style Practicing personal leadership skills Self-Leadership for organizational and personal success Empowerment of employees Motivation skills for a diverse workforce Ethical frameworks from literature and in practice Why making good business decisions can be so difficult Leadership and ethics in the global environment of diversity Avoiding the dark side of the force in your career Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Hours -table Requirement per week Learning Contact with lecturer / tutor: 45 Lectures p.w Tests & examinations: 5 Practical s p.w. Selfstudy 50 Tutorials p.w. Case preparation/analysis 50 Total Learning Method of Student Research Project; Assignments; Class Participation and Oral Presentations (50%); final written exam (50%) Module type 293

295 Name of Module Corporate Governance Programme B. Com (Honours) in Business Elective Administration, B.Com Hons (Mgt) Alpha-numeric code MAN808 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type University Level 9 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: o Critically discuss corporate governance rationale: principal and agent theory; o Critically analyse corporate governance in South Africa (i.e. King 2 Report) from a comparative perspective; o Engage critically in debates about Corporate Governance issues of relevance to public sector institutions and private enterprise o Conduct research and write corporate governance analyses; o Manage/negotiate ambiguous/difficult ethical issues Main Content Principles of corporate governance in the context of diverse organisational types Fundamental nature of Corporate governance (CG) o CG Theories; o CG Law in SA and King 2 Report; o Role of Governing Boards o Responsibilities of directors o Role of Top Management and relationships with Boards o Accountability and implementing of Board decisions Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 45 Assignments & tasks: 30 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 50 Case preparation/analysis 20 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Semester test, research essay, assignments: 50%; final written exam : 50% Name of module Business and the Political Economy Programme Masters in Management Core Alpha-numeric code MAN809 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type University Level 9 At the end of the module, students should demonstrate an ability to: o understand the political economy approach to business, economics and employment relations. 294

296 o analyse the roles and interests of domestic and international capital, the state and organised labour o analyse the impact of globalisation, liberalisation, reregulation and social transformation on the economy. o analyse the contested terrain between capital, labour and the state in policy formulation and regulatory reforms. o understand the political process underlying changes domestically from comparative perspective Main Content The main areas that will be covered in this course are: o Business, Politics, Economics and Policy o Capitalism in context Globally embedded in politics, society, institutions o Varieties of Capitalism and the political economy of South Africa o Liberalisation, democratisation and societal corporatism o Political Economy of Economic Policy, Industrialisation & Economic Development o Political Economy of Trade, foreign direct investment and multi-national corporations o Labour market, Training, Skill Development and Manufacturing Competitiveness Pre-requisites Major in Management, Politics, Economics or related discipline Prohibited Combinations MAN724 Political Economy of Industrial Relations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Assignments & tasks: 30 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 65 Class preparation 20 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Research Project; Discussion papers; Oral Presentations (50%); Examination (50%) Faculty Economics and Management Science SBF Module Topic Comparative Organization and Management Generic Module Name Masters in Management Alpha-numeric Code MAN812 NQF Level 9.2 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the Masters in Management module will be offered At the end of the module the student will be able to: Demonstrate a deep understanding of their own culture; Analyse the principles of diversity management applicable to South Africa; 295

297 Critically discuss different dimensions of organisational culture; Demonstrate an understanding of national characteristics and how they impact on organisational culture. Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: cultural differences; how culture affects the process of doing business; organisational cultures managing culture successfully; Diversity. Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Hours -table Requirement per week Learning Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 30 Practical s p.w. Tests & examinations: 5 Tutorials p.w. Selfstudy 65 Class preparation 20 Total Learning 150 Method of Student Assignments; Tests; Case studies (50%); Examination (50%) Module type Faculty Economics and Management Science SBF Module Topic Social Entrepreneurship and the Social Enterprise Generic Module Name Masters in Management Alpha-numeric Code MAN813 NQF Level 9.2 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the Masters in Management module will be offered At the end of the module the student will be able to: Critically analyze the role that traditional entrepreneurs and social entrepreneurs play in creating job opportunities; Evaluate what are the drivers of social entrepreneurs; Critically analyze the differences in entrepreneurship and social entrepreneurship processes; Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: Social entrepreneurship Social enterprise; Social entrepreneurs; Understanding the: o Mission; 296

298 o Strategies; o Goals; and o Organizational structure of Success and failure of social enterprises. MAN711 Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 40 Practical s p.w. Tests & examinations: 5 Tutorials p.w. Selfstudy 75 Total Learning 150 Method of Student Module type -table Requirement per week Assignments; Case studies (50%); Examination (50%) Faculty Economics and Management Science SBF Module Topic Advanced Strategic Management Generic Module Name Masters in Management Alpha-numeric Code MAN814 NQF Level 9.2 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the Masters in Management module will be offered At the end of the module the student will be able to: critical and analytical thinking skills about a range of strategic management issues an in-depth understanding of and appreciation for concepts and cutting edge research in strategic management; The ability to conduct written and oral analysis of current research in strategic management; the ability to explicitly link ideas, theory and research in the field to practical situations (i.e. case studies); the ability to communicate, both verbally and in writing, current knowledge, critical evaluations and the application of new ideas in strategic management Main Content This module follows an in-depth approach to strategy issues in theory and in practice. Competing models of strategy Industry Analysis, Strategic Choice and the Business Environment Strategic leaders, values and culture. Business Strategy: Resources, capabilities and core competencies 297

299 Strategic Innovation, learning and knowledge management Strategic Organization and Decision-Making Models Corporate Strategy: Diversification and mature sectors Network Strategy: Relationships and Cooperative Strategy Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 25 Practical s p.w. Tests & examinations: 5 Tutorials p.w. Selfstudy 50 Case preparation/analysis 30 Total Learning 150 Method of Student Case Studies; Assignments; Executive summaries; Oral Presentations (50%); Examination (50%) Module type Name of module Capita Selecta Selected Topics in Finance Programme Faculty Elective Alpha-numeric code MAN821 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type University Level 9 At the end of this course students should demonstrate an understanding of the selected topics and be able to: o analyse and explain current issues in the field; o engage in debates on selected topics; o investigate and explain problems related to the selected topics; and o Write clear and coherent academic arguments on the selected topics. Main Content The selected topics will vary according to the interest and expertise of the lecturer. Pre-requisites MAN704, MAN705, MAN706, MAN710 Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Research & writing 70 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Assignment & tasks, research reports (50%) Examination (50%) 298

300 Faculty Economics and Management Science SBF Module Topic Capita Selecta - Selected Topics in Labour Relations Generic Module Name MAN830 Alpha-numeric Code MAN830 NQF Level 9.2 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the Masters in Management module will be offered At the end of the module the student will be able to demonstrate an understanding of the selected topics and be able to: analyse and explain current issues in the field; engage in debates on selected topics; investigate and explain problems related to the selected topics; and Write clear and coherent academic arguments on the selected topics. Main Content The selected topics will vary according to the interest and expertise of the lecturer. Pre-requisite modules MAN714 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 40 Practical s p.w. Research & writing 70 Tutorials p.w. Total Learning 150 Method of Student Assignment & tasks, research reports (50%) Examination (50%) Module type Faculty Economics and Management Science SBF Module Topic Strategic Human Resource Issues Generic Module Name MAN832 Alpha-numeric Code MAN832 NQF Level 9.2 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the Masters in Management module will be offered 299

301 At the end of the module the student will be able to demonstrate an in-depth understanding of: how the organisation of work and employee participation at firm, industry and country levels are shaped by contexts in which organised labour and capital are the key role players. The institutional framework, within which these processes evolve, develops over generations and is shaped, particularly by the state. Key developments transforming production systems, industrial relations and human resource management and worker participation from a comparative perspective the changes in human resources policies and practices at firm-level, where new ideas are borrowed from, the contexts in which they arose, and the challenges faced in transposing them into the local context Main Content Comparative Approaches to IR, HR and national institutions Global Competition, human resources, production strategy and competitive advantage Integrating HR, IR and production strategies international comparisons Systems of Industrial Democracy & Co-determination Interpreting SA experience from an international perspective: Training, Skill Development and Competitiveness Workplace Restructuring and Employee Participation Performance related pay Organisational restructuring and flexible work practices Pre-requisite modules MAN714 Advanced Industrial Relations Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 30 Practical s p.w. Tests & examinations: 5 Tutorials p.w. Selfstudy 65 Class preparation 20 Total Learning 150 Method of Student Research Papers/Essays; Discussion papers; Oral Presentations (50%); Examination (50%) Module type Generic Module Name Critical Analysis for Research in Management Alpha-Numeric Code MAN833 Credit Value 15 Semester Programmes in which the Module Will Be Offered Masters in Management Core 300

302 Level 9 At the end of the module, students will be able to: o Understand the business research process and apply this to drafting a comprehensive draft research proposal o Apply the requirements and methods of sound arguing, reasoning and analysis for Master s-level academic writing. o Identify logical fallacies in research and correct poorly reasoned arguments and conclusions. o Apply critical reasoning and analytical skills to academic literature on a selected research topic. o Construct an organising framework to integrate relevant literature on a selected topic o Identify an appropriate research design o Develop a draft proposal using a conceptual analytical framework that incorporates all of the above Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: o The research and proposal-writing process o Developing and refining the topic for a research project o Avoiding plagiarism and writing coherent academic arguments o Fundamentals and application of analytical and critical thinking o Structure of complex arguments in research context o Identifying and avoiding common research fallacies o Surveying, analysing, organising and reviewing literature o Formulating research questions o Theory building and operationalising research constructs o Quantitative and qualitative research methods Pre-Requisite Modules Co-Requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 25 Practicals p.w. 0 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 50 Class preparation 30 Total Learning 150 Type Oral Presentations; Assignments; Literature Review; Research Proposal (60%); Examination (40%) Faculty Economics and Management Science SBF Module Topic Advanced Marketing Seminar Generic Module Name MAN840 Alpha-numeric Code MAN840 NQF Level 9.2 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester 301

303 Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the Masters in Management module will be offered At the end of the module the student will be able to: Demonstrate a critical understanding and knowledge of classical marketing theories Discuss the relevance of marketing theory in developing marketing and business strategy. Interrogate relevant marketing theory and its implications in selected companies Critically discuss contemporary themes and relevant marketing theories Evaluate the implications of marketing theories on cases studies. Demonstrate an understanding of the influence of strategic marketing theories relating to segmentation, consumer behaviour, marketing mix Apply theoretical tools to interrogate different and opposing marketing paradigms. Analyse case studies to demonstrate the relevant theories that influence the selected choices or options. Apply marketing theory in practical case examples. Present cases relating to marketing theory. Main Content Marketing classical theories Understanding consumer behaviour theories and critique those. Evaluate the ethical marketing theories considerations in marketing strategy and its implementation. Culture and marketing theory Marketing Strategy theories Theories relating to advertising, public relations as well as gap theories. Theoretical tools to assist in analysis the marketing strategies to be followed in the organisation Contemporary challenges facing marketers and the need for theory to inform strategies Develop a comprehensive integrated marketing strategy based on theory Pre-requisite modules MAN719 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 65 Practical s p.w. Selfstudy 55 Tutorials p.w. Total Learning 150 Method of Student Review essay/review paper; Action written tasks; critiques; case studies (50%) Examination (50%). Module type 302

304 Faculty Economics and Management Science SBF Module Topic Capita Selecta Selected topics in Marketing Generic Module Name MAN841 Alpha-numeric Code MAN841 NQF Level 9.2 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the Masters in Management module will be offered At the end of the module the student will be able to demonstrate an understanding of the selected topics and be able to: analyse and explain current issues in the field; engage in debates on selected topics; investigate and explain problems related to the selected topics; and Write clear and coherent academic arguments on the selected topics. Main Content The selected topics will vary according to the interest and expertise of the lecturer. Pre-requisite modules MAN719 OR MAN702 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 40 Practical s p.w. Research & writing 70 Tutorials p.w. Total Learning 150 Method of Student Assignment & tasks, research reports (50%) Examination (50%) Module type Faculty Economics and Management Science SBF Module Topic Work Organisation Generic Module Name MAN850 Alpha-numeric Code MAN850 NQF Level 9.2 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the Masters in Management module will be offered 303

305 Main Content At the end of the module the student will be able to: Critically discuss theory on work organisation Critically discuss what organizations can do to improve their work organisation Critically discuss how to implement work organisation. Evaluate the work organisation of firms. The main aspects that will be covered in this course are: Theories of Work Organisation Incentives and Reward Systems Implementation of Work Organisation Initiatives Team Performance Measurement Dissemination of Team-based Work Organisation Shop Floor Teamwork Decision-making Job Design Training MAN721 Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 50 Practical s p.w. Selfstudy 70 Tutorials p.w. Total Learning 150 Method of Student Module type -table Requirement per week Case studies, assignments, oral presentations (50%); Examination (50%) Faculty Economics and Management Science SBF Module Topic Capita Selecta Selected topics in Operations Generic Module Name MAN851 Alpha-numeric Code MAN851 NQF Level 9.2 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the Masters in Management module will be offered At the end of the module the student will be able to demonstrate an understanding of the selected topics and be able to: analyse and explain current issues in the field; engage in debates on selected topics; investigate and explain problems related to the selected topics; and Write clear and coherent academic arguments on the selected topics. 304

306 Main Content The selected topics will vary according to the interest and expertise of the lecturer. Pre-requisite modules MAN721 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 40 Practical s p.w. Research & writing 70 Tutorials p.w. Total Learning 150 Method of Student Assignment & tasks, research reports (50%) Examination (50%) Module type Name of Module Business Research Methods Programme Masters in Management Core Alpha-numeric code MAN860 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type Programme Level 9 At the end of the course, the student will be able to: o Demonstrate an understanding of the research process for a Business Research Project; o Critically discuss the philosophy surrounding the identification of a workable Research topic, conceptualization of a Research Project, preliminary survey of relevant literature. o Apply relevant theory to chosen topic, identified relevant concepts, the relationships between them, and their operationalization. o Analysed how different research methods are utilized to address particular research questions. o Demonstrate an understanding of various Data collection and Analysis tools, and identified what is applicable to him/her. o Complete a draft Research Proposal. Main Content This module offers an in-depth introduction to theoretical and practical issues surrounding the conduct of Business Research at Masters level. Topics that will be covered are: o Introduction to Business Research Process and Proposal writing. o Library resources and using internet, referencing and plagiarism. o Formulating and clarifying researchable topic and research questions and/or hypotheses. o Developing Theory, and how to do a preliminary literature review. o Concepts, relationships and operationalization of concepts. 305

307 o Examination of different Research Strategies/designs - Qualitative vs. Quantitative studies. o Designing, Planning and doing a Case Study o Designing, planning and doing a Survey o Questionnaire design and administration o Data analysis and reporting o Report writing and presentation of findings Pre-requisites MAN833 CARM Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor 30 Assignments & Critiques 20 Draft Research Proposal 25 Class presentations & 10 discussions Selfstudy 45 Examination 20 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Critique/Assignments, Oral Presentations, Draft Research Proposal (50%); Examination (50%) Faculty Economics and Management Science SBF Module Topic South African Business and Globalisation Generic Module Name MAN865 Alpha-numeric Code MAN865 NQF Level 9.2 NQF Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the Masters in Management module will be offered At the end of the module the student will be able to: critically analyze a broad range of domestic and international topics which are currently of strategic importance to management in South Africa. Apply the theories, concepts and principles covered in the course readings to the practical organizational context. conduct secondary empirical research on the competitiveness of firms and/or sectors. Main Content The general focus is on environmental factors that are currently having a significant impact on firm competitiveness and strategies and the areas to be covered are: Strategy and international competition Globalisation and competition Comparative and Competitive Advantage Competitive strategy for global players Industrial Policy & Strategy in South Africa and Newly Industrialised Countries South Africa: Global, Regional & Local Competition 306

308 Strategic Linkages -Value Chains and Supplier Relations Regions and Clusters Pre-requisite modules MAN726 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 35 Practical s p.w. Tests & examinations: 5 Tutorials p.w. Selfstudy 50 Case preparation/analysis 20 Total Learning 150 Method of Student Case Studies; Research Project; Commentaries; Oral Presentations (50%); Examination (50%) Module type Generic Module Name Management Research Alpha-Numeric Code MRP711 Credit Value 15 1st Semester Proposed Semester/Term 1st Programmes In Which The B.Com (Hons) (Management); PGDM Module Will Be Offered Level 8 On completion of the module, students should be able to: o Critically analyse empirical and theoretical management research o Appreciate the necessity and value of the scientific method o Read and critically analyse theoretical and empirical research in the proposed area of management research. o Construct an academic argument and craft a literature review o Demonstrate a conceptual and practical understanding of quantitative and qualitative research methodologies in a business context. o Design a research study under the supervision of a project leader o Develop a comprehensive research proposal (or draft Introduction, Literature Review and Research Method chapters) to complete the requirements of the Management Research Report or Field Study. Main Content o Thinking like a Researcher & Reading Critically o Reviewing the literature o Developing a Conceptual Framework and Formulating Research Questions o Linking Concepts & Constructs to Data o Research Designs o Creating Qualitative and Quantitative Data 307

309 o Qualitative and Quantitative data analysis o Ethics in business research o Writing the Final Research Report Pre-Requisite Modules MAN314 or ADM626 or FRC311 or FRC312 or RCF711 Co-Requisite Modules MRR712 (Honours students only) Prohibited Module FRP711 or FRP712 Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 50 Practicals p.w. Tests & examinations: 7 Selfstudy 43 Other: Fieldwork 10 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Tests, Assignments, Presentations (40%) Draft Research Report or Research Proposal (30%); Examination (30%) Generic Module Name Management Research Report Alpha-Numeric Code MRR711 Credit Value 15 Semester Proposed Semester To Be Semester 2 Offered. Programmes in which the Module Will Be Offered B.Com Honours (Management) PGDM Level 8 Year Level Postgraduate Core Eelective The module aims to enable the student to complete a research report applying quantitative or qualitative research skills in the area of management. On completion, students should be able to: o Formulate a management research question o Select an appropriate methodology in line with the research question o Collect, sort and analyse data, applying appropriate skills necessary to obtain research results. o Describe and analyse research results. o Compare and contrast research results to significant prior empirical findings. o Identify contributions to the existing body of knowledge. o Write-up and compile research dissertation. Main Content o Research goal and objectives o Literature Review o Research methodologies o Research design and problem statement o Data collection, sorting and analysis o Review of Research Results o Oral and written presentations of the draft and final research dissertation Pre-Requisite Modules MRP711 or MRP712 Co-Requisite Modules 308

310 Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 20 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals p.w. Selfstudy 20 Research Dissertation 70 Total Learning 150 Method of Student Seminar Papers, Assignments and Presentations (25%) Dissertation (75%) Name of Module Project Management Programme Advanced Diploma in Management, PGDM, Elective B.Com (Hons) (Management) Alpha-numeric code MAN620/MAN720 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type Programme Level 8 At the end of the module, the students will be able to: o Understand the need for project management in today s life and understand the role and necessary characteristics of a Project Manager, o Demonstrate an understanding of: o the five Project Management Process Groups and apply these processes to effectively manage a project through its life cycle, o the nine focussed expert Knowledge Areas required to succeed in Project Management - apply these knowledge areas in order to more effectively manage a project, o Demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between the inputs, tools and techniques and expected outcomes of each of the knowledge o Critically assess the viability of a project proposal. Main Content o Project Management Introduction, o Characteristics of a Project Manager o Project Processes and Actions o Initiating, Planning, Executing and Controlling Processes o Closing Activities o Key Knowledge and Competence Areas o Project Scope, Cost, & Quality Management o Project Communication and Procurement Management o Project Stakeholder and Social Compact Management o Project Risk Management o Project Integration Management Pre-requisites A module in operations management, MAN233 or MAN757 Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 -table Requirement per week 309

311 Assignments & tasks: 30 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals: 15 Selfstudy 40 Class preparation 20 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Assignments; test; class discussion with peer evaluation (60%); and examination (40%). Name of Module Services Marketing Programme Advanced Diploma in Management Elective Alpha-numeric code ADM628/MAN728 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type Programme Level 7/8 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of the importance of services marketing. Identify aspects within organizations that can improve the service delivery to their customers. Develop a services marketing policy and strategy Evaluate the Service Marketing policies and strategies of competitor organizations, to develop a competitive advantage. Main Content The major areas that will be covered in this course are: The role of services in a changing economy; The relation and importance of services to the Gross Domestic product; The principles of the Servqual model; Service design, service setting, service quality and the use of the SERVQUAL model, the service encounter; Managing supply and demand for services; Service communications; Performance measurement and delivering satisfactory service; Monitoring and evaluating service. Pre-requisites MAN754 OR MAN231 Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 28 Tests & examinations: 8 Practicals: 20 Selfstudy 34 Class preparation 20 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Assignments, Case studies, class discussion; Weekly chapter outlines (50%) and examination (50%) 310

312 Name of Module Strategy and Global Competition Programme PGDM, B. Com (Honours) Elective (Management), Alpha-numeric code MAN726 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type Programme Level 8 At the end of the module, students will have demonstrated the ability to: o critically analyze a broad range of domestic and international topics which are currently of strategic importance to management in South Africa. o Apply the theories, concepts and principles covered in the course readings to the practical organizational context. o conduct secondary empirical research on the competitiveness of firms and/or sectors. Main Content The general focus is on environmental factors that are currently having a significant impact on firm competitiveness and strategies and the areas to be covered are: o Strategy and international competition o Globalisation and competition o Comparative and Competitive Advantage o Competitive strategy for global players o Industrial Policy & Strategy in South Africa and Newly Industrialised Countries o South Africa: Global, Regional & Local Competition o Strategic Linkages -Value Chains and Supplier Relations o Regions and Clusters Pre-requisites MAN304/ADM629/MAN769 Prohibited Combinations MAN865 Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 35 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 50 Case preparation/analysis 20 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Case Studies; Research Project; Commentaries; Oral Presentations (50%); Examination (50%) Name of module SME Consulting Programme Advanced Diploma in Management//PGDM, B.Com (Hons) (Management) Alpha-numeric code MAN732 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type Programme Elective 311

313 Level 7/8 At the end of the module, the student will be able demonstrate the ability to: o Prepare a profile of a business; o Do a SWOT analysis; o Prepare an action plan; o Present the action plan to a mentor and the owner of the business; o Prepare a final action incorporating the suggestions from the mentor and owner (s); o Present the final action plan and overall plan to the owner. Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: o what is consulting; o consulting to a family business; o the SMME environment; o productivity improvement model; o business planning Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals: 20 Selfstudy 30 Case preparation/analysis 18 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Profile; swot analysis; action plan (60%); final report and verbal presentation (40%) Name of module Supply Chain Management Programme PGDM, B.Com (Hons) (Management) Elective Alpha-numeric code MAN730 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type Programme Level 8 At the end of the module, the student should be able to: o Apply the principles of world class supply chain management (SCM) to real world settings. o Critically analyse the role that SCM plays in providing organizations with a competitive edge. o Utilise analytical tools to integrate various functional areas of a business with suppliers locally and globally o Evaluate the holistic effectiveness of a supply chain operation o Explain the challenges of developing sustainable supply chains. Main Content o Professional SCM o Supply Chain Organisation and Management o New Product Development o Purchasing Descriptions and Specifications o Managing Quality in the Supply Chain o Procurement of Equipment and Services 312

314 o Strategic Sourcing and Outsourcing o Global Supply Management o Contract Negotiation and & Relationship Management o Ethics, Social Responsibility and Sustainability Pre-requisites ADM623/MAN757/ MAN233 Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer 35 Assignments 25 Case studies 30 Tests 20 Examination 15 Preparation 25 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Assignments; Tests; Case studies (60%); Examination (40%) Module Name World Class Operations Programme B.Com Honours (Mgt) Elective Alpha-Numeric Code MAN721 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type Programme Level 8 At the end of the module, the student will be able to: o Critically discuss the interactive relationship between Operations, Strategy and Technology in today s global competitive environment. o Critically discuss the various trade-off/conflicts associated with revolutionary approaches of managing operations. o Analyze critically an organization s approaches to the design of its products, processes and services. o Evaluate the implication of various revolutionary manufacturing techniques to the efficient and effective transformation/use of aggregate inputs raw materials, personnel, machines, technology, capital, information, & other resources into marketable and competitive outputs. Main Content This module will cover theoretical and practical contemporary issues related Operations management. The following will be covered: o What are the challenges in global competitive environment and its implications on local operations o How to create competitive advantage through Operations, New product & process development, and Operations improvements.. o Examine various revolutionary approaches (World Class Manufacturing/Lean/JIT/Team work, etc), and note some growing disillusionment with some of these approaches. o Dynamic processes for building firm-level technological capabilities 313

315 o Dynamic Organizational capabilities needed to offer products or services that are cost competitive, of consistently high quality, and meet the thrice delivery objectives of flexibility, dependability and speed. Pre-requisites MDP557/ MAN233/ADM623/MAN757 Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor 42 Assignments & critiques 30 Case studies & Class 20 discussions Selfstudy 25 Test 15 Examination 18 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Assignments/critiques, Case studies, Tests (50%); Examination (50%) MASTERS IN MANAGEMENT Name of Module Management Research Seminar Programme Masters in Management Core Alpha-numeric code MAN864 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type Programme Level 9 The purpose with this module is to assist students to complete the data collection, analysis and drafting of the Research Report. At the end of the module, the student would have demonstrated how to: o Incorporate support and feedback from his/her class presentations into draft chapters of a Research Project; o Prepare draft chapters of literature review, research design, data collection, data analysis and findings; and o Revise the research report drafts based on feedback from the supervisor, advisors and fellow students. Main Content This module will mainly cover practical issues related to the completion of the Research Report. The following will be covered: o Class presentations of work-in-progress reports and critiques thereof; o Class and staff/supervisor feedback; o Addressing practical bottlenecks arising from conducting the research project; and o Writing comprehensive draft chapters of the literature review, research methods, data analysis and findings Pre-requisites MAN860 Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor

316 Assignments & critiques 20 Class Presentations 20 Components of Draft Report 70 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Assignments/critiques, Oral Presentations, Chapters of draft Research; Report (100%) 315

317 Political Studies Name of Module Research Project Programme (s) in which Faculty Core/ Elective module will be offered Honours in Political EMS, Arts core Studies Political Studies Module description Research Project Generic module name Research Project Alpha-numeric code POL706 Credit Value 30 Semester Level 8 By the end of this module, students will be able to formulate a research problem and research proposal conduct independent research analyze relevant literature and write up a substantial report Main Content Research on a selected topic Research report Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 88 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 180 Total Learning 300 Methods of Student Research report 100% Name of module Comparative Area Politics Programme (s) in which Faculty Core/ Elective module will be offered Honours in Political EMS, Arts Elective Studies Political Studies Module description Comparative Area Politics (Header) Generic module name Comparative Area Politics Alpha-numeric code POL708 Credit Value 30 Semester Level 8 At the end of this module, student should be able to o Apply the comparative method to study political issues in a selected area, e.g. the Middle East o Analyze themes of significance to the selected region/area o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the major political issues in the states being studied 316

318 Main Content o Comparative method o Political issues/controversies in countries of case study o Significant transnational themes in the selected area Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 88 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 160 Total Learning 240 Methods of Student Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% Name of module International Political Economy Programme (s) in which Faculty Core/ Elective new module will be offered Honours in Political EMS, Arts Elective Studies Political Studies Module description International Political Economy Generic module name International Political Economy Alpha-numeric code POL709 Credit Value 30 Semester Module Type University Level 8 By the end of this module, students will be able to o Critically evaluate and apply theories in IPE, e.g. world systems theory, dependency theory, free trade liberalism, globalization theory, critical theory of IPE o Explain the structure of the world political economy o Analyze issues in the global political economy, e.g. financial crises, international debt, economic diplomacy, the rise of economic hegemons Main Content o Theories of International Political Economy o Debates and issues in IPE Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 88 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 180 Total Learning 300 Methods of Student Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% 317

319 Name of module Political Violence Programme (s) in which Faculty Core/ Elective module will be offered Honours in Political EMS. Arts elective Studies Political Studies Module description Political Violence Generic module name Political Violence Alpha-numeric code PO710 Credit Value 30 Semester Level 8 At the end of this module, students will be able to: o critically explain how political violence is framed as an object of analysis in scholarly discourse o demonstrate how political violence relates to the formation of modern political societies o critically evaluate how political violence relates to political power and social change o analyse the role and origin of violence in a particular event of contemporary or historical significance Main Content o Political theory and violence o War making and state making o Legitimate and illegitimate violence o Colonial modernity and violence o Violence and social change Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 88 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 180 Total Learning 300 Methods of Student Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% Name of module Political Philosophy Programme (s) in which Faculty Core/ Elective module will be offered Honours in Political EMS, Arts elective Studies Political Studies Module description Political Philosophy Generic module name Political Philosophy Alpha-numeric code POL711 Credit Value 30 Semester Level 8 By the end of this module, students will be able to: 318

320 o o Explain and critique selected political theories or the work of selected political philosophers Critically assess key problems, periods, or texts in political philosophy Main Content Selection of themes, periods, or texts in political philosophy Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 88 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 180 Total Learning 300 Methods of Student -table Requirement per week Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% Name of module The Politics of Mass Communication Programme (s) in which Faculty Core/ Elective module will be offered Honours in Political EMS, Arts Elective Studies Political Studies Module description The Politics of Mass Communication Generic module name The Politics of Mass Communication Alpha-numeric code POL712 Credit Value 30 Semester Level 8 By the end of this module, students will be able to: o Analyze texts, arguments and images in Politics, using analytical tools such as Critical Discourse Analysis or the interpretive approach o Critically analyze the manipulation of symbols for political purposes o Critically analyze the use of mass communication media (e.g. printed media, television or the Internet) for the distribution of political ideas and the mobilization of public opinion Main Content o Discourse analysis o Theories of social representation o Political mobilization and public opinion o Mass communication media Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations 319

321 Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 88 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 180 Total Learning 300 Methods of Student Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% Name of module South African Politics Programme (s) in which Faculty Core/ Elective module will be offered Honours in Political EMS, Arts Elective Studies Political Studies Module description South African Politics Generic module name South African Politics Alpha-numeric code POL719 Credit Value 30 Semester Module Type University Level 8 By the end of this module, students will be able to o Critically analyse power relations in South African society o Critically discuss key development debates in South Africa, e.g. poverty, equality, black economic empowerment o Compare and contrast selected theories/models of power and/or development, e.g. Modernisation Theory, Dependency Theory, Sustainable Development and Social Theory and apply them to South African politics and/or South Africa s political economy Main Content o Theories/models of power, development and underdevelopment o Current debates and issues in South Africa s politics and/or political-economy Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 88 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 180 Total Learning 300 Methods of Student Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% 320

322 Name of module POLITICAL TRANSITIONS Programme (s) in which Faculty Core/ Elective module will be offered Honours in Political EMS, Arts Elective Studies Political Studies Module description Political Transitions And Issues of Democratic Consolidation Generic module name Political Transitions Alpha-numeric code POL721 Credit Value 24 Semester Level 8 At the end of this module, students should be able to: o Explain key concepts in the literature on political change, e.g. transitions and democratic consolidation o Critically analyze major debates in transition and consolidation studies o Apply theoretical perspectives to practical situations (case studies) of political change Main Content o Conceptual models, debates, and practical issues of political change (transition politics and democratic consolidation) o Selected case studies of political change and consolidation Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 88 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 180 Total Learning 300 Methods of Student Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% Name of Module Contemporary Democratic Theory and Practice Programme (s) in which Faculty Core/ Elective module will be offered Honours Economic & Management Elective Sciences Faculty & Arts Faculty Political Studies Generic module name Contemporary Democratic Theory Alpha-numeric code POL723 Credit Value 30 Semester Module Type University Level 8 At the end of this module, students should be able to: o Critically evaluate theories of democracy 321

323 o Explain and evaluate alternative forms of citizen participation, e.g. ward committees o Apply theories and concepts to selected case studies Main Content o Theories of democracy and participation o Forms of citizen participation o Case studies, e.g. South Africa, India, Brazil and the DRC Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 88 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 180 Total Learning 300 Methods of Student Seminar papers, essays 50%, Exam 50% Faculty Economics and Management Science Political Studies Module Topic Regional Community Foreign Policy Generic Module Name Regional Community Foreign Policy Alpha-numeric Code POL724 NQF Level 8.1 NQF Credit Value 24 Term Proposed semester to be First Term offered. Programmes in which the module will be offered At the end of the module the student will be able to: Analyze the process in attempting to create a common foreign policy in a regional community such as the EU or AU Demonstrate an understanding of complex issues in this field Conduct independent research Main Content Attempts to create a common foreign policy Attempts at peace-keeping Pre-requisite modules Bachelor s in Political Studies Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 22 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 48 Practical s p.w. 322

324 Tests & examinations: 3 Tutorials p.w. Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 177 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning 240 Method of Student Seminars and assignments 50% Exam 50% Module type Name of Module Institutions and Policy-Making in a Regional Community Programme (s) in which Faculty Core/ Elective module will be offered Honours Economic & Management Elective Sciences Faculty & Arts Faculty Political Studies Module description Institutions and Policy-Making in a Regional Community Generic module name Institutions and Policy-Making in a Regional Community Alpha-numeric code POL725 Credit Value 24 Term Level 8 At the end of the module, students should be able to: o Analyze policy debates in regional communities critically o Demonstrate an understanding of the complex policy making process in regional communities o Conduct independent research Main Content o Concepts and theories of policy making in regional communities o Policy debates in selected regional communities o Case study of the policy-making process in a regional community Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 160 Total Learning 240 Methods of Student Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% 323

325 Name of Module International Relations Theory Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Honours in Political EMS, Arts Elective Studies Political Studies Module description International Relations Theory Generic module name International Relations Theory Alpha-numeric code POL730 Credit Value 24 Semester Level 8 After completion, students will be able to: o explain the work of leading theorists in International Relations o outline competing trends in IR Theory, e.g. rationalist and transformative theories and new interpretation of Classical Realism o evaluate the role of theory in IR and use theoretical frameworks to interpret IR issues Main Content o The role of theoretical concepts and frameworks o Rationalist, transformative, constructivist, and critical theories in IR (Feminism, Environmentalism, Postmodernism) o Challenges to mainstream theories, e.g. Realism and Liberalism Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 160 Total Learning 240 Methods of Student Seminar papers, essays 50%, Final assessment 50% Name of module Security Studies Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Honours in Political EMS, Arts Elective Studies Political Studies Module description Security Studies Generic module name Security Studies Alpha-numeric code POL731 Credit Value 30 Semester Module Type U Level 8 324

326 After completion, students will be able to: o analyze the meanings of security, threat and conflict from the perspective of the state, society and individuals o distinguish between and evaluate traditional and new security paradigms o describe and analyze the actors, agendas and processes involved in the provision of security (on international, national and individual level) Main Content o Construction of threat, insecurity, conflict o National security and human security paradigms o New security threats o The use of force in international relations o The economics and technologies of war Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 88 Tests & examinations: 4 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 180 Total Learning 300 Methods of Student Seminar papers, essays 50%, Final assessment 50% Name of module Mini-thesis Programme (s) in which Faculty Core/ Elective module will be offered Masters in Political EMS, Arts Core Studies Political Studies Module description Research Project (mini-thesis) Generic module name Research Project (mini-thesis) Alpha-numeric code POL803/POL804 Credit Value 40 Semester Level 9 By the end of this module, students will be able to formulate a research problem and research proposal conduct independent research analyze relevant literature write up a substantial research report adhering to all academic conventions Main Content Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Independent research Mini-thesis 325

327 Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Selfstudy 360 Total Learning 400 Methods of Student Mini-thesis 100% Name of module Comparative Area Politics Programme (s) in which Faculty Core/ Elective module will be offered Master s in Political EMS, Arts elective Studies Political Studies Module description Comparative Area Politics Generic module name Comparative Area Politics Alpha-numeric code POL813 Credit Value 20 Semester Level 9 At the end of this module, student should be able to o Apply the comparative method to study political issues in a selected area, e.g. the Middle East o Analyze themes of significance to the selected region/area o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the major political issues in the states being studied Main Content o Comparative method o Political issues/controversies in countries of case study o Significant transnational themes in the selected area Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 120 Other: Please specify 200 Total Learning 28 Methods of Student Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% 326

328 Name of module International Political Economy Programme (s) in which Faculty Core/ Elective module will be offered Master s in Political EMS, Arts elective Studies Political Studies Module description International Political Economy Generic module name International Political Economy Alpha-numeric code POL814 Credit Value 20 Term Level 9 By the end of this module, students will be able to o Critically evaluate and apply theories in IPE, e.g. world systems theory, dependency theory, free trade liberalism, globalization theory, Coxian theories of IPE o Explain the structure of the world political economy o Analyze issues in the global political economy, e.g. financial crises, international debt, economic diplomacy, the rise of economic hegemons Main Content o Theories of International Political Economy o Debates and issues in IPE Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 120 Total Learning 200 Methods of Student Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% Name of module Political Violence Programme (s) in which Faculty Core/ Elective module will be offered M. Admin, M.A EMS. Arts elective Political Studies Module description Political Violence (Header) Generic module name Political Violence Alpha-numeric code POL815 Credit Value 20 Semester Level 9 By the end of this module, students will be able to: o critically discuss how political violence is framed as an object of analysis in scholarly discourse 327

329 o demonstrate how political violence relates to the formation of modern political societies o critically evaluate how political violence relates to political power and social change o analyse the role and origin of violence in a particular event of contemporary or historical significance Main Content o Political theory and violence o war making and state making o legitimate and illegitimate violence o colonial modernity and violence o the camp and the state of exception as paradigms of modernity o violence and social change Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 120 Case preparation/analysis Total Learning 200 Methods of Student Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% Name of module Political Philosophy Programme (s) in which Faculty Core/ Elective module will be offered Masters in Political EMS, Arts elective Studies Political Studies Module description Political Philosophy (Header) Alpha-numeric code POL816 Credit Value 20 Term Level 9 By the end of this module, students will be able to: o Explain and critique selected political theories or the work of selected political philosophers o Critically assess key problems, periods, or texts in political philosophy Main Content Selection of themes, periods, or texts in political philosophy Pre-requisites Co-requisites 328

330 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 120 Total Learning 200 Methods of Student Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% Name of module The Politics of Mass Communication Programme (s) in which Faculty Core/ Elective module will be offered Master s in Political EMS, Arts elective Studies Political Studies Module description The Politics of Mass Communication Generic module name The Politics of Mass Communication Alpha-numeric code POL817 Credit Value 20 Semester Level 9 By the end of this module, students will be able to: o Analyze texts, arguments and images in Politics, using analytical tools such as Critical Discourse Analysis or the interpretive approach o Critically analyze the manipulation of symbols for political purposes o Critically analyze the use of mass communication media (e.g. printed media, television or the Internet) for the distribution of political ideas and the mobilization of public opinion Main Content o Discourse analysis o Theories of social representation o Political mobilization and public opinion o Mass communication media Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 120 Total Learning 200 Methods of Student Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% 329

331 Name of module South African Politics Programme (s) in which Faculty Core/ Elective module will be offered Master s in Political EMS, Arts elective Studies Political Studies Module description South African Politics Generic module name South African Politics Alpha-numeric code POL819 Credit Value 30 Semester Level 9 By the end of this module, students will be able to o Critically analyse power relations in South African society o Critically discuss key development debates in South Africa, e.g. poverty, equality, black economic empowerment o Compare and contrast selected theories/models of power and/or development, e.g. Modernisation Theory, Dependency Theory, Sustainable Development and Social Theory and apply them to South African politics and/or South Africa s political economy Main Content Theories/models of power, development and underdevelopment Current debates and issues in South Africa s politics and/or political-economy Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 88 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 180 Total Learning 300 Methods of Student Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% Name of module Political Transitions Programme (s) in which Faculty module will be offered Master s in Political EMS, Arts Studies Political Studies Module description Political Transitions Generic module name Political Transitions Alpha-numeric code POL821 Credit Value 30 Semester Level 9 Core/ Elective elective 330

332 At the end of this module, students should be able to: o Explain key concepts in the literature on political change, e.g. transitions and democratic consolidation o Critically analyze major debates in transition and consolidation studies o Apply theoretical perspectives to practical situations (case studies) of political change Main Content Conceptual models, debates, and practical issues of political change (transition politics and democratic consolidation) Selected case studies of political change and consolidation Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 88 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 130 Total Learning 300 Methods of Student Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% Name of module Contemporary Democratic Theory and Practice Programme (s) in which Faculty Core/ Elective module will be offered Master s in Political EMS, Arts elective Studies Political Studies Module description Contemporary Democratic Theory Generic module name Contemporary Democratic Theory Alpha-numeric code POL822 Credit Value 30 1 term Level 9 At the end of this module, students should be able to: o Critically evaluate theories of democracy o Explain and evaluate alternative forms of citizen participation, e.g. ward committees o Apply theories and concepts to selected case studies Main Content o Theories of democracy and participation o Forms of citizen participation o Case studies, e.g. South Africa, India, Brazil and the DRC Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks:

333 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 180 Total Learning 300 Methods of Student Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% Name of module Institutions and Policy Making in Regional Community Programme (s) in which Faculty Core/ Elective module will be offered Honours Economic & Management Sciences Elective Faculty & Arts Faculty Political Studies Module description Institutions and Policy Making in Regional Community Generic module name Institutions and Policy Making in Regional Community Alpha-numeric code POL823 Credit Value 20 Term Level 9 At the end of the module, students should be able to: o Analyze policy debates in regional communities critically o Demonstrate an understanding of the complex policy making process in regional communities o Conduct independent research Main Content o Concepts and theories of policy making in regional communities o Policy debates in selected regional communities o Case study of the policy-making process in a regional community Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 120 Total Learning 200 Methods of Student Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% Name of module Regional Community Foreign Policy Programme (s) in which Faculty new module will be offered Honours Economic & Management Sciences Faculty % Arts Faculty Political Studies Module description Regional Community Foreign Policy Alpha-numeric code POL824 Credit Value 20 Core/ Elective Elective 332

334 Term Level 9 At the end of this module, students should be able to: o Analyze the process in attempting to formulate common foreign policy in a regional community such as the EU or AU o Demonstrate an understanding of complex theoretical and practical issues in this field o Conduct independent research on the foreign policy issues of a selected regional community, e.g. peacekeeping by the AU Main Content o Attempts to create a common foreign policy o Foreign policy analysis o Foreign policy issues, e.g. peacekeeping and free trade Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 120 Total Learning 200 Methods of Student Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% Faculty EMS Faculty Political Studies Module description Security Studies Generic module name Security Studies 831 Alpha-numeric code POL831 Credit Value 24 Semester Module Type U Level 8.2 After completion, students will be able to: critically analyze contemporary security discourses, including the war on terror, the Revolution in Military Affairs and human security analyze the meanings of security, threat and conflict for the state, society and individuals by contrasting competing theories in the field critically examine the actors, agendas and processes involved in the provision of security (on international, national and individual level) Main Content Construction of threat, insecurity, conflict, security discourses National security vs. human security paradigms New security threats The use of force in international relations The economics and technologies of war 333

335 Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 160 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning 240 Methods of Student -table Requirement per week Seminar papers, essays 50%, Final assessment 50% Name of module Capita Selecta Programme (s) in which Faculty Core/ Elective module will be offered Master s in Political EMS, Arts elective Studies Political Studies Module description Selected Topics Generic module name Selected Topics Alpha-numeric code POL835 Credit Value 30 Semester Level 9 At the end of the module, students will be able to: o Analyse and explain current debates regarding selected topics in the field of Political Studies or International Relations; o Investigate and explain problems related to the selected topics; o Write clear and coherent academic arguments on the selected topics. Main Content The selected topics will vary according to the interest and expertise of the lecturer Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 88 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 180 Total Learning 300 Methods of Student Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50% 334

336 School of Government: Advanced Diploma in Public Administration Programme Advanced Diploma in Public Administration Core / Elective ADPA: 1605 Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Core School of Government, Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Module Description Introduction to Governance and Public Administration Generic Module Name Introduction to Governance and Public Administration Alpha Numeric Code PUA611 Credit Value 20 1 year Module Type Programme Level 6 Main outcomes o Have in-depth understanding of the principles and dimensions of governance/good governance and discuss the challenges of putting them into practice o Understand and apply key concepts of public accountability, democracy, human rights, and access to justice, and how they work in practice in different contexts o Critically analyse the roles and dynamics of relationships between state, citizens and other institutions in the governance process in different contexts o Develop strong critical and analytical skills for application in a variety of contexts. o Explain the origin, theories and models of public administration o Discuss the concept of new public management Main content o The definition (government vs. governance) and levels of governance (local, provincial national, global). o Components / elements of good governance. o The relationship between good governance, civil society and development. o The role of civil society in governance. Enabling factors and obstacles for participation. o Participatory governance. o Origins, theories and Models of Public Administration o New Public Management v Private Sector Management o South Africa as a Developmental State o South African Constitution & Bill of Rights o Structure of Government o Ethics in Public Service Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited combinations 335

337 Breakdown of learning Hours time Contact with lecturer/tutor: 48 Assignments and tasks: 35 Tests and Examinations: 32 Selfstudy 85 Total learning time 200 Methods of student assessment Assignment writing Test Group tasks Examination Programme Faculty Core / Elective ADPA: 1605 Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Core School of Government, Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Module Description Public Policy Generic Module Name Public Policy Alpha Numeric Code PUA612 Credit Value 20 1 year Module Type Programme Level 6 Main outcomes o Understand the organizational, sectoral and societal significance of policy. o Explain the nature and dynamics of phases in the policy process. o Demonstrate understanding and explain public policy process. o Identify the challenges of policy implementation. o Recognise and identify opportunities for improving policy. o Explain the key types of policy evaluation. o Investigate and resolve problems in policy environments. Main content o Concepts of public policy. o Theoretical models for policy making. o Policy making process in South Africa National, provincial and Local. o Policy formulation and Citizen participation. o Policy analysis. o Policy implementation and contribution factors. o Role of IGR in public policy. o Policy monitoring and evaluation. o Research design and policy development. Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited combinations 336

338 Breakdown of learning Hours time Contact with lecturer/tutor: 48 Assignments and tasks: 35 Tests and Examinations: 32 Selfstudy 85 Total learning time 200 Methods of student assessment Assignment writing Test Group tasks Examination Programme Advanced Diploma in Public Administration ADPA: 1605 Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences School of Government, Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Module Description Managing Information and Communication Generic Module Name Managing Information and Communication Alpha Numeric Code PUA613 Credit Value 20 1 year Module Type Programme Level 6 Main outcomes o Identify government information requirements. o Demonstrate an understanding of the role of information in organisation design and behaviour. o Demonstrate an ability to collect, analyse, organise and communicate information. o Identify and utilise appropriate communication tools and strategies. o Utilise information technology to enhance communications. Main content o Selecting relevant information. o Formatting and synthesising information in a way that is accessible within time constraints. o Writing specialised information for specific audiences. o Analysing technical information in text. o Making information available in way that is accessible within time constraints. o Methods of conveying the information in terms of communication content and target audience. Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited combinations Breakdown of learning Hours time Contact with lecturer/tutor: 48 Assignments and tasks:

339 Tests and Examinations: 32 Selfstudy 85 Total learning time 200 Methods of student assessment Assignment writing Test Group tasks Examination Programme Advanced Diploma in Public Administration ADPA: 1605 Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences School of Government, Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Module Description Leadership and Managing People Generic Module Name Leadership and Managing People Alpha Numeric Code PUA614 Credit Value 20 1 year Module Type Programme Level 6 Main outcomes o Understand of the effect of leadership on organizational success; o An understanding and the role of various stakeholders in the formulation and communication of the organizational purpose and principles; o Understand the different types of leadership. o Understand organizational change process. o Develop a working knowledge of regulatory framework that informs and change and transformation in the public service. Main content o Context of leadership. o Leadership Styles and types. o Setting organizational purpose, goals and principles. o Developing an organizational culture and vision. o Organisational change. o Public service regulatory framework. Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited combinations Breakdown of learning Hours time Contact with lecturer/tutor: 48 Assignments and tasks: 35 Tests and Examinations: 32 Selfstudy 85 Total learning time 200 Methods of student assessment Assignment writing Test Group tasks Examination 338

340 Programme Advanced Diploma in Public Administration ADPA: 1605 Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences School of Government, Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Module Description Managing Operations in the Public Sector Generic Module Name Managing Operations in the Public Sector Alpha Numeric Code PUA615 Credit Value 20 1 year Module Type Programme Level 6 Main outcomes o Analyse the impact of legislation on overall delivery objectives, priorities and processes. o How to communicate implementation objective, priorities and processes. o Coordinate, monitor and review implementation processes. o Negotiate realignment of implementation objectives, priorities and processes. Main content o The Batho-Pele White Paper on Transforming Public Sector Service Delivery. o The Public Services Act. o Developmental government is explained in the South African context. o Plans for the improvement of service delivery. o Measurement methods related to service delivery. o Methods and techniques to build a sound relationship with clients. o Measures to rectify service delivery failures. o Reasons for and sources of client dissatisfaction. o Quality cycle in relation to organisational service delivery o Continuous feedback and improvement strategy for organisational service delivery o Creative thinking techniques. o Problem solving steps. o Project management steps and processes. Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited combinations Breakdown of learning Hours time Contact with lecturer/tutor: 48 Assignments and tasks: 35 Tests and Examinations: 32 Selfstudy 85 Total learning time 200 Methods of student assessment Assignment writing Test Group tasks Examination 339

341 Programme Advanced Diploma in Public Administration ADPA: 1605 Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences School of Government, Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Module Description Economics and Public Finance Generic Module Name Economics and Public Finance Alpha Numeric Code PUA616 Credit Value 20 1 year Module Type Programme Level 6 Main outcomes o explain the fundamental terminology, principles, and theory pertaining to public sector economics and financial management o understand and discuss the role and impact of macroeconomic policy and monetary policy on economic growth and development o explain the significance and role of the government budget in pursuing the socio-economic development goals and objectives of the government o identify and demonstrate a working knowledge of the national budget documents and its accompanying bills and phases of the budget cycle process o debate and discuss the fiscal stance and approach taken by various actors involved in the budget process o explain the role of the public sector manager working with public finances; and o read and understand reports evaluating financial control measures (eg auditor general reports) on efficient and effective management practices in government organizations Main content o the role of the government in the socio-economic growth and development o the provision of public goods, macroeconomic, and monetary policy determinants of economic growth and development o South Africa s Intergovernmental Relations System and Framework and more specifically the Intergovernmental Fiscal and Financial Relations in South Africa o the role of the government in raising/decreasing taxes and collecting revenue and allocating expenditure/resources in society and the use of fiscal policy instruments o the national, its constituent components (operations and capital budgets), features, functions and practices o revenues, expenditure, assets, liabilities and debt management o the regulations framework and principles of good governance and sound public financial management outlined in the PFMA (national and provincial government) financial accountability, controls and auditing; and 340

342 o public participation and engagement with the budget process and choices Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited combinations Breakdown of learning Hours time Contact with lecturer/tutor: 48 Assignments and tasks: 35 Tests and Examinations: 32 Selfstudy 85 Total learning time 200 Methods of student assessment Assignment writing Test Group tasks Examination Name of Module Governance, Public Administration and Ethics in the Public Sector Programme Faculty Core/ Elective B.Admin Hons in Public EMS Fundamental Admin School of Government Module description Governance, Public Administration and Ethics in the Public Sector Generic module name Governance, Public Administration and Ethics in the Public Sector Alpha-numeric code PUB701 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type P Level 8 By the end of the module, students will be able to: o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the concept of governance o Distinguish between government and governance o Evaluate the legislative framework for governance o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the relationship between governance, public administration and ethics o Evaluate the implications of the legislative framework towards governance on public administration o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the ethical and democratic dimensions of administrative activities in state organizations o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the ethical and democratic dimensions of administrative activities on policy implementation Main Content o Democratic and ethical theories and approaches o Principles and values that encapsulate good governance and professional ethics in the South African public sector o The intersection between governance, public 341

343 administration and ethics o The ethical ideal of accountability, openness and transparency o The ethical ideal of administrative neutrality o The ethical ideal of participation o The relationship between the state, citizens and civil society Pre-requisites Batchelor Degree in Public Administration or equivalent Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 10 Other: Please 50 specify(research) Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Continuous 50% (Case studies 10%, group exercises and presentation 10%, critical summaries 20%, and class debate 10%); Final assessment 50%. External moderation. Name of module Public Policy Analysis Programme Faculty Core/ Elective B.Admin Hons in Public EMS Core Admin School of Government Module description Public Policy Analysis Generic module name Public Policy Analysis Alpha-numeric code PUB702 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type P Level 8 By the end of the module students will be able to: o Critically analyze the historical, political, administrative, economic and social context of public sector policy making in contemporary South Africa; o Distinguish between alternative models and frameworks for analyzing public policy; o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the key techniques of policy analysis, such as problem definition and options analysis; o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the key stages in the policy process; o Apply the knowledge and skills of policy analysis to a practical research project; o Engage in debate and discussions on the strengths and limitations of current policy processes in South Africa. 342

344 Main Content o Context of policy making in South Africa in the period since 1994; o Models and approaches to policy making; o Key issues in policy analysis; o Structuring policy problems o Identifying and analysing policy options; o Forecasting policy futures; o Policy implementation; o Evaluating policy performance and outcomes; o Research design for developing and evaluating public policies. Pre-requisites Batchelor Degree in Public Administration or equivalent Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 30 Selfstudy 10 Research and writing 70 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Continuous 60% (Class participation and Group presentations 20%; Research Paper 40%); Final (40%). External moderation. Name of Module Theoretical Approaches to Public Organization and Development Programme Faculty Core/ Elective B.Admin Hons in Public EMS Core Admin School of Government Module description Theoretical approaches to Public Organization and Development Generic module name Theoretical approaches to Public Organization and Development Alpha-numeric code PUB703 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type P Level 8 By the end of the module, students will be able to: o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the various theories & viewpoints on organisational phenomena & compare the contributions of the various theories to the understanding of organizational phenomena; o Apply the above organisation theories to public sector organizations; o Demonstrate the ability to facilitate public sector organizational change and transformation; o Examine in detail the various dimensions, issues and problems of public sector organization. 343

345 Main Content o The nature of public organizations o Theories of organisation & approaches to the study, design and management of organizations o Processes, structures & activities of organizations o Organisational behaviour, leadership & pathologies o Public sector transformation, change strategies & improvement of organisational effectiveness. Pre-requisites Batchelor Degree in Public Administration or equivalent Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 6 Selfstudy 40 Other: Please specify ( case 24 studies) Total Learning 150 Methods of Student -table Requirement per week Continuous assessment 60% (assignments/research paper & tasks, case studies/ practical exercises/class presentations/ class participation); Final assessment (40%). External moderation. Name of Module Human Resources Management and Development in the Public Sector Programme Faculty Core/ Elective B.Admin Hons in Public EMS Core Admin School of Government Module description Human Resources Management and Development in the Public Sector Generic module name Human Resources Management Alpha-numeric code PUB704 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type P Level 8 By the end of the module students will be able to: o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the theoretical context of human resource development and management o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the legislative and policy framework influencing the management and development of human resources in the public sector o Critically discuss labour relations as it applies to the management and development of human resources in the South African public service 344

346 o Critically discuss the specific legislative parameters that influence labour relations in South Africa o Engage in debate and discussions on the key HR functions of public sector managers in post-apartheid South Africa o Interpret and apply the legal framework and parameters to practical realities through case studiesengage in critical debate and discussion on issues of labour relations as it applies to the South African public service Main Content o Theoretical approaches and perspectives on human resource management o The role, functions and challenges of the human resource manager in the public service o Performance management systems and its application in the public service o Legislation and policies affecting human resource development and management o The labour relations act o Collective bargaining: Strikes and Lock-outs o The basic conditions of employment o Employment equity o The law of dismissal Pre-requisites Batchelor Degree in Public Administration or equivalent Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 10 Other: Please 50 specify(research) Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Continuous assessment 40% (case studies 10%; group exercises and presentation 10%; class test 20%). Final assessment 60% (Long research paper). External moderation. Name of Module Economics and Public Sector Financial Management Programme Faculty Core/Elective B.Admin Hons in Public EMS Core Admin School of Government Module description Economics and Public Sector Financial Management Generic module name Economics and Public Sector Financial Management Alpha-numeric code PUB705 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type P Level 8 345

347 By the end of the module students will be able to o Explain the fundamental terminology, principles, conventions, methodology and theories pertaining to the economics of public sector finance and financial management o Explain the significance of the role of the budget in pursuing the goals and objectives of the government o Locate and interpret the selected macroeconomic data o Identify and demonstrate a working knowledge of the national budget documents and its accompanying bills o Explain the nature and dynamics of the phases of the budget cycle o Discuss the fiscal approach and stance taken by various actors involved in the budget process o Explain the role of the public manager in public financial management o Evaluate the impact of financial control measures (eg auditor general) on efficient and effective management practices in government organizations Main Content The module contents include: o Introduction to macroeconomics the provision of public goods and economic growth o The role of the government in raising and allocating resources in society and the use of fiscal and monetary institutions and policy instruments o Intergovernmental Fiscal and Financial relations in South Africa o The constituent components, its features, functions and practices of the national, provincial and local government budgets o Regulations and principles of sound public financial management outlined in the Public Finance Management Act (PFMA) o Asset, liabilities and debt management o Financial accountability, controls and auditing o Public participation in and engagement with the budget process and choices Pre-requisites Batchelor Degree in Public Administration or equivalent Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Selfstudy 40 Other: Please specify 30 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Continuous assessment (50%). Final assessment 50% (Long research paper). External moderation. 346

348 Name of Module Research Methods/Research Essay Programme Faculty Core/ Elective B.Admin Hons in Public EMS Core Administration School of Government Module description Research Methods/Research Essay Generic module name Research Methods/Research Essay Alpha-numeric code PUB706 Credit Value 30 Semester Module Type P Level 8 At the end of the module, students will be able to: o Explain the terminology, facts, conventions, trends and sequences, classification and categories, criteria, methodology, principles and generalizations of social science research methods o Demonstrate the ability to conduct independent research and coherently structure and organize a research study: choose a research topic; state the research problem; develop hypotheses and assumptions to guide the research; review related literature, select appropriate methodological techniques for data collection and analysis; use the internet to access information; and write academically acceptable research proposals o Demonstrate the ability to apply the analytical tools and social science methods to problems associated with policy formulation, implementation and evaluation o Apply the logic and skills of research methodology to a supervised public sector-related practical research project Main Content o Conceptual foundations and elements of social o scientific research and types of research Research designs o The research process: conducting literature surveys; planning research project; research methods/ techniques; writing a research proposal o Analysis and interpretation of research findings, recommendations and communication of research results to policymakers o Structuring and organizing research findings in a written research report of approximately words Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Batchelor Degree in Public Administration or equivalent Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 50 -table Requirement per week 347

349 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals: 5 Selfstudy 200 Total Learning 300 Methods of Student Continuous assessment 60% (Tests, assignments and class presentations 20%; written research report 40%); Final assessment (40%). External moderation. Name of Module Issues in Local Government Programme Faculty Core/ Elective B.Admin Hons in Public EMS Elective Administration School of Government Module description Issues in Local Government Generic module name Issues in Local Government Alpha-numeric code PUB707 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type F Level 8 By the end of the module students will be able to: o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the challenges, opportunities, roles & relationships of local authorities o Explain systems of local government, with specific reference to developing nations; and o Critically discuss issues confronting local government in South Africa Main Content o Local government service delivery, local government politics, local government finance, local government development and strategies for change management in such areas as service delivery o Institution building and management, representivity and affirmative action, amalgamation o Rationalisation of previously separate local government administrations, accountability, human resource development and management, cooperation with civil society and effective urban and rural management Pre-requisites Batchelor Degree in Public Administration or equivalent Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 45 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Continuous assessment 60% (Written assignments 40%; practical exercises, class presentations % /class participation 20%); Final assessment (40%). External moderation. 348

350 Name of Module State and Civil Society Programme Faculty Core/ Elective B.Admin Hons in Public EMS Elective Admin School of Government Module description State and Civil Society Generic module name State and Civil Society Alpha-numeric code PUB709 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type F Level 8 By the end of the module the students will be able to o Explain the importance of state and civil society participation in the public policy making process. o Identify and critically discuss the different definitions of state and civil society o Identify and critically discuss and critique the different approaches and schools of thought used to analyze state societal relations o Identify the social dialogue institutional arrangements and processes in South Africa o Identify and critique the approaches and stance taken by various participants in the social dialogue process Main Content Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations The module content includes: o Outline and overview of stakeholder participation in the public policy making cycle and process. o Different definitions and understandings of the role of the state and civil society o Critique of the state and civil society paradigm o State societal relations in public policy formulation and implementation in South Africa prior to 1994 and after. o Case studies of the social dialogue processes at work in the New Partnership for Africa s Development (NEPAD); the National Economic Development and Labour Council (NEDLAC) and the local government Integrated Development Planning (IDP) mechanism for service delivery Batchelor Degree in Public Administration or equivalent Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 50 -table Requirement per week 349

351 Other: Preparation for group 10 exercises Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Continuous assessment 60% (Individual exercise and group presentation 20%; Written assignment 40%; Final assessment (40%). External moderation. Name of module Public Sector Transformation and Reform Programme Faculty Core/ Elective B Admin Hons in Public EMS Elective Administration School of Government Module description Public sector Transformation and Reform Generic module name Public Sector Transformation and Reform Alpha-numeric code PUB710 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type F Level 8 At the end of this module students will be able to: o Define and discuss concepts related to public sector transformation and reform; o Utilise and apply different approaches and models in administrative or organisation theory to explain administrative reform as a political as well as a management process; o Demonstrate a critical understanding of past and current debates surrounding the relationship between the state, civil society, doe agencies etc. o Analyse the historical, political, administrative, economic and social context of public sector reform in South Africa; o Identify and discuss key regional, African and international influences on public sector transformation and reform; o Evaluate the relevant legislative framework o Analyse the key issues and problems facing the transformation of the public service, including gender perspectives o Compare the South African experience with that of other countries, selected African countries in particular Main Content o Define and discuss the concepts of Public sector transformation and reform; o Areas of public service reform (i.e. quality customer services; systems and work procedures; information technology; policy implementation and management; organisational structures and human resource management; accountability and discipline; values of excellence; financial management; public-private partnerships; etc; o Donor-sponsored structural adjustment programmes and 350

352 administrative reforms; o Administrative reform strategies in selected African and/or Commonwealth countries; o Public service transformation, the state and civil society in South Africa o Influences of Global, African and regional positions on the local (SA) transformation context o The South African constitution and the legislative framework for governance, and its transformational outlook o Issues in public service transformation and reform in South Africa including gender perspectives Pre-requisites Batchelor Degree in Public Administration or equivalent Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Selfstudy 40 Other: Please specify ( case 30 studies) Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Continuous assessment 50% (Class discussion, group presentations, individual research assignment); Final assessment (50%). External moderation. 351

353 MASTER IN ADMINISTRATION Name of Module Public Admin. Magister -Thesis PUA 801 First enrolment PUA 802 Second Enrolment Programme (s) in which Faculty Core/ Elective module will be offered M.ADMIN EMS Core School of Government Module description Magister thesis ( PUA 801 & 802 ) Generic module name Public Admin. Magister Thesis Alpha-numeric code PUA801 First enrolment PUA802 Second enrolment Credit Value 120 credits 1 2 years Level 9 At the end of this research component the student should be able to: o Demonstrate the ability to conduct independent research o Demonstrate the ability to locate empirical work in theoretical contexts o Demonstrate the ability to apply analytical and research competencies o Demonstrate the ability to coherently structure and organize a research study o Demonstrate the ability to contribute in a unique way to the particular field under study Main Content o Research methods o Literature review o Interpretation of research findings o Structuring and organizing research findings in a logical and coherent manner Pre-requisites Admission to the Masters Programme in the SOG Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Tests & examinations: Practicals: Selfstudy Total Learning Methods of Student Examination by supervisor, internal examiner and external examiner (100%) 352

354 MASTER IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION (MINI-THESIS) Name of Module Programme (s) in which amended module will be offered Public Admin. Magister Mini-thesis PUA 803 First enrolment PUA 804 Second Enrolment Faculty Core/ Elective M.ADMIN EMS Core School of Government Module description Mini-thesis ( PUA 803 & 804 ) Generic module name Public Admin. Magister Mini-thesis Alpha-numeric code PUA803 First enrolment PUA804 Second enrolment Credit Value 60 credits 1 2 years Module Type University Level Level 9 At the end of this research component the student should be able to: o Demonstrate the ability to conduct independent research o Demonstrate the ability to locate empirical work in theoretical contexts o Demonstrate the ability to apply analytical and research competencies o Demonstrate the ability to coherently structure and organize a research study Main Content o Research methods o Literature review o Interpretation of research findings o Structuring and organizing research findings in a logical and coherent manner Pre-requisites Admission to the Masters Programme in the SOG Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Tests & examinations: Practicals: Selfstudy Total Learning Methods of Student Examination of dissertation by supervisor, internal examiner and external examiner (100%) 353

355 PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION DOCTORAL THESIS Name of current module Programme (s) in which amended module will be offered Public Admin. Doctoral Thesis PUA 901 First enrolment PUA 902 Second Enrolment Faculty Core/ Elective DOCTORAL EMS Core School of Government Module description Doctoral Thesis ( PUA 901 & 902 ) (Header) Generic module name Public Admin. Doctoral Thesis Alpha-numeric code PUA901 First enrolment PUA902 Second enrolment Credit Value years Module Type University Level 10 At the end of this research component the student should be able to: o Demonstrate the ability to conduct independent research of a relatively new area in the existing field of study o Demonstrate the ability to make a unique contribution to his/her field of study o Demonstrate the ability to coherently and logically structure and organize his/her study o Demonstrate good writing skills o Demonstrate the ability to analytically and conceptually apply research findings to the issue under investigation o Demonstrate the ability to analyse and conceptualize existing literature in the field under investigation Main Content o Drafting a research proposal o Exposure to research methodologies o Literature reviews o Structuring and organizing chapters o Conceptualizing theoretical debates and discourses o Interpreting empirical findings in the context of the issue under investigation Pre-requisites Admission to the Doctoral programme within SOG Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Tests & examinations: Practicals: Selfstudy Total Learning Methods of Student Examination by supervisor, internal examiner and two external examiners 354

356 SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT MASTERS IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Name of Module Theoretical and Comparative Approaches to Governance, Public Administration and Public Management Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin EMS Fundamental (MPA) School of Government Module description Theoretical and Comparative Approaches to Governance, Public Administration and Public Management Alpha-numeric code MPA811 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type P Level 9 By the end of the module students will be able to demonstrate: (a) a conceptual and critical understanding of the theories and analytical tools used to: o o o Approach Public Administration, Public Management and governance; Apply sound governance principles; Identify, compare and analyze trends and tendencies in governance, public administration as well as public and development management in different settings (national, local, organizational); (b) the application and interpretation of the above theories and tools through comparative case studies by developing practical options for improved governance. Main Content o Introduction to the theory of governance, public administration and public management. Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 80 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 20 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student o o o Theory and practice of co-operative governance, corporate governance, holistic governance and good governance at the executive level. Comparative assessment of governance, public administration and public management experiences Focus on applications, trends and tendencies and developments in Public Management and administration in contemporary South Africa o Comparative Governance in an organizational context. Case study of the transformation of DBSA Hours Continuous assessment (50%); Final assessment (50%) for external moderation. 355

357 Name of module Advanced Public Policy Analysis and Management Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin EMS Core (MPA) School of Government Module description Advanced Public Policy Analysis and Management Generic module name Advanced Public Policy Analysis and Management Alpha-numeric code MPA812 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type P Level 9 By the end of the Module, students will be able to demonstrate (a) a conceptual and critical understanding of selected theories, models and analytical tools used to: o analyze public policies, strategies and evaluations o conduct policy analysis o facilitate and manage policy processes o establish institutional arrangements for policy management o integrate various policy implementation instruments o monitor and evaluate public policy o plan and design policy processes, implementation frameworks and evaluation initiatives. (b) the practical application of the above models and tools through case studies of national, provincial and local government policy in South Africa, by analyzing and developing practical options for the improvement of policy design and management Main Content o Introduction to Policy Management and policy analysis; o Focus on the theory of policy processes and institutional arrangements; o Theory of policy implementation instruments including strategy, planning, operations and project management; and o Theory and practice of policy evaluation and monitoring systems o Case studies of policy management drawn from the national, provincial and local levels in South Africa Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 80 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 20 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Continuous assessment (50%); Final assessment (50%) for external moderation. 356

358 Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin EMS Core (MPA) Name of module The Global, Regional and Domestic Context of Governance and Public Administration in Contemporary South Africa School of Government Module description The Global, Regional and Domestic Context of Governance and Public Administration in Contemporary South Africa Generic module name The Global, Regional and Domestic Context of Governance Alpha-numeric code MPA813 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type P Level 9 By the end of the module students will be able to: (a) Demonstrate an detailed knowledge of, and the ability to critically analyse: o The key features and dynamics of the global, regional and domestic context of governance, the state and public administration in contemporary South Africa; o The challenges and opportunities posed by these dynamics and the interplay between them for the developmental state and the democratic state in South Africa; (b) Apply the knowledge learned to a research project on the challenges and opportunities facing a specific aspect of governance, the state and public administration in South Africa as a result of the interplay between global, regional and domestic forces. Main Content o The origins, nature and challenges of globalization; o The ideological underpinnings of globalization; o Key global institutions (IMF, World Bank, WTO) and their roles. o SADC, NEPAD and the African Union and the challenges and opportunities for South Africa. o The RDP, GEAR and ASGISA from social democracy to neo-liberalism? o The Developmental and Democratic State in South Africa and tensions between them; o The effects of the global, regional and domestic context on public sector transformation and reform in South Africa. Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 -table Requirement per week 357

359 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Continuous assessment 50% (Class participation and group presentations 20%; internal assessment 30%); Final assessment 50% (Long research paper) for external moderation. Name of Module Research Methods and Skills Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin EMS Core (MPA) School of Government Module description Research Methods and Skills Generic module name Research Methods and Skills Alpha-numeric code MPA814 Credit Value 15 credits Semester Module Type P Level 9 By the end of the module, students will be able to: o Demonstrate a detailed knowledge and comprehension of the research process to be followed in completing the MPA Mini-Thesis; o Choose a relevant research topic, state the problem for research and develop hypotheses as well as assumptions to guide their research; o Review related literature on the topic; o Select appropriate methodological techniques for data collection and analysis; o Use the Internet and Electronic Journals to access information; o Demonstrate the necessary communication and practical skills to participate meaningfully in research activities offered through the MPA o Demonstrate more effective writing skills through improved design and structure, sentence construction and the usage of grammar. o Demonstrate a knowledge of quantitative data analysis and presentation, and the ability to use SPSS; o Prepare a clear and coherent abstract for their proposed MPA mini-theses; o Write an academically acceptable research proposal. Main Content o Concepts of research and research design o Theories of research, types of research and the research process o Conducting the literature survey o Planning the research project o Research methods/techniques o Interactions with the academic supervisor o Writing the abstract and research proposal o An introduction to academic writing skills, including 358

360 organization, presentation and layout; sentence construction; punctuation and grammar; citation and referencing. o Avoiding plagiarism. o An introduction to the Statistical Software Package for the Social Sciences (SPSS) Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Practicals: 10 Research and Presentation 50 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Continuous assessment 60% (Class participation and individual presentations 15%; research abstract 15%; internal assessment 30%); Final assessment 40% (Research proposal) for external moderation. Name of Module Research Seminar Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin EMS Core (MPA) School of Government Module description Research Seminar Generic module name Research Seminar Alpha-numeric code MPA815 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type P Level 9 (a) At the end of the module, students will be able to: o Prepare a clear and coherent presentation of their preliminary and final research findings for the MPA Mini-Thesis; o Communicate this effectively to peers and course lecturers through a seminar presentation; o Respond effectively to questions and comments from seminar participants; o Critically assess other students presentations as o seminar discussants; Revise their draft research documents on the basis of feedback on their oral presentations (b) Students will attend, participate and present their research findings at at least two research seminars during the MPA programme. Main Content o Research design and methodology o Developing an effective theoretical framework o Structuring an effective research report/mini-thesis 359

361 o Developing a coherent flow throughout the research report/mini-thesis o Written and oral presentations o Preparing a PowerPoint presentation o Preparation of preliminary research findings (including literature review) o Presentation of final draft research findings Pre-requisites MPA Module on Research Methods and Skills Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Research and Presentation 70 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Continuous assessment 50% (Pre-course preparation and class participation ); Final assessment 50%. External moderation. Name of Module Programme and Project Management in the Public sector Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin EMS Elective (MPA) School of Government Module description Programme and Project Management in the Public sector Generic module name Programme and Project Management in the Public sector Alpha-numeric code MPA816 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type F Level 9 By the end of the module, students will be able to demonstrate: (a) a conceptual understanding of selected theories, models and analytical tools used to: o define and approach programme and project management in the public sector o facilitate programme and project management processes; o plan, implement and evaluate the Project Management Body of Knowledge; o facilitate the nine knowledge areas (integration, scope, quality, cost, time, communication, human resources, procurement and risk management); o institutionalize the programme and project management approach in the public sector; (b) the practical application of the above models and tools through case studies by analyzing and developing practical options for the improvement of programme and project management in the South African context. 360

362 Main Content o Introduction to Programme and Project Management; o Programme and project management processes; o Focus on the Project Management body of knowledge; o Theory of the nine knowledge areas; o Institutional arrangements for Programme and Project Management; and o Case studies of programme and project management. Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 80 Tests & examinations: 10 Self study 20 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Continuous assessment 50% (Take home assignment); Final assessment (50%) for external moderation. Name of Module Public Sector Planning, Monitoring and Evaluation Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin EMS Elective (MPA) School of Government Module description Public sector planning, monitoring and evaluation Generic module name Public sector planning, monitoring and evaluation Alpha-numeric code MPA817 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type F Level 9 At the end of this module students will be able to: o Develop and use the logical framework as a tool to help strengthen programme and project design, implementation, and monitoring and evaluation o Set programme and project goals and objectives o Manage risks in programmes and projects, establish programme organisation, monitor and control programmes, appraise programmes and assure product/service quality. o Conceive a programme using a Logical Framework Approach as a planning tool o Identify and discuss the advantages/strengths and disadvantages/limitations of the logical framework as a management tool o Work in teams to build effective strategies for meeting clients' needs. Main Content o The Logical Framework Approach to programme planning and evaluation o The role and importance of stakeholder analysis in programme planning and evaluation. 361

363 o Programme management cycle and the logical framework o Strengthening programme design, implementation, monitoring and evaluation o The analysis phase: stakeholder analysis, problem analysis, objectives analysis and strategic analysis o Development of the logical framework: objective, immediate objective, outputs, activities, inputs, indicators, risks and assumptions Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 35 Case studies 25 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Continuous 50% (Group presentation and reports and tasks 20%; individual research report 30%); Final assessment (50%). External moderation. Name of Module Managing Change in the Public Sector Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin EMS Elective (MPA) School of Government Generic module name Managing change in the Public Sector Alpha-numeric code MPA818 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type F Level 9 By the end of the module students will be able to: o Analyse the historical, political, administrative, economic and social context of change in governance (regional ( SADC), African and international perspectives) o Critically analyze the historical, political, administrative, economic and social context of public sector reform/policy and change management in contemporary SA o Demonstrate a critical understanding of past and current debates surrounding the relationship between the state and civil society and its relevance on the management of change o Evaluate the need for public sector change and key issues and problems facing the transformation of the public sector process o Critically analyze strategies and techniques for effective change management in the public sector 362

364 Main Content o Introduction and overview of the Management of Change; regional ( SADC), African and international perspectives o Managing Public sector change in the new South Africa o Interface between civil society, managing change and Accountability, o Issues in public service transformation and change in South Africa o Strategies and techniques for analyzing and Managing Public Policy/reform processes in the new South Africa Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 35 Other: Please specify ( case 25 studies) Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Continuous assessment 60% (Group presentations and preparation for research paper, case study compilation and presentation); Final assessment (40%). External moderation. Name of module Public Finance and Budgeting Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin EMS Elective School of Government Module description Public Finance and Budgeting Alpha-numeric code MPA819 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type F Level 9 By the end of this module students will be able to: o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the socioeconomic role of government o Critically discuss the key financial issues confronting the South African government o Explain the fiscal policy stance and practice of the South Africa government o Identify and analyse the various sources of government revenue o Identify and analyse the tax principles of equity and efficiency in property and service charges o Identify the regulatory framework for sound public sector financial management in South including the Public Sector Financial Management Act and the Municipal Finance and Management Act (MFMA) o Identify the budget cycles, its components and functions 363

365 o Identify difficulties of infrastructure provision and capital expenditure management o Explain the importance of asset, liability and debt management o Explain the importance of cash flow management Main Content The module content include: o Overview of the rationale for government intervention in an economy and the provision of public goods and services o Role of fiscal and monetary policy instruments in economic growth and development o Sources of taxation, taxation principles and provincial and local government revenue o Performance budgeting o Financial infrastructure o Legislative framework (PFMA and MFMA) o Public sector accounting and control Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 40 Other: Preparation for group exercise 10 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Continuous assessment 50% (Individual assignments 20%; Group presentation 30%); Final assessment 50% (Long Research Paper). Name of module Administrative Law Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin EMS Elective (MPA) School of Government Generic module name Administrative Law Alpha-numeric code MPA821 Credit Value 15 credits Semester Module Type F Level 9 At the end of this module students will be able to : o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the process of law making in relation to public administration; o Interpret and discuss a court decision; o Critically discuss the changes brought about by the change from a supreme parliament to a supreme constitution; 364

366 o Demonstrate an understanding of the structure and working of the constitution; o Evaluate the content of administrative law; o Apply the skills and knowledge learned to a practical research report on aspects of administrative law. Main Content o Introduction to administrative law o Division of the law o Sources of the law o Constitutional law o Types of administrative action o Lawfulness o Reasonableness o Procedural fairness Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Continuous assessment 50% (Group and individual exercises 20%; Internal examination 30%); Final assessment 50% (Long research paper). External moderation. Name of Module Development Policy, Planning and Management Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin EMS Elective (MPA) School of Government Generic module name Development Policy, Planning and Management Alpha-numeric code MPA822 Credit Value 15 credits Semester Module Type F Level 9 By the end of this module students will be able to: (a) Demonstrate a critical understanding of the: o Processes, techniques and methods involved in development policy, planning and management; o The discourse of development policy, planning and management: o Development policy and planning in the Third World with special reference to urbanization and globalization; o Trends in world socio economic development planning; o The role of donor aid in development policy, planning and management; 365

367 o The challenges facing integrated development planning in South Africa. (b) Critically discuss and evaluate the factors influencing development policy, planning and management, such as budgetary constraints, staff capacity, timing, and coordination and integration with other sectors; (c) Apply the skills and knowledge learned to a long research paper on development policy, planning and management in the South African context. Main Content o The discourse of development policy, planning and management; o Development policy and planning in the Third World with special reference to urbanization and globalization; o Trends in world socio economic development planning; o o Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 30 Research and writing 30 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student o o The role of donor Aid in development; Ethnocentrism as an alienating reality urbanism and everyday life with special reference to the import of social policy and social planning; Integrated development planning and its challenges for sustainable development; Factors influencing programme planning and management such as budgetary constraints, staff capacity, timing, co-ordination and integration with other sectors; o Indexes of socio-economic development planning; o The reality and myths of development ; o Development scenarios / projects / plans / programmes; o Case studies of integrated development planning in South Africa. Hours -table Requirement per week Continuous assessment 50% (Individual and group presentations 20%; Internal examination 30%); Final assessment 50% (Long research paper). External moderation. Name of new Module Urban Development and Management Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Maters in Public Admin EMS Elective (MPA) School of Government Module description Urban Development and Management Alpha-numeric code MPA823 Credit Value

368 Semester Module Type F Level 9 By the end of the module students will be able to: o Critically discuss the emerging importance of cities in the era of globalization and the blurring of the dividing line between rural/urban and urban /(sub) regional developments o Identify concepts and frameworks used in policy formulation, implementation and analysis of the role of the state and management at various levels with reference to; development planning; economic growth; public expenditure; and service provisions such as water and sanitation; housing as well as transport. o Identify and explain the difference between economic and social infrastructure and its accompanying features o Critically discuss the importance of the public, private partnership (PPP) in the provision of services o Identify and critically analyse the goals, economic, markets, business, social, conflicts, complexities and processes involved in the provisioning and management of these infrastructure services o Apply the above to case studies focusing on areas such as water and sanitation; housing; transport; tourism; small and medium enterprises (SMME) development and local economic development Main Content The module contents include: o Outlining the challenges of urban development and poverty reduction in developing countries; globalization; urbanization; demography and poverty issues o The role of government or developmental state and other stakeholders in managing the urbanization process in South Africa o Approaches to urban planning, development and management at the national, provincial and local (IDP) level o Provincial and local growth development and growth strategies and policies o Importance and specific features pertaining to economic and social infrastructure, investment as well as trade and industrial development in different sectors o Discussing the public private partnership (PPP) and role of non state stakeholders in the provision of infrastructure o The development of small and medium enterprises (SMMEs) and local economic development (LED) in South Africa o Discussing case studies of informal settlement upgrading and housing provision; Water and sanitation provision; and the development of integrated public transport and tourism Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations 367

369 Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 50 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Continuous assessment 50% (Individual assignment 20%; Group presentation 30%); Final assessment 50% (Long Research Paper). External moderation. Name of module Rural Development Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin EMS Elective (MPA) School of Government Generic module name Rural Development Alpha-numeric code MPA824 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type F Level 9 By the end of this module students will be able to: o Critically evaluate the key concepts in rural development theory and practice o Apply these concepts to case study material drawn from the current South African context o Critically assess and evaluate current policy frameworks in relation to rural development and land reform in South Africa Main Content o Models of rural development and international debates o Learning process approaches to rural development o Sustainable rural livelihoods and poverty reduction o Land-based livelihoods in Southern Africa o Land reform policies and progress o Agrarian reform: international and African debates o Land and agrarian reform and poverty reduction Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 35 Other: Please specify ( case 25 studies) Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Continuous assessment 50% (Class discussion, group presentations, written assignment ); Final assessment (50%). External moderation. 368

370 Name of Module Gender Development and Management Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin EMS Elective (MPA) School of Government Module description Gender Development and Management Alpha-numeric code MPA825 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type F Level 9 By the end of this module students will be able to: o Analyse how socialised gender roles affect social roles both within the home and work environments o Critically discuss how such socialised roles, derived from both within developing states and without, affect sound and inclusive development strategies o Compare the normative edge to scientific and objectively empirical development studies, particularly the ways in which these findings are gendered and discriminatory o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the ways in which gendered understandings of development theory and development management economics inhibit more inclusive development strategies o Critically discuss the ways in which gendered understandings of development may be deconstructed and reconstructed so as to ensure more stable long term development strategies o Identify and discuss gender equality in governance structures in South Africa (and elsewhere) o Identify and discuss perspectives on gender equality in the global context o Identify and discuss linkages between gender and race affirmative action o Analyse the construction of gender sensitive policies in the public service (including examining the notion of a gender budget) o Explain how gender equality is used in the construction of gender and employment policies o Analyse gender, race and collective identity debates in governance and development Main Content o Social roles which men and women take up in the personal and work environments o A review of individual socialisation processes o The interface between gendered socialisation roles (men vs women ) o Women in Development (WID); Woman and Development (WAD) a brief historical overview o Development from a gender perspective and the relation between gender and development global governance o Gender in the context of debates about development as a process of North South neocolonialism 369

371 o Examining the nexus between gender and development at the national level o Examining gender in governance: the public service, parliament, government, political parties o Gender, Public Policy and management of change: thinking through gender policies and what they entail. Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 35 Other: Please specify ( case 25 studies) Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Continuous assessment 40% (Group presentations 20%; Case study compilation and presentation 20%; Final assessment 60% (Long Research Paper). External moderation. Name of module Intergovernmental Relations Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin EMS Elective (MPA) School of Government Generic module name Intergovernmental relations Alpha-numeric code MPA826 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type F Level 9 By the end of this module students will be able to: o Identify and differentiate between the approaches to intergovernmental relations. o Describe how the nature of the state influences intergovernmental relations. o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the role and application of intergovernmental relations in Public Administration and management o Evaluate the legislative framework for governance, the principal structures and functions of government at national, provincial and local levels, and the dynamics of inter-governmental relations o Identify gaps, critical analyze and provide resolutions for identified IGR complexities in various contexts o Recognize the importance of the management of IGR and it s interface with improved service delivery 370

372 Main Content o An introduction and overview of IGR o Conceptual analysis for the study of IGR o Constitutional basis for IGR o Centralization and decentralization in government o Managing and resolving IGR complexities : insights from selected countries o IGR: a South African perspective o Instruments of IGR- Political & Administrative interface o Intergovernmental Fiscal Relations in South Africa o Interface between IGR and Key Public sector functions including planning, organization, leadership and service delivery Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 elfstudy 35 Other: Please specify ( case 25 studies) Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Continuous assessment 40% (Group presentations 20%; case study compilation and presentation 20% ); Final assessment 60% (Long Research Paper). External moderation. Name of Module Local Government Management in Contemporary South Africa Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin EMS Elective (MPA) School of Government Module description Local Government Management in Contemporary South Africa Generic module name Local Government Management Alpha-numeric code MPA827 Credit Value 15 credits Semester Module Type F Level 9 By the end of this module students will be able to: o Explain the historical, political, social and economic context underlying national, provincial and local service delivery programmes in South Africa; o Describe and analyse the policy, legal, political and economic aspects of service delivery and associated planning frameworks within Development Local Government; 371

373 o o o o o o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the Batho Pele principles of service delivery and the challenges facing their realization in South Africa; Interpret and apply policy and legislation to a local context; Apply basic theoretical concepts, principles and techniques related to case studies of specific service delivery programmes; Assess the appropriateness and usefulness of local government management models in specific contexts; Critically discuss the factors influencing local government management, such as budgetary and organizational constraints, staff capacity, and co-ordination and integration with other sectors; Apply the knowledge and skills learned to a practical research paper on aspects of local management in South Africa. Main Content o Structures, functions and processes of local government management, within a strategic change management context; Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 25 Research and writing 35 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student o The history of local government in South Africa and the need for transformation; o Challenges and constraints facing the reform process; o Strategies for change management; o Effective urban and rural management; o The relationship between local, provincial and national tiers of government; o Managerial autonomy and innovation at the local level; o Service delivery and privatization; o Managing globalization at the local government level. Hours -table Requirement per week Continuous assessment 50% (Individual and group presentations 20%; Internal examination 30%); Final assessment 50% (Long research paper). External moderation. Name of module Citizenship, Democracy and Development Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin EMS Elective (MPA) School of Government Generic module name Citizenship, Democracy and Development Alpha-numeric code MPA

374 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type F Level 9 By the end of the module students will be able to demonstrate: (a) a conceptual understanding of selected theories, models and analytical tools used to describe and explain: o citizenship and democracy as these articulate with development debates and praxis in developing states in Africa and beyond; o the connections between claiming rights (especially socio-economic rights) in developing states and the exigencies of the global political economy in which developing states find themselves o linkages between the general (global political economy) and the specific (socio-economic rights and basic services delivery). (b) the practical application of the above models and tools through case studies by analyzing and developing practical options for the improvement of citizenship and democracy. Main Content o citizenship and democracy as these articulate (and sometimes contradict) global discourses on development and its prerequisites for developing states.; o the connections between claiming rights (especially socio-economic rights) in developing states and the exigencies of the global political economy in which developing states find themselves o linkages between the general (global political economy) and the specific (socio-economic rights and basic services delivery). Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Practicals: 20 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Continuous assessment 50% ( group practical assignment; individual oral presentations in class; summaries of key texts for class; short tests in class; one short assignment). Final assessment 50% (Long research paper). External moderation. 373

375 Name of module Bureaucracy and Democracy Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin EMS Elective (MPA) School of Government Module description Bureaucracy and Democracy Alpha-numeric code MPA829 Credit Value 15 credits Semester Module Type F Level 9 By the end of the module students will be able to : o Demonstrate an in-depth and critical understanding of the meanings of democracy o Demonstrate an in-depth and critical understanding of the meanings of bureaucracy o Engage in debate and discussion on the dynamic relationship between politicians and civil servants in modern democracies o Critically interrogate normative understandings of democracy and bureaucracy in the context of practical realities Main Content o Definitions and understandings of bureaucracy, democracy, political administrative interface, democratic ideals of accountability and responsibility o Legislative and policy framework towards upholding democratic practices and principles o Conceptualizing trust relations in democratic states o Conceptualizing trust relations between elected and appointed officials o Encouraging bureaucratic responsiveness to state goals and objectives Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 10 Research and writing 50 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student Continuous assessment 50% (Group exercises and presentation 20%; take-home test 30%; Final assessment 50% (Long research paper). External moderation. 374

376 Name of module Capita Selecta Selected Topics in Governance Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin EMS Elective (MPA) School of Government Module description Selected Topics in Governance (Public Management) Generic module name Capita Selecta Alpha-numeric code MPA831 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type F Level 9 By the end of this module students will be able to demonstrate (a) a conceptual understanding of selected theories, models and analytical tools used to: o analyze public management issues o facilitate public management processes o establish institutional arrangements for public management; o monitor public management; and o plan and design public management processes, implementation frameworks and evaluation initiatives. (b) the practical application of the above models and tools through case studies by analyzing and developing practical options for the improvement of public management Main Content o Conceptual understanding of selected theories, models and analytical tools of public management issues; o public management processes; o Institutional arrangements for public management; o Planning and design of public management processes, implementation frameworks and evaluation initiatives. Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Tests & examinations: 25 Research and writing 85 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student This will be determined by the presenter but will maintain a 50/50 split between continuous assessment and final assessment. External moderation. 375

377 Name of new module Capita Selecta Selected Topics in Governance Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin EMS Elective (MPA) School of Government Module description Selected Topics in Governance (Development Management) Generic module name Capita Selecta Alpha-numeric code MPA832 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type F Level 9 By the end of this module, students will be able to demonstrate (a) a conceptual understanding of selected theories, models and analytical tools used to: o analyze development management issues o facilitate development management processes o establish institutional arrangements for development management; o monitor development management; and o plan and design development management processes, implementation frameworks and evaluation initiatives. (b) the practical application of the above models and tools through case studies by analyzing and developing practical options for the improvement of development management. Main Content o Conceptual understanding of selected theories, models and analytical tools of development management issues; o development management processes; Pre-requisites o o Institutional arrangements for development management; Planning and design of development management processes, implementation frameworks and evaluation initiatives. Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Tests & examinations: 25 Research and writing 85 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student This will be determined by the presenter but will maintain a 50/50 split between continuous assessment and final assessment. External moderation. 376

378 Name of module Capita Selecta Selected Topics in Governance Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin EMS Elective (MPA) School of Government Module description Selected Topics in Governance (Public Sector Finance) Generic module name Capita Selecta Alpha-numeric code MPA833 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type F Level 9 By the end of this module, students will be able to: Analyze and explain the content of the issue/ issues within the field of public sector finance; Engage critically in policy debates on the subject matter; Investigate and explain problems within the field of public sector finance. Main Content The content of this module is influenced by the presenter of the course in line with the main focus on issues in Economics, Public Finance and Budgeting. Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Tests & examinations: 25 Research and writing 85 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student This will be determined by the presenter but will maintain a 50/50 split between continuous assessment and final assessment. External moderation. Name of new module Capita Selecta Selected Topics in Governance and Public Administration Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin EMS Elective (MPA) School of Government Module description Selected Topics in Governance (Local Government Management) Generic module name Capita Selecta Alpha-numeric code MPA834 Credit Value 15 Semester Module Type F Level 9 377

379 Main Content Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Tests & examinations: 25 Research and writing 85 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student By the end of this module, students will be able to demonstrate: (a) conceptual understanding of selected theories, models and analytical tools used to: analyze local government management issues facilitate local government management processes establish institutional arrangements for local government management monitor local government management plan and design local government management processes, implementation frameworks and evaluation initiatives. (b) the practical application of the above models and tools through case studies by analyzing and developing practical options for the improvement of local government management Conceptual understanding of selected theories, models and analytical tools of local government management issues; Local government management processes Institutional arrangements for local government management Planning and design of local government management processes, implementation frameworks and evaluation initiatives. Hours -table Requirement per week This will be determined by the presenter but will maintain a 50/50 split between continuous assessment and final assessment. External moderation. Name of new module MPA Mini-Thesis Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin EMS Core (MPA) School of Government Module description MPA Mini-Thesis Generic module name Mini-Thesis Alpha-numeric code SOG827 Credit Value Year Module Type P Level 8.2 By the end of the Module, students will be able to demonstrate the ability to: o Conduct independent research; o Locate empirical research in appropriate theoretical 378

380 contexts; o Apply analytical and research skills and competencies at the Masters level; o Coherently structure and organize a research study of this kind; o Contribute in a unique way to the particular field under study. o Produce a mini-thesis of between 25,000 and 30,000 words. Main Content o Research skills and methods o Literature review o Interpretation of research findings o Structuring and organizing research findings in a logical and coherent manner. Pre-requisites MPA Module on Research Methods and Skills Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with supervisor: 30 Research and writing Mini Thesis Total Learning 1200 Methods of Student Final assessment by supervisor, internal examiner and external examiner (100%). Faculty EMS Faculty School of Government Module Topic Research Methods/Research Essay Generic module name Research Methods/Research Essay Alpha-numeric code RME401 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 30 Semester Module Type P Year Level 8.1 At the end of the module, students will be able to: Explain the terminology, facts, conventions, trends and sequences, classification and categories, criteria, methodology, principles and generalizations of social science research methods Demonstrate the ability to conduct independent research and coherently structure and organize a research study: choose a research topic; state the research problem; develop hypotheses and assumptions to guide the research; review related literature, select appropriate methodological techniques for data collection and analysis; use the internet to access information; and write academically acceptable research proposals Demonstrate the ability to apply the analytical tools and social science methods to problems associated with policy formulation, implementation and evaluation 379

381 Apply the logic and skills of research methodology to a supervised public sector-related practical research project Main Content Conceptual foundations and elements of social scientific research and types of research Research designs The research process: conducting literature surveys; planning research project; research methods/ techniques; writing a research proposal Analysis and interpretation of research findings, recommendations and communication of research results to policymakers Structuring and organizing research findings in a written research report of approximately words Pre-requisites Batchelor Degree in Public Administration or equivalent Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals: 5 Selfstudy 200 Total Learning 300 Methods of Student Continuous assessment 60% (Tests, assignments and class presentations 20%; written research report 40%); Final assessment (40%). External moderation. Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (Plaas) Name of module The land question in southern Africa: Historical perspectives Programme (s) in which Faculty Core/ Elective new module will be offered Post-graduate Diploma in EMS Core Land and Agrarian Studies Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module description The land question in southern Africa: Historical perspectives Generic module name Land and Agrarian Studies Alpha-numeric code LAS701 Credit Value 20 Semester Level 9 At the end of this course students should demonstrate a historical understanding of the land question in southern Africa and be able to: analyse and explain the history of land acquisition and dispossession in southern Africa engage in policy debates on the land question and land reform issues 380

382 investigate and explain problems of land restitution, land tenure and land reform in southern, and particularly South Africa write clear and coherent history essays Main Content Land Ownership, Conquest and Dispossession (1000AD 1900) The Making of Reserves Urban Segregation: Locations and Townships Grand Apartheid: The Bantustans Urban Removals and Restitution The land question in Zimbabwe Traditional authorities and the land question Case studies of removals and restitution Pre-requisites Undergraduate degree or RPL Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 120 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning 200 Methods of Student Pre-contact assignment: 40% Post-contact assignment (Examination): 60% Name of module The Agrarian Question in Southern Africa Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Post-graduate Diploma in EMS Core Land and Agrarian Studies Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module description The Agrarian Question in Southern Africa Generic module name Land and Agrarian Studies Alpha-numeric code LAS702 Credit Value 20 Semester Level 9 At the end of this course students should: o Demonstrate an understanding historical and contemporary debates around Agrarian Reform in Southern Africa o Have a thorough grasp of land reform policies in at least two Southern African countries o Demonstrate in-depth understanding of land and agrarian reform in South Africa since 1994 o Have a thorough grasp of the links between agricultural development, rural livelihoods and land reform in the southern African context o Demonstrate an ability to practice in debate around the possible future direction of land reform in South Africa 381

383 Main Content o Land reform debates in southern Africa: historical and contemporary o Overview of recent land reforms in Namibia, Mozambique, Zimbabwe o The political economy of land and agrarian reform in South Africa o Restitution in South Africa o Redistribution in South Africa o Tenure reform in South Africa o Implementing policies: Politics, Ideology and State Capacity Pre-requisites Undergraduate degree or RPL Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 120 Tests & examinations: 0 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning 200 Methods of Student Pre-contact assignment: 40% Post-contact assignment (Examination): 60% Name of module Land and agrarian reform in contemporary Africa: Comparative perspectives and policy debates Programme (s) in which Faculty Core/ Elective module will be offered Post-graduate Diploma in EMS Core Land and Agrarian Studies Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module description Land and agrarian reform in contemporary Africa: Comparative perspectives and policy debates Generic module name Land and Agrarian Studies Alpha-numeric code LAS703 Credit Value 20 Semester Level 9 At the end of this course students should: o demonstrate an understanding of the terminology and concepts used in land and agrarian reform; o be familiar with the main theoretical positions, and have knowledge of land reform in a number of African countries; o possess a detailed understanding of land reform policy in South Africa.; o be able to engage effectively with contemporary land reform issues, both from a theoretical and a practical perspective. 382

384 Main Content o Land, agriculture, poverty and rural livelihoods in Africa o The agrarian question in Africa: Analytical and conceptual issues o The variety of reform: Case studies across Africa o Case studies of land reform in South Africa (restitution, redistribution and tenure security) o Implementing policies: Politics, Ideology and State Capacity Pre-requisites Undergraduate degree or RPL Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 120 Tests & examinations: 0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning 200 Methods of Student Pre-contact assignment: 40% Post-contact assignment (Examination): 60% Name of module Economics of Agrarian Systems Programme (s) in which Faculty Core/ Elective module will be offered Post-graduate Diploma in EMS Core Land and Agrarian Studies Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module description Economics of Agrarian Systems Generic module name Land and Agrarian Studies Alpha-numeric code LAS704 Credit Value 20 Semester Level 9 At the end of this course students should demonstrate an understanding of key issues in the economics of agrarian systems and be able to: o analyse the multiple interactions between economic development and agriculture in the context of economic globalization o investigate microeconomic and macroeconomic issues affecting agriculture in developing countries o compare South African agricultural and land reform policies with evidence from other developing economies o write clear and coherent research essays Main Content o Basic concepts in rural economic development o Perspectives on the role of agriculture in economic development o Agricultural development in dual economies o The economics of agrarian reform 383

385 o Economic globalization and developing country agriculture o Case studies: Africa, Asia and Latin America o The South African agricultural economy Pre-requisites Undergraduate degree or RPL Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 38 Assignments & tasks: 120 Tests & examinations: 2 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning 200 Methods of Student Pre-contact assignment40% Post-contact assignment (Examination): 60% Name of module Sustainable rural livelihoods and integrated development planning Programme (s) in which Faculty Core/ Elective module will be offered Post-graduate Diploma in EMS Core Land and Agrarian Studies Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module description Sustainable rural livelihoods and integrated development planning Generic module name Land and Agrarian Studies Alpha-numeric code LAS706 Credit Value 20 Semester Level 9 At the end of this course students should demonstrate an understanding of the: o key theoretical and practical aspects of sustainable rural livelihoods and integrated development planning; o main debates around sustainable rural livelihoods and integrated development planning in South Africa and internationally; o links between rural development and chronic poverty; o techniques used in development planning o Students will be equipped with the tools necessary to analyse policy and programmes from a sustainable livelihoods perspective. Main Content o The concepts of poverty and rural livelihoods o Development, Planning Approaches and Critiques o Food security and vulnerability: Frameworks and Practice o Sustainable rural livelihoods: Frameworks and Critiques o Integrated Development Planning: Frameworks and Critiques 384

386 Pre-requisites Undergraduate degree or RPL Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 120 Tests & examinations: 0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning 200 Methods of Student Pre-contact assignment: 40% Post-contact assignment (Examination): 60% Name of module Sustainable natural resource management in land and agrarian reform Programme (s) in which Faculty Core/ Elective module will be offered Post-graduate Diploma in EMS Core Land and Agrarian Studies Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module description Sustainable natural resource management in land and agrarian reform Generic module name Land and Agrarian Studies Alpha-numeric code LAS707 Credit Value 20 Semester Level 9 At the end of this course students should demonstrate an understanding of: o key concepts and theories in relation to natural resource management as an important dimension of land and agrarian reform; o controversies and debates in common property theory and sustainable natural resource management; o key policy questions in relation to land and agrarian reform and natural resource management in Southern Africa; and o write clear and coherent research essays Main Content o Natural resources and rural livelihoods in southern Africa. o Conceptual frameworks and current controversies: common property theory; land degradation and sustainability. o Rangelands and the carrying capacity debate. o The gendered nature of resource tenure. o Biodiversity conservation and development. o Land reform and the environment. o The co-management debate. o Introduction to Political Ecology. 385

387 Pre-requisites Undergraduate degree or RPL Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 120 Tests & examinations: 0 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning 200 Methods of Student Pre-contact assignment 40% Post-contact assignment (Examination): 60% Name of module Legal and socio-legal dimensions of land and agrarian reform Programme (s) in which Faculty Core/ Elective module will be offered Post-graduate Diploma in EMS Core Land and Agrarian Studies Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module description Legal and socio-legal dimensions of land and agrarian reform Generic module name Land and Agrarian Studies Alpha-numeric code LAS708 Credit Value 20 Semester Level 9 At the end of this course students should demonstrate an understanding of: o the evolution of property rights in South African law with regard to the dispossession of land and the acquisition of land; o the key theoretical and practical aspects of land and agrarian law in South Africa; o the requirements and promises of the South African constitution and evolving land reform legislation; o the role of legislation in the implementation of land and agrarian reform; o the central role that security of tenure plays in underpinning and securing livelihoods. Main Content o The law and its administration o The evolution of land law: The history and evolution of property law and land rights for hites and the denial of rights to black people o Basic legal concepts concerning land o Land reform laws in South Africa o Law and development: Rights-based approaches to livelihood-focused development o Institutional options for land holding and management institutions: Communal Property Associations and the Communal Land Rights Act. Pre-requisites Undergraduate degree or RPL Co-requisites 386

388 Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 38 Assignments & tasks: 120 Tests & examinations: 2 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning 200 Methods of Student Pre-contact assignment; Test: 40% Post-contact assignment (Examination): 60% Faculty EMS Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module description Structural Poverty and Marginalised Livelihoods in Southern African Agro-Food Systems Generic module name Land and Agrarian Studies Alpha-numeric code LAS711 Credit Value 30 Semester Level 8 At the end of this module students should be able to: Demonstrate a solid grasp of the most important concepts relating to poverty, vulnerability and food insecurity. Show a critical understanding of the use, value and limitations of qualitative and quantitative indicators. Have a broad understanding of trends relating to poverty, vulnerability and food insecurity in South and Southern Africa, with a particular reference to marginalised, excluded and rural livelihoods. Have a thorough grasp of the underlying causal factors contributing to poverty and marginalised livelihoods in Southern African in the context of the nature of dominant agro-foods systems. Be conversant with the policy frameworks relevant to poverty and marginality; including both social protection and economic growth policies. Engage critically with the strengths and weaknesses of proposed policies and interventions aimed at inclusive growth and poverty reduction in their own professional and work contexts. Main Content Basic literature on poverty concepts (monetary poverty, food insecurity, capability poverty, vulnerability, chronic and structural poverty). Overview of relevant qualitative and quantitative indicators and diagnostics. Overview of poverty trends and statistics in South and Southern Africa. Overview of historical background, causes and contributing factors, including policies relating to growth and employment. 387

389 Overview of nature of agro-food system and its impact on marginalised livelihoods. Overview of social policy framework(s) in South and Southern Africa. Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 61 Assignments & tasks: 130 Practicals: 5 s: 5 Selfstudy: 100 Total Learning 300 Methods of Student Continuous : 50% Final : 50% Faculty EMS Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module description The Political Economy of Land and Agrarian Reform in Southern Africa Generic module name Land and Agrarian Studies Alpha-numeric code LAS712 Credit Value 30 Semester Level 8 At the end of this module students should be able to: Understand the key concepts used in contemporary debates over land and agrarian reform, globally, in Africa, and in South Africa in particular. Understand the main arguments in key historical and contemporary debates around land and agrarian reform globally, in Africa, and in South Africa in particular. Have a thorough grasp of the links between agrarian structure, processes of agrarian change, rural livelihoods and land reform, including their gendered dimensions. Understand the character of contemporary processes of large-scale land acquisition ( land grabs ). Be able to compare and contrast the range of approaches to land and agrarian reform across Africa. Have a thorough grasp of land and agricultural reform policies in at least two African countries other than South Africa. Have an in-depth understanding of both polices and outcomes in land and agrarian reform in South Africa since Participate in debates around the possible future direction of land and agrarian reform in Africa. Have a strong a foundation for more in-depth study of issues of land and agrarian reform. 388

390 Main Content Key concepts and theories: agrarian structure and change, agro-food regimes and value chains; property rights and dispossession; gender, land and agriculture; land and agrarian reform. Land and agrarian reform global debates. Land and agrarian reform in Africa Zimbabwe, Mozambique and Kenya. Land grabs in Africa in historical and comparative perspective The political economy of land and agrarian reform in South Africa since Land restitution, redistribution, and tenure reform in South Africa. Agricultural sector reform since Implementing policies: politics, ideology and state capacity. Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 60 Assignments & tasks: 130 Practicals: 5 s: 5 Selfstudy 100 Total Learning 300 Methods of Student Continuous : 50% Final : 50% Faculty EMS Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module description Economics of Farming and Food Systems Generic module name Land and Agrarian Studies Alpha-numeric code LAS713 Credit Value 30 Semester Level 8 At the end of this module students should be able to: Demonstrate an understanding of key themes in the economics of agrarian systems. Clearly articulate the dynamics of food and farming systems; and engage with debates. Engage in critical discussion with key economic issues and concepts. Apply the frameworks to their specific contexts and realities. Main Content The economics of agrarian reform. Basic concepts in rural economic development. Comparative farming/agrarian systems. 389

391 Dynamics of farming/agrarian systems and underlying forces. Commodity markets, distribution systems and concept of market power. International trade. Economic globalization and developing country agriculture. Agro-food system structure and household food security. Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours Contact with lecturer / tutor: 60 Assignments & tasks: 130 Practicals: 5 s: 5 Selfstudy 100 Total Learning 300 Methods of Student Continuous : 50% Final : 50% Faculty EMS Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module description Social and Ecological Dimensions of Ecosystem Management Generic module name Land and Agrarian Studies Alpha-numeric code LAS714 Credit Value 30 Semester Level 8 At the end of this module students should be able to: Develop a critical understanding of the theory and concepts of common property. Engage and analyse key issues and debates around sustainable utilization, livelihoods and natural resource management. Understand the complexities and uncertainties of ecosystems management. Understand how natural resource dependent communities cope, adapt and mitigate climate change. Apply the theories, concepts and lessons to development interventions. Critically analyse and apply the lessons from case studies to reality and their work environment. Main Content Common property resources (theory). Ecosystems approach to management (social-politicalecological ecosystems). Governance of natural resources (social structures, markets and institutions). Climate change adaptation strategies and mitigation in relation to natural resource based livelihoods. 390

392 The gendered nature of resource tenure. Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 60 Assignments & tasks: 130 Practicals: 5 s: 5 Selfstudy 100 Total Learning 300 Methods of Student Continuous : 50% Final : 50% Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Faculty (EMS) Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module Topic Structural Poverty and Marginalizes Livelihoods in Southern African Agro-Food Systems Generic Module Name Land and Agrarian Studies Alpha-numeric Code LAS811 NQF Credit Value 40 Semester Proposed semester to be First Semester offered Programmes in which the MPhil in Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies module will be offered NQF level NQF Level 9 Year Level 1 At the end of this course students will be able to: Critically demonstrate a solid grasp of the key scholarly debates relating to poverty, vulnerability and food insecurity. To have a critical understanding of the key theoretical debates in the field of poverty, livelihoods and agro-food systems. To have a critical understanding of the use, value and limitations of qualitative and quantitative indicators. To work independently and able to apply the key scholarly debates, theory and methodology to research. Main Content Key literature on poverty concepts (monetary poverty, food insecurity, capability poverty, vulnerability, chronic and structural poverty). Key theoretical literature on poverty, livelihoods and agro-food systems. Overview of relevant qualitative and quantitative indicators and diagnostics in poverty research. International and regional case studies on the causes and contributing factors of poverty, including policies relating to growth and employment. In depth understanding of the nature of agro-food system and its impact on marginalized livelihoods. 391

393 Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A. Breakdown of Learning Hours B. -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 80 Lectures p.w. Assignments & tasks: 150 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 10 Tutorials p.w. s 10 Selfstudy 150 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning 400 Method of Student Continuous : Pre-Contact Assignment, Test and Group Final : Post-Contact Assignment Module type CFA Faculty EMS PLAAS Module Topic The Political Economy of Land and Agrarian Reform: Comparative Perspectives Generic module name Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies Alpha-numeric code LAS812 NQF Credit Value 15 credits Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the Masters in Development Studies module is offered. NQF level NQF Level 9 Year Level 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: o Critically understand the key scholarly and contemporary debates over land and agrarian reform in Africa, and in South Africa in particular o Critically evaluate the main arguments in key contemporary debates around land and agrarian reform in Africa, and in South Africa in particular o To apply and analyse key research methodologies and approaches in land and agrarian reform, land grabs, rural livelihoods, including their gendered dimensions Main Content o Key concepts: agrarian structure, value chains; property rights; land tenure; land and agrarian reform o Land and agrarian reform in Africa and land grabs in Africa in historical and comparative perspective o The political economy of land and agrarian reform in South Africa since 1994 o Land restitution, redistribution, and tenure reform in South Africa o Agricultural sector reform since

394 Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 50 Practicals p.w Tutorials p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 60 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student (50%) Final (50%) Module type CFA Faculty EMS PLAAS Module Topic Critical Approaches to Farming Systems Generic module name Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies Alpha-numeric code LAS813 NQF Credit Value 15 credits Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the Masters in Development Studies module is offered. NQF level NQF Level 9 Year Level 1 At the end of this module students should be able to: o Demonstrate a sound understanding of key scholarly debates relating to in the economics of agrarian systems. o Show evidence of the ability to apply key theories and concepts of the economics of agrarian systems to specific contexts and realities. Main Content o The economics of agrarian reform; o Comparative analysis of farming/agrarian systems; o Commodity markets, distribution systems and the concept of market power; o International trade; globalization and developing country agriculture; o Agrarian systems and household food security. Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 50 Practicals p.w Tutorials p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 393

395 Selfstudy 60 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student (50%): Final (50%): Module type CFA Faculty EMS PLAAS Module Topic Social and Ecological Theories in Ecosystems Management Generic module name Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies Alpha-numeric code LAS814 NQF Credit Value 15 credits Semester Proposed semester to be offered. Programmes in which the Masters in Development Studies module is offered. NQF level NQF Level 9 Year Level 1 At the end of this course students should be able to: o Critically demonstrate the key scholarly debates around sustainable utilisation, livelihoods and natural resource management. o Have a critical understanding of the key theoretical debates in the field theory and concepts of common property. Main Content o Common property resources (theory); o Ecosystems approach to management (social-politicalecological ecosystems); o Governance of natural resources (social structures, markets and institutions); o Climate change adaptation strategies and mitigation in relation to natural resource based livelihoods; o The gendered nature of resource tenure; Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Hours -table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 50 Practicals p.w Tutorials p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 60 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning 150 Methods of Student (50%): Final (50%): Module type CFA 394